Ministerial Regulation of The Aviation Act (KOR)

Aviation Act Quick Menu
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS CHAPTER 2 AIRCRAFT CHAPTER 3 AIRMEN

CHAPTER 4 AIRCRAFT OPERATION CHAPTER 5 AVIATION FACILITIES CHAPTER 6 AIR TRANSPORTATION SERVICE
CHAPTER 7 Ground Handling Service CHAPTER 8 Foreign Aircraft CHAPTER 8-2 Investigation of Aviation Accident
CHAPTER 9 Supplementary Provisions
CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS
Article 1 (Purpose)
This Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act is to prescribe matters delegated by the Aviation Act (hereinafter referred to as "Act") and the Presidential Decree, and matters necessary to implement accordingly. <Amended as of
Jul. 1, 2005>
Article 2 (Glider)
The glider, prescribed in subparagraph 1, Article 2 of the Aviation Act, is classified as follows, and is to be defined in the Airworthiness Standards, specified by the provisions of paragraph (5), Article 15 of the Aviation Act
1.Special glider
2.Upper class glider
3.Middle class glider
4.Primary class glider
Article 3 (Scope of Powered Ultra Light Vehicles)

"Powered flying vehicle of which empty weight, fuel capacity, etc exceed the limitations by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" prescribed in the subparagraph 1, Article 9 of the Presidential Decree means as follows: <A
mended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999, Nov. 22, 2003, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Flying vehicle of which empty weight exceeds 150kg for a single occupant or 225kg for double occupant (in case the engine mounted at the time of manufacture is replaced, however, Ultra Light Vehicles that do not exceed 1
75 kg for 1 seat and 250 kg for 2 seats)
2. Flying vehicle of which fuel capacity exceeds 19 liters for a single occupant or 38 liters for double occupant
3. Unmanned powered flying vehicle and unmanned airship of which length and empty weight exceeds the limitations, specified in subparagraph 6, Article 14 of the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act
Article 4 (Length and Width of the Runway strip)

For the purpose of subparagraph 9, Article 2 of the Act, the terms length and width as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act refer to the following:
1. Land Aerodromes: Length and width as prescribed in Annex 1
2. Land and elevated heliports (including shipboard heliports; the same shall apply hereinafter): Length and width prescribed in Annex 1-2
3. Water Aerodromes: Length and width prescribed in Annex 1-3 and 20
4. Water heliports: Length and width prescribed in Annex 1-4
[Wholly Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006]
Article 5 (Application Criteria for Death, Serious Injury)

(1) For the purpose of item (a), subparagraph 11, Article 2 of the Act, the prescribed application criteria for the death or serious injury of a person refer to the following:
1. A person is fatally or seriously injured as a result of being in the aircraft, except when the injuries are from natural causes, self-inflicted or inflicted by other persons, or when the injuries are to stowaways hiding outside the are
as normally available to the passengers and crew
2. A person is fatally or seriously injured as a result of direct contact with any part of the aircraft, including parts which have become detached from the aircraft
3. A person is fatally or seriously injured as a result of direct exposure to jet blast
(2) When the death or whereabouts of a person onboard the aircraft is not clearly known for a year after a crash or other aircraft accident, he/she shall be considered missing as stipulated in item (a), subparagraph 11, Article 2 of t
he Act
(3) The application criteria for the death or serious injury of a person as stipulated in item (a), subparagraph 25-2, Article 2 of the Act are as follows:
1. When a person onboard an Ultra Light Vehicle dies or sustains a serious injury: Provided, that this shall not apply when the death or injury is due to natural causes, self-inflicted, of caused by another person
2. When the death or injury is caused or inflicted by a part detached from an Ultra Light Vehicle or direct contact with any part of the Ultra Light Vehicle during Flying or preflight
Article 6 (Scope of Death or Serious Injury)

(1) For the purpose of item (a), subparagraph 11 and item (a), subparagraph 25-2, Article 2 of the Act, death as prescribed includes death occurring within 30 days of an accident involving an aircraft or an Ultra Light Vehicle
(2) For the purpose of item (a), subparagraph 11 and item (a), subparagraph 25-2, Article 2 of the Act, the scope of serious injury as described includes an injury which is sustained by a person in an accident and which:
1. requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within seven days from the date the injury was received; or
2. results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes or nose); or
3. involves lacerations which cause severe hemorrhage, nerve, muscle or tendon damage; or
4. involves second or third degree burns, or any burns affecting more than 5 per cent of the body surface; or
5. involves injury to any internal organ; or
6. involves verified exposure to infectious substances or injurious radiation.
Article 7 (Scope of Serious Damage to Aircraft) For the purpose of item (b), subparagraph 11, Article 2 of the Act, the term "serious impairment or damage of aircraft or structural failure "pertains to any of the foll
owing which:
1. Adversely affects the structural strength, performance or flight characteristics of the aircraft, and
2. Would normally require major repair or replacement of the affected component, except for engine failure or damage, when the damage is limited to the engine, its cowlings or accessories; or for damage limited to propellers,
wing tips, antennas, tires, brakes, fairings, small dents or puncture holes in the aircraft skin
Article 8 (Scope of Serious Incident)

For the purpose of subparagraph 12, Article 2 of the Act, the term "matters determined by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" pertains to any of the following:
1. Near collision requiring an avoidance maneuver to avoid a collision or an unsafe situation as the distance between the aircraft and another aircraft or an object accesses to within 500 feet of each other during flight (near miss
) or other close flight when an avoidance action would have been appropriate.
2. Controlled flight into terrain or water (CFIT) only marginally avoided.
3. Aborted take-offs on a closed or engaged runway
4. Take-offs from a closed or engaged runway with marginal separation from obstacle(s)
5. Landings or attempted landings on a closed or engaged runway
6. Gross failures to achieve predicted performance during take-off or initial climb
7. Fires and smoke in the passenger compartment, in cargo compartments or engine fires, even though such fires were extinguished by the use of extinguishing agents
8. Events requiring the emergency use of oxygen by the flight crew
9. Aircraft structural failures or engine disintegrations not classified as an accident
10. Multiple malfunctions of one or more aircraft systems seriously affecting the operation of the aircraft
11. Flight crew incapacitation in flight
12. Fuel quantity requiring the declaration of emergency by the pilot
13. Take-off or landing incidents. Incidents such as undershooting, overrunning or running off the side of runways
14. System failures, weather phenomena, operations outside the approved flight envelop or other occurrences which could have caused difficulties controlling the aircraft
15. Failures of more than one system in a redundancy system mandatory in flight guidance and navigation.
16. Others deemed necessary for the prevention of an aircraft accident as notified by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
Article 9 (Standards for Establishing Obstacle Limitation Surfaces)

For the purpose of paragraph (2), Article 10-2 of the Act, the standards for establishing obstacle limitation surfaces are as follows:
1. The standards for establishing obstacle limitation surfaces by type are presented in Annex 2.
2. The types of obstacle limitation surfaces to be established in Aerodromes based on flight methods are as follows:
(a) Aerodromes where runways (or runway strip in the case of a water Aerodrome and a water heliport; the same shall apply hereinafter) are installed and used for approaches using the instrument landing system or precision ap
proach radar (hereinafter referred to as Precision Approach) among approaches based on instrument flight rules (hereinafter referred to as Instrument Approach)
(��) Conical surface
(��) Inner Horizontal surface
(��) Approach surface and inner approach surface
(��) Transition surface and inner transition surface
(��) Balked landing surface
(b) Aerodromes where runways are installed and used for approaches other than instrument approach (hereinafter referred to as Non-instrument Approach) and instrument approaches other than precision approach (hereinafter
referred to as Non-precision Approach)
(��) Conical surface
(��) Inner Horizontal surface
(��) Approach surface
(��) Transition surface
Article 10 (Navigation aid<Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>)

For the purpose of subparagraph 16, Article 2 of the Act, the term "Navigation aid" pertains to the following: <Amended as of Sept. 18, 1998, Dec. 17, 1999, Nov. 22, 2003, Jul. 3, 2004, and Aug. 18, 2006; Ministerial Regulations N
o. 12, May.8, 2008>
1. Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities
Facilities that aid in the navigation & surveillance of aircraft with electric waves such as the following:
(a) Non-Directional Beacons (NDB)
(b) VHF Omni-directional Range (VOR)
(c) Distance Measuring Equipment (DME)
(d) Instrument Landing System (ILS), MLS and TLS
(e) Radio Detection and Ranging (RADAR) such as; ASR/ARSR/SSR/ARTS/ASDE/PAR
(f) Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN)
(g) Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) such as; SBAS/GRAS/GBAS
(h) Automatic Dependent Surveillance (ADS)
2. Aeronautical ground light Facilities that aid in the navigation of aircraft with lights 3. Aeronautical communications facilities Facilities for providing and exchanging information required for Air Traffic Services via telecommunica
tions such as the following:
(a) Aeronautical Mobile communications Facilities
(��) Very High Frequencies/Ultra High Frequencies Aeronautical Mobile communications facilities (VHF/UHF)
(��) High Frequency Aeronautical Mobile communications facillities(HF)
(��) Very High Frequencies Data Link (VDL)
(��) High Frequencies Data Link (HFDL)
(��) Mode S data Link
(��) Aeronautical Mobile-Satellite(Route) service (AMS(R)S)
(vii) Controller-Pilot Data Link Communications(CPDLC)
(viii) Universal Access Transceiver(UAT)
(b) Aeronautical Fixed Communications facilities
(��) Aeronautical fixed telecommunications network (AFTN)
(��) ATS Message Handling System (AMHS)
(��) ATS Interfacility Data Communication (AIDC)
(��) ATS Direct Speech Circuits and Networks (including tape recording facilities and Voice Communication Control System)
(��) Aeronautical telecommunications network (ATN)
(c) Aeronautical broadcasting facilities
(��) Automatic Terminal Information System (ATIS)
(��) Digital Automatic Terminal Information System (D-ATIS)
Article 11 (Aeronautical ground light)

<Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Aerodrome Beacon
aeronautical ground lights installed in an Aerodrome or its vicinity to inform a navigating aircraft of the location of the Aerodrome
2. Aerodrome Identification Beacon
A blinking light with Morse code; used to notify a navigating aircraft of the location of the Aerodrome
3. Approach Lighting Systems
Lights installed in the approach zone to inform an aircraft attempting to land of the approach route
4. Precision Approach Path Indicator
Lights installed outside of a runway to inform an aircraft attempting to land of the appropriateness of the precision approach path for landing
5. Runway Edge Lights
Lights installed on both edges of a runway to inform an aircraft attempting to take off or landing
6. Runway Threshold Lights
Lights installed on both thresholds of a runway to inform an aircraft attempting to take off or landing
7. Runway Threshold Wing Bar Lights
Lights installed on the threshold area of a runway to supplement the functions of the runway threshold lights
8. Runway Center Line Lights
Lights installed along the center line to notify an aircraft attempting to take off or land of the center line of a runway
9. Touchdown Zone Lights
Lights installed in the touchdown zone to notify an aircraft attempting to land of the touchdown zone
10. Runway Distance Marker Sign
Lights installed to notify an aircraft running on a runway of the remaining distance ahead to the end of the runway
11. Runway End Lights
Lights installed to notify an aircraft attempting to take off or land of the end of the runway
12. Runway Threshold Identification Lights
Lights installed on both sides of the runway threshold to notify an aircraft attempting to land of the location of the runway threshold
13. Circling Guidance Lights
Lights installed outside of a runway to guide a circling aircraft when the existing approach lighting systems and runway edge lights are not enough to make the aircraft circling in the air to distinguish the runway or the approach zon
e
14. Taxiway Edge Lights
Lights installed to notify an aircraft running on the ground of the edges of a taxiway waiting zone or an apron
15. Taxiway Center Line Lights
Lights installed to notify an aircraft running on the ground of the center runway of a taxiway or the entrance and exit routes of an apron
16. Runway Lead-in Lighting Systems
Lights installed in a group along the approach route to show the approach path of a runway
17. Intermediate Holding Position Lights
Lights installed to show the position for temporary stop to an aircraft running on the ground
18. Stop Bar Lights
Lights installed to show the taxiway stop position at a crossroad of taxiways or runway approach stop position
19. Runway Guard Lights
Lights installed to show the stop position prior to entry into a runway
20. Illuminated Wind Direction Indicator
Lights installed to notify an aircraft of the wind direction
21. Signaling Lamp, Light Gun
Lights used to send the necessary signals to an aircraft, etc., for air traffic safety
22. Landing Direction Indicator
Lights installed on a T-shaped or tetrahedron object to notify an aircraft attempting to land of the landing direction
23. Road-holding Position Lights
Lights installed at a stop position of the road connected to a runway
24. Stop Way Lights
Lights installed at a stop way in the zone where aircraft can be stopped
25. Unserviceability Lights
Lights installed to notify an aircraft of the unserviceable areas within the Aerodrome
26. Turning Guidance Lights
Lights installed in the vicinity of a turning area to show the turning path in the turning area
27. Aircraft Stand Identification Sign
Lights installed to notify an aircraft approaching the aircraft stand of the aircraft stand
28. Aircraft Stand Maneuvering Guidance Lights
Lights installed to show the aircraft stand location or de/anti-icing facilities in case of poor visibility
29. Apron Floodlighting
Lights installed at the apron to allow working at night
30. Visual Docking Guidance System
Lights installed at the apron to notify an aircraft of the exact docking location
31. Taxiway Guidance Sign
Lights installed to notify an aircraft running on the ground of the destination path and junction
32. Exit Lights in De/Anti-Icing Facilities
Lights installed at the exit to show the de/anti-icing facilities near a taxiway
33. Emergency Lighting
Mobile emergency lighting installed in preparation for failure of aeronautical ground lights or power outage
34. Heliport Beacon
Lights installed at a heliport or its vicinity to notify a helicopter in flight of the heliport location
35. Heliport Approach Lighting System
Lights installed at the approach area to notify a helicopter attempting to land of the approach route
36. Heliport Approach Path Indicator
Lights installed to notify a helicopter attempting to land of the appropriateness of the approach path
37. Visual Alignment Guidance System
Lights installed to notify a helicopter approaching a heliport of the appropriate approach direction
38. Final Approach and Take-off Area Lights
Lights installed at the approach area and take-off area to show the boundary views of the relevant area at a heliport
39. Aiming Point Lights
Lights installed to show the aiming point of the heliport
40. Touchdown and Lift-off Area Lighting System
Lights installed to light up the touchdown and lift-off areas
41. Winching Area Flood lighting
Lights installed to light up the winching area used at night
42. Floodlighting of Obstacles
Lights installed to make the obstacles visible in case installing obstacle lights in the heliport area is difficult
[Wholly Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002]
Article 12 Deleted
Article 13 (Visual Flight Meteorological Condition)

The term "good visual meteorological condition" as stipulated in subparagraph 21, Article 2 of the Act is the same as that in Appendix 3-2.
[Wholly Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999]
Article 14 (Scope of Ultra Light Vehicles)

For the purpose of subparagraph 25, Article 2 of the Act, the term "powered Ultra Light Vehicles, gliders, balloons, unmanned Ultra Light Vehicles, etc., as determined by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" pertains to th
e following: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 18, 1998, Sept. 30, 2002, Nov. 22, 2003, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Powered Ultra Light Vehicles: Ultra Light Vehicles using a motor and satisfying the following requirements:
(a) Ultra Light Vehicles that do not exceed 150 kg of self-weight for 1 seat and 225 kg for 2 seats excluding the weight of passengers, fuel, and emergency equipment (in case the engine mounted at the time of manufacture is rep
laced, however, Ultra Light Vehicles that do not exceed 175 kg for 1 seat and 250 kg for 2 seats)
(b) Ultra Light Vehicles whose fuel capacity does not exceed 19 liters for 1 seat and 38 liters for 2 seats
(c) Ultra Light Vehicles whose propulsive force comes from propellers
(d) Fixed-wing Ultra Light Vehicles equipped with landing gears such as wheel skid and float
2. Gliders: Hang gliders and paragliders controlled by human power such as shifting of the body weight and whose self-weight excluding the passenger and emergency equipment does not exceed 70 kg
3. Balloons: Ultra Light Vehicles that use the different characteristics of gases and temperature differentials such as the following:
(a) Manned free balloons and unmanned free balloons
(b) Captive balloons
4. Rotor Ultra Light Vehicles: Motor Ultra Light Vehicles satisfying the requirements of Items (a) and (b) and getting the lift from 1 or more rotors as follows:
(a) Ultra light gyroplane
(b) Ultra light helicopter
5. Paraplanes: Ultra Light Vehicles such as parachutes equipped with a propulsion device
6. Unmanned Ultra Light Vehicles: Unmanned Ultra Light Vehicles such as the following:
(a) Unmanned motor flying vehicle: Unmanned airplane or rotor flying vehicle whose self-weight excluding fuel weight is less than 150 kg
(b) Unmanned airship: Unmanned airship whose self-weight excluding fuel weight is less than 180 kg and whose length is less than 20 m7. Other Ultra Light Vehicles as announced by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authori
ty considering their size, weight, and use
Article 14-2 Deleted
Article 15 (Classification of Nonscheduled Air Transportation Service)

Nonscheduled Air Transportation Service as stipulated in paragraph (28), Article 2 of the Act can be classified as follows:
1. Point-to-Point Transportation Business: Point-to-point transportation business on a regular route
2. Flight Tour Business: Transportation business for sightseeing on a predetermined route starting from take-off from one point to return to the point without landing3. Charter Flight Business: Transportation business based on a
n air transportation contract between a service provider and the users who want to charter an aircraft without a predetermined route
Article 15-2 (Service Scope of Aerial Work)

"Aerial Work under the Article 2 (29) of the Act" means types of services using aircraft as follows
1. agricultural support service such as scattering fertilizer or agrichemicals and spreading seeds
2. scattering chemicals for marine pollution removal
3. aerial advertisement such as drawing advertisement flacard
4. photographing, measuring or exploring land and sea
5. fire-fighting services such as mountain fire extinguishing
6. search and rescue service including emergency ambulance
7. transporting construction materials using rotorcraft(provided that it applies only in case transporting them with hanging outside the rotorcraft)
8. patrolling and observing forest, pipeline and power line, etc.,
9. flight training or parachuting using aircraft
10. drawing gliders
11. other services admitted by the Minister of Land, Transport, and Maritime Affairs
[Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008]
Article 16 (Classification of Ground Handling Service)

The Ground Handling Service as stipulated in subparagraph 30, Article 2 of the Act can be classified as follows:
1. Deleted <by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
3. Aircraft Loading and Unloading Business: Business dealing with the loading and unloading of air cargo and luggage
4. Aircraft Ground Handling Service: Business providing various services such as guiding the aircraft into and out of the parking position, cargo and luggage handling, supplying ground power, navigation information support, ser
vices related to the boarding of passengers and crew or immigration, equipment lease, and aircraft cleaning, etc.
[Wholly Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004]
Article 16-2 (Scope of Emergency Mobilization)

For the purpose of the proviso of Article 2-3 of the Act, the term "emergency mobilization as determined by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to emergency mobilization to prevent crimes, pursue criminals, and p
revent smuggling and for other similar purposes using aircraft reserved exclusively for customs or police work. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
[Newly Inserted as of Nov. 22, 2003]
Article 16-3 (Scope of Emergency Fight)

For the purpose of paragraph (2), Article 2-4 of the Act, the term "emergency flight as determined by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act for public purposes (including training)" pertains to an emergency flight for cargo tr
ansportation to prevent catastrophe and disaster, cruise for forest pest control, or forest protection projects or similar purposes using aircraft reserved for extinguishing forest fires or natural park business.
[Newly Inserted as of Aug. 18, 2006]

CHAPTER II AIRCRAFT
Article 17 (Marking of Registration Number)

(1) A plate that has the registration number mark, with a rectangular shape 7 centimeters high and 5 centimeters wide, shall be affixed by a person with the right to own or lease the aircraft (hereinafter called "owner, etc.") at the up
per location of the inside of the entrance door of the aircraft where it can be easily visible with the plate made of fireproof material such as steel as specified in paragraph (1), Article 14 of the Act.
(2) Nationality Mark and Registration Mark (hereinafter referred to as the registration sign) and name of the owner, etc. shall be identified on the plate in paragraph (1).
Article 18 (Certificate of Airworthiness)

(1) Any person, who wishes to obtain a certificate of airworthiness pursuant to paragraph (1), Article 15 of the Act of the Act, shall submit an application using the Application for Certificate of Airworthiness (Form 1), together with th
e documents specified in Appendix 4, to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Jul. 14, 1999>
(2) The application for a certificate of airworthiness according to paragraph 1 of this Article for domestically manufactured aircraft shall be submitted in early stages of the aircraft type design process or before the commencement o
f the aircraft manufacturing process.
(3) Aircraft Flight Manual, which should be included in the application documents for a certificate of airworthiness, according to paragraph (1) of this Article, shall contain the following items, except when the Administrator of the Re
gional Aviation Administration determines that certain items are not necessary for a particular category, class, type, and purpose of aircraft. <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, and Sept. 30, 2002>
1. For aircraft
(a) Registration number of aircraft
(b) Category, class, and type of aircraft
(c) Type and number of engines and propellers
(d) Configuration and a 3-view drawing of the aircraft
(e) Name or title, address, and nationality of the manufacturer
(f) Manufactured serial number and date of the aircraft
(g) Category of the aircraft based on Airworthiness Standards
(h) Self-weight and center of gravity location of the aircraft
(i) Name, weight, and center of gravity location of equipment
(j) Capacities and center of gravity location of fuel tank, oil tank and anti-icing liquid reservoirs
(k) Definition of terms, units conversion table, and the drawings applicable to the Flight Manual
2. For operating limitations of the aircraft:
(a) Loading limitations (maximum takeoff and landing weights, maximum zero fuel weight, center of gravity forward and aft limits, and allowable loading limitations according to strength of the cabin floor)
(b) Airspeed limitations (allowable maximum operating airspeed or never exceed airspeed, flap control airspeed, flap extension airspeed, landing gear control airspeed, landing gear extension airspeed, and auto-pilot airspeed lim
itation)
(c) Altitude limitation (maximum approved operating altitude at which the aircraft may fly safely)
(d) Auto-rotating during maximum landing altitude (maximum altitude at which the rotorcraft may safely land via auto-rotation)
(e) Operation limitations of powerplant (i.e., operation limitations regarding crankshaft RPM, manifold air pressure, oil temperature at powerplant inlet, cylinder head temperature, coolant temperature at powerplant outlet, takeoff p
ower operation time, cylinder temperature, fuel grade, fuel pressure, lubricant grade, and lubricant pressure, etc during the takeoff power operation, maximum continuous power operation, and maximum power operation at lean fu
el mixture)
(f) Maximum RPM of rotor blade
(g) Air temperature limitation at which engine can effectively operate
(h) Cross wind velocity limitations at takeoff and landing
(i) Water condition limitations (wind velocity limitation during taxi, takeoff, or landing of seaplane on water surface including operating limitations concerning water surface conditions)
(j) Occupant limitation (maximum number of persons that can be boarded on aircraft)
(k) Flight maneuvering limitation (prohibiting flight maneuvering of the aircraft)
(l) Towing method (operation limitation for towing method by which a glider may be safely towed)
(m) Operation limitation for equipment (operation limitation for use of component or other specific equipment of aircraft)
(n) Other operation limitations (restrictions concerning takeoff and landing distance limitations; limit load factor limitations; electrical system operation limitations; autopilot limitations; limitations of instruments, flight controls, and ot
her equipments; smoking prohibited area; and locations for dangerous goods, etc.)
3. For the performance of the aircraft:
(a) Relationship between takeoff operation and takeoff airspeed
(b) Relationship between takeoff weight, altitude, and air temperature at the takeoff location
(c) Takeoff climb angle
(d) Takeoff distance
(e) Actual takeoff climb flight path
(f) Cruise performance
(g) Relationship between landing operation and landing airspeed
(h) Relationship between landing weight, altitude, and air temperature at the landing location
(i) Balked landing operation and/or condition
(j) Landing distance
(k) Stall performance
(l) Other performance limitations necessary for handling and controlling the aircraft
4. For operating procedures during normal operations
5. For operating procedures during emergencies
Article 19 (Aircraft that is exceptionally eligible for Certificate of Airworthiness)

"The aircraft specified in the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act", prescribed in paragraph (2), Article 15 of the Act means the following: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995>
1. Aircraft that received permission in accordance with Article 145 of the Act
2. Aircraft to be exported after repair, modification, or manufacture in the Republic of Korea
3. Aircraft manufactured in Korea or imported from abroad which has applied for a certificate of airworthiness before acquiring Korean nationality
Article 20 (Permission of Test Flight for Aircraft without a Certification of Airworthiness)

(1) "be operated in aviation, except when permitted by the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs, for test flight, etc.", as prescribed in paragraph (3), the Article 15 of the Act means the following: <Amended as of Sept. 18
, 1998, Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Test flight conducted by an aircraft manufacturer, research institution, etc. for the purpose of flight testing, research, or development of aircraft or its equipment
2. Test flight conducted after manufacture, maintenance, repair, or modification of aircraft
3. Test flight of the aircraft to a base where the maintenance, repair, or modification can be performed
4. Test flight that exceeds the operating limitations for the purpose of verifying the type design change to the aircraft
5. Test flight of the aircraft to export or import
(2) Any person who wishes to operate an aircraft without a certificate of airworthiness as specified in paragraph (1), shall submit an application for test flight (Form 1-2) to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or the Admini
strator of the Regional Aviation Administration with the following items completed: <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Name/title and address of owner, etc. of the aircraft
2. Category, class, type, and registration sign of the aircraft
3. Summary of flight plans (flight purpose, date, and route)
4. Pilots names and qualifications
5. Personal data and purpose of person other than pilots
6. Any other items related to the test flight
Article 21 (Extension of Validity of Airworthiness Certificate)

Aircraft designated as one of the following items are eligible for an extension of the validity period of the certificate of airworthiness as specified in paragraph (4), the Article 15 of the Act, shall be maintained in accordance with proc
edures notified by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority for the continuous airworthiness maintenance of the aircraft.
1. Government owned aircraft by the provisions of paragraph 1-2 of Article 2 of the Act
2. Aircraft being operated by air carrier by the provisions of Article 112 or Article 132 of the Act
3. Aircraft being operated by aerial work operator by the provisions of Article 134 of the Act
Article 22 (Airworthiness Standards)

(1) Pursuant to paragraph (5), the Article 15 of the Act, Airworthiness Standards notified by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall contain the following items according to the category or type of aircraft: <Amended as
of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002, and Jun. 29, 2007>
1. Definitions of terms
2. Flight performance
3. Strength of Airframe Structure
4. Design and Construction of all sorts of equipments
5. Powerplant and permissible range of exhaust emission
6. Equipments
7. Operating Limitations
8. Other matters deemed necessary by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
(2) When designating operating limitations of aircraft prescribed in paragraph (5), the Article 15 of the Act, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall do so in accordance with the operating limitations of the aircr
aft as specified in subparagraph 2, paragraph (3), Article 18 of the Act according to the category of aircraft as determined by the Airworthiness Standards. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>
(3) When the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration designates operating limitations in accordance with paragraph (2), he/she shall issue the Operating Limitation Specification (Form 2) to the owner, etc. of aircraft.
<Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>
Article 23 (Inspection Range for Airworthiness Certification)

When conducting inspections for the certificate of airworthiness in accordance with paragraph (5), the Article 15 of the Act, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall inspect for conditions and flight capabilities
during and after the processes of designing and manufacturing the aircraft, to determine that they conform to the Airworthiness Standards. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>
Article 24 (Issuance of Certificate of Airworthiness)

(1) When results of the inspections for the certificate of airworthiness in accordance with Article 23 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act show that they conform to the Airworthiness Standards i.e., aircraft meets its type
design and is in condition for safe operations, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall issue the certificate of airworthiness (Form 3) to the applicant.<Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>(2) Any own
er, etc. who wishes to obtain a replacement certificate of airworthiness as prescribed in paragraph (1) due to a lost or unusable document, shall complete the application for re-issuance of the certificate of airworthiness (Form 4) wit
h the unusable certificate attached (or statement explaining in the case of the owner, etc. the lost certificate) and submit it to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>
Article 25 (Partial Exemption of inspections for a Certificate of Airworthiness)

Validation of Inspections for a certificate of airworthiness as prescribed in paragraph 5 of the Article 15 of the Act may not be performed as below: <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Conformity inspections to Type Design for the aircraft as prescribed in subparagraph 1, paragraph (5), Article 15 of the Act
2. Conformity inspections to Type Design and manufacturing inspections of the aircraft as prescribed in subparagraph 2, paragraph (5), Article 15 of the Act
3. Manufacturing inspections for the aircraft as prescribed in subparagraph 4, paragraph (5), Article 15 of the Act 4. Inspection for flight performance of the aircraft as prescribed in subparagraph 5, paragraph (5), Article 15 of th
e Act. It applies only to the newly manufactured and directly imported aircraft from the manufacturer (including sales agency) <Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>.
Article 26 (Return of Certificate of Airworthiness)

(1) When the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration suspends the certificate of airworthiness pursuant to paragraph (6), Article 15 of the Act, the Administrator shall immediately order the owner, etc, to return the cert
ificate of airworthiness for the aircraft. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>
(2) When the validity period has been shortened or changes have been affected to items pertaining to the operating limitations, the owner, etc, shall immediately return the certificate of airworthiness and the operating limitations sp
ecification, which was issued in accordance with paragraph (3), Article 22 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act, to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration and shall reapply for issuance of the certificat
e of airworthiness and the new operating limitations specification. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>
(3) Deleted. <Dec. 17, 1999>
Article 26-2 (Mandatory Notification to Maintain Aircraft, Equipment, or Part)

(1) When the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority enforces the maintenance of aircraft, engine or propeller (hereinafter referred to as aircraft, etc.), equipment, or parts to the owner, the Administrator shall be notified with the
following items <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.6, 2008 >
1. Type of application aircraft, etc., equipment, or parts
2. Method and time of the maintenance, etc.
3. Other technical documentation related to the maintenance, etc.
(2) The person who was enforced to perform the required maintenance in accordance with paragraph 1, should inform the Administrator of the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority results of the maintenance accomplished. <
Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
[Newly Inserted as of Jul. 3, 2004]
Article 26-3 (Application for Export Certificate of Airworthiness)

(1) A Person who wish to obtain Export Certificate of Airworthiness of aircraft, etc., equipment and/or parts in accordance with paragraph 1, Article 15-2 of the Act, shall submit an application(Form 4-2) of export certificate of airwort
hiness for aircraft, etc., or shall submit an application(Form 4-3) of export certificate of airworthiness for equipment and/or parts to administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration.
(2) Application specified in paragraph (1), shall submit with the following documents;
1. Evidence data regarding compliance of airworthiness
2. Maintenance manual (issued by manufacturer only)
3. Airworthiness Directive or others, etc. which is established and noticed by the head of CASA혻
[Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, 혻May.8, 2008]
Article 26-4 (Inspection Scope for Export Certificate of Airworthiness)

For conducting inspection for the Export Certificate of Airworthiness in accordance with paragraph 2, Article 15-2 of the Act, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall inspect the condition and performance of a
pplicable aircraft, etc., equipment and/or parts.
Article 26-5 (issuance for Export Certificate of Airworthiness)

When results of the inspections for the Export Certificate of Airworthiness in accordance with Article 26-4 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act show that applicable aircraft, etc., equipment and/or parts conform to the Ai
rworthiness Standards specified in paragraph 5, Article 15 of the Act, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall issue the Export Certificate of Airworthiness (Form 4-4) of aircraft, etc., or shall the Export Airwort
hiness Approval Tag(Form 4-5) to the applicant.
[Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No. 12,혻 May.8, 2008]
Article 27 (Aircraft subject to Noise Certificate)

"Aircraft as prescribed by the provisions of the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" in paragraph 1 of the Article 16 of the Act means those specified by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Amended as of Jul. 27,
1993, Jul. 14, 1995, Jul. 1, 2005, and Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 28 (Application for Noise Certificate)

(1) Any person who wishes to obtain a noise certificate in accordance with paragraph (1), Article 16 of the Act shall submit an Application for the Noise Certificate (Form 5) to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administratio
n ten days prior to the date the noise measurement test is to be conducted for the certificate. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>
(2) The following documents shall be attached to the Application as per the provisions of paragraph (1):
1. Flight manual of the aircraft
2. Documents that substantiate that the aircraft conforms to the noise standards (limited to aircraft certified to the noise standards by a manufacture, or a previously registered country, or already verified by a country that provide
d manufacturing technology is considered acceptable compliance to the noise standards)
3. Documentation containing technical details on repairs and/or modifications
Article 29 (Standards for Noise Certificate)

The noise certificate and noise measurement methods as prescribed in paragraph (1) of the Article 16 of the Act shall be established and promulgated by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Amended as of Jul. 1, 200
5, Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 30 (Issuance of Noise Certificate)

(1) When the aircraft satisfies the standards specified in Article 29 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall issue the Noise Certificate (Form 6) to the owner, e
tc, of the aircraft. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>
(2) In case of subparagraph 2, paragraph (2), Article 28 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act, when the noise measurement methods and the values of the submitted documents conform to the Article 29, the Administr
ator of the Regional Aviation Administration may issue the nose certificate to the applicant by inspecting documentation only. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 1, 2005, and Aug. 18, 2006>
(3) When repairs and/or modifications that could affect the certified noise levels of the aircraft are accomplished, or where other powerplant(s) are installed which were not specified in the certificate, the Administrator of the Region
al Aviation Administration shall measure the noise levels of the aircraft prior to the issuance of the noise certificate to the applicant. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>
(4) When issuing the noise certificate as prescribed in paragraph (1), the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration may designate the following operating limitations for the aircraft: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 1
7, 1999>
1. Maximum takeoff and landing weights
2. Powerplant
3. Automatic flight control system
4. Instrument and flight control system5. Other items related to apparatus that effect noise
Article 30-2 (Special flight permit without a Noise Certificate)

(1) Operation in aviation without a Noise Certificate, not comply with the noise standard, except when permitted by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" in pursuant to Article 16-3 of the Act means followings:
1. Test flight conducted by aircraft manufacturer, research institution, etc. for the purpose of test, research, or development of aircraft or its equipment
2. Test flight conducted after manufacture, maintenance, repair, or modification of aircraft
3. Ferry flight of the aircraft to a base where the maintenance, repair, or modification can be performed
4. Test flight that exceeds the operating limitations for the purpose of verification of the type design change to the aircraft
(2) Any person who wishes to use any aircraft without a Noise Certificate as specified in paragraph (1) of this Article shall submit an application for test flight (Form 20-5) to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration.
Article 30-3 (Return of Noise Certificate)

When the aircraft cannot fly because it does not comply with the noise requirements as prescribed in paragraph (2), Article 16 of the Act, the owner, etc., of the aircraft shall return the Noise Certificate to the Administrator of the Re
gional Aviation Administration.
[Newly Inserted as of Jun. 29, 2007]
Article 31 (Application for Type Certificate <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004>)

(1) Any person who wishes to obtain a type certificate pursuant to paragraph (1), Article 17 of the Act shall submit an Application for Type Certificate (Form 7) to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Amended as of Nov.
30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, and Sept. 30, 2002>
(2) Following documents shall be attached to the application as prescribed in paragraph (1) of this Article:: <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994>
1. Type design plan
2. Preliminary design documents
3. Drawings list
4. Drawings
5. Parts list
6. Manufacturing plan
7. Specifications
8. Flight and/or Operation Manual
9. Document describing Maintenance Procedures and
10. Any other data deemed necessary
(3) Item 1 of paragraph (2) shall be submitted before commencement of the design process, items 3 through 8 shall be submitted before commencement of manufacture, and items 9 through 12 shall be submitted after completion
of manufacture and before the final conformity inspection.
Article 32 (Changes to type design)

(1) Any person who wishes to change the type design pursuant to paragraph (1), Article 17 of the Act shall submit an Application for Change to Type Design (Form 8), together with the Type Certificate and documents prescribed i
n paragraph (2), Article 31 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
(2) Documents submission period under paragraph (3), Article 31 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act is applicable to Changes to Type Design (The Type Certificate shall be submitted at the time of application).
Article 33 (Inspections Scope for Type Certificate)

(1) When conducting inspections for type certificate in accordance with paragraph (2), Article 17 of the Act, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall inspect the type design, manufacturing of the aircraft, etc. and any flig
ht and ground tests necessary to determine compliance after the completion of the production process.
(2) The Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall inspect that changes to the type design by a supplemental type certificate complies with the Airworthiness Standards in accordance with paragraph (4), Article 17 of the Act.
Article 33-2 (Application for Supplemental Type Certificate)

(1) Any person who wishes to obtain a supplemental type certificate pursuant to paragraph (4), Article 17 of the Act shall submit an Application for Supplemental Type Certificate (Form 9) to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Aut
hority.
(2) Following documents shall be attached to the application as prescribed in paragraph (1) of this Article:
1. Compliance substantiation plan
2. Design Drawings and its list
3. Parts list and Specifications
Article 34 (Issuance of Type Certificate)

(1) When the results of the inspections for type certificate in accordance with paragraph (1), Article 33 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act show that they conform to the airworthiness standards, the Head of the Civil A
viation Safety Authority shall issue a Type Certificate (Form 10) to the applicant. <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002, and Jul. 3, 2004>
(2) When issuing the type certificate to the applicant as prescribed in paragraph (1), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall record the type certificate number on the type certification data sheet, which contains informat
ion regarding operating limitations and conditions and list main equipment of the aircraft and return the design drawing lists and parts list to the applicant. <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 24, 2001, and Sept. 30,
2002>
(3) When results of the inspections in accordance with paragraph (2), Article 33 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act determines that the design changes of equipment or parts conform to the Airworthiness Standards, t
he Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall issue the Supplement Type Certificate (Form 10-2) to the applicant. <Newly Inserted as of Jul. 3, 2004>
Article 35 (Partial Exemption of inspections for Type Certificate)

When conducting inspections of type certificate in accordance with paragraph (3), Article 17 of the Act, following inspections may not be performed ;
1. Inspection of design plan
2. Inspection of design document, design drawing list, design drawing, parts list, and manufacturing plan document for equipment and parts not produced in Republic of Korea
Article 35-2 (Type Certificate Validation approval)

(1) Any person who wishes to obtain approval of type certificate validation pursuant to paragraph (1), Article 17-2 of the Act shall submit the Application for Type Certificate validity (Form 11) to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety
Authority. <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004>
(2) Following documents in accordance with must be attached to the application as prescribed in paragraph (1):
1. Type Certificate from foreign government
2. Type Certificate Data Sheets
3. Design Description Documents
4. Compliance Checklist and Compliance Reports
5. Flight and/or Operation Manual
6. Documents describing the maintenance procedures
7. Any other data deemed necessary.
[Newly Inserted as of Dec. 17, 1999]
Article 35-3 (Inspections Scope for Type Certificate Validation approval)

When conducting inspections for type certificate validation approval in accordance with paragraph (2), Article 17 of the Act, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall inspect the type design and manufacturing processes
of the aircraft, powerplant, or propeller which is manufactured in accordance with the type design. <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002>
Article 35-4 ((Issuance of Type Certificate Validation approval)

When results of the inspection for a type certificate validation, pursuant to paragraph (2), Article 17-2 of the Act, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall issue the Type Certificate validation (Form 11-2) to the applicant.
<Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004, and Jun. 29, 2007>
Article 35-5 (Application for Production Certificate <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004>)

(1) Any person who wishes to obtain the production certificate pursuant to paragraph (1), Article 17-3 of the Act, he/she shall submit the Application for Production Certificate (Form 12) to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Autho
rity.. <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002 and Jul. 3, 2004>
(2) Following documents shall be attached to the application as prescribed in paragraph (1): <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Quality control manual
2. Materials describing manufacturing technology and method of aircraft, etc.
3. Status of manufacturing facility and personnel
4. Quality control and inspection system
5. Data describing continued airworthiness and certification management
Article 35-6 (Inspections Scope for Production Certificate <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004>)
When conducting inspections of production certificate in accordance with paragraph (1), Article 17-3 of the Act, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall inspect the manufacturing technology, facility, personnel, quality c
ontrol and inspection system, continued airworthiness and certification management system, and production process of the aircraft, etc. <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004, and Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 35-7 (Issuance of Production Certificate)

(1) When results of the inspections for the certificate of production pursuant to Article 23 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act show that they conform to the Airworthiness Standards, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safet
y Authority shall issue the production certificate to the applicant.
(2) When the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority issues the production certificate as prescribed in paragraph (1) he/she shall issue it with a production limitation record, which specifies limitation of production of the aircraft, e
tc. under the type certificate, etc. thereof <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 35-8 (Certification agencies)

"Agency designated by the provisions of the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" in paragraph (2), Article 17-3 of the Act is an agency recognized by a country that has concluded an agreement on aviation safety with the Re
public of Korea.
Article 36 (Scope of Repair or modification for aircraft)

Repair or modification of an aircraft specified in paragraph (1), Article 19 of the Act, means repair or modification that exceeds the ratings of an approved maintenance organization that was approved in accordance with Article 138
of the Act.
Article 37 (Application for approval of repair or modification <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004>)

Any person who wishes to have an approval of the repair or modification in accordance with paragraph (1), Article 19 of the Act, shall submit an Application for Approval of Repair or Modification (Form 13), together with repair or m
odification plan describing personnel, equipment, facility, material list, drawing, drawing list, work schedule, work order and limitations for AMO approval, to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration 10 days prior to t
he date of commencement of the repair or modification, except for an urgent repair or modification due to an accident, etc. <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004, Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 37-2 Deleted <Jul. 3, 2004>
Article 38 (Approval Scope of repair or modification for aircraft, etc.)

The Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall approve the application for repair or modification in accordance with Article 37, provided that the Administrator determines that the implementation of the repair or mo
dification plan is appropriate to comply with the Airworthiness Standards. In case that the Administrator considers that the repair or modification plan is not sufficient to determine compliance, the Administrator may approve the app
lication, provided that the applicant is subject to submit the Result of repair or modification of aircraft, etc (Form 13-2) together with the work process documents used in the repair or modification.
Article 38-2 (Technical Standard Order Authorizations)

"is specified by the provisions of the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act", prescribed in paragraph (1), Article 20 of the Act means followings:
1. TSO article approved by the country with which the Republic of Korea has a bilateral agreement for aviation safety.
2. TSO article, installed on an aircraft which has airworthiness certificate pursuant to paragraph (1), Article 15 of the Act
3. TSO article, installed on an aircraft which has type certificate pursuant to Article 17 of the Act
4. TSO article, installed on an imported aircraft which has type certificate validation pursuant to Article 17-2 of the Act
Article 39 (Application for Technical Standard Order Authorizations)

(1) Any person who wishes to obtain a Technical Standard Order Authorization (TSOA) for design and manufacture of a TSO article pursuant to paragraph (1), Article 20 of the Act shall submit an Application for Technical Standard
Order Authorization (Form 14) to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
(2) Following documents shall be attached to the application as prescribed in paragraph (1) of this Article: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Statement of Conformance
2. Design drawings, design drawing lists, and parts list
3. Manufacturing specification and product specification
5. Instructions for continued airworthiness and certification management
Article 40 (Inspections Scope for Technical Standard Order Authorizations)

(1) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall inspect the following, when issuing TSOA according to the provisions of paragraph (1), Article 20 of the Act;
1. TSO article complies with the minimum performance standards of the applicable TSO (hereinafter called "Design Compliance")
2. Quality control and inspection system (hereinafter called "Quality Control System") establishes the manufacturing process of specific TSO article.
3. Certification management system including identification, record keeping, continued airworthiness, etc.
(2) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall inspect design compliance with the minimum performance standards of specific TSO article and conformity inspection of the TSO article to drawings, specifications, and manufa
cturing processes, etc shall be demonstrated.
(3) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall inspect the quality control system including appropriate technology, facility, personnel, etc, to manufacture a TSO article.
(4) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall inspect certification management system including identification, record keeping, and continued airworthiness, etc. of specific TSO article.
Article 41 (Issuance of Technical Standard Order Authorizations)

(1) When results of the inspections for the Technical Standard Order (TSO) Authorization pursuant to paragraph (1), Article 40 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act show that they conform to the Airworthiness Standard
s, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall issue the Technical Standard Order Authorization (TSOA) (Form 14-2) to the applicant.
(2) Any person who has a Technical Standard Order Authorization pursuant to Article 20 of the Act may identify the equipment or part with TSO marking that he/she has approved as part of TSO.
(3) When any person who designs and manufactures an article with a TSO Authorization, moves, reduces, or expands the facility, he/she shall inform the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority within 10 days.
Article 42 (Application for Parts Manufacturer Approval)

(1) Any person who wishes to obtain parts manufacturer approval pursuant to paragraph (1), Article 20-2 of the Act shall submit the Application for Parts Manufacturer Approval (Form 15) to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Aut
hority.
(2) Following documents shall be attached to the application as prescribed in paragraph (1) : <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Document identifying the parts
2. Statement of Conformance
3. Design drawings, design drawing lists, and parts list
4. Manufacturing specification and product specification
6. Instructions for continued airworthiness and certification management
7. Any other data deemed necessary.
Article 43 (Inspections Scope for Parts Manufacturer Approval)

(1) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall inspect the design compliance, the quality control system, manufacturing process, and continued airworthiness and certification management of parts for the issuance of parts m
anufacturer approval in accordance with paragraph (1), Article 20-2 of the Act.
(2) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall determine the design compliance, including compliance with the minimum performance standards of parts, design drawings, specifications, manufacturing process, etc.
(3) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall inspect the quality control system, including technology, facility, personnel, etc, to manufacture parts.
(4) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall inspect continued airworthiness and certification management, including identification of parts, record keeping.
Article 44 (Issuance of Parts Manufacturer Approval)

(1) When results of the inspections for Parts Manufacturer Approval (PMA) in accordance with paragraph (1), Article 43 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act show that they conform to the Airworthiness Standards, the
Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall issue the PMA (Form 15-2) to the applicant.
(2) When the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority issues the Parts Manufacturer Approval to the applicant as prescribed in paragraph (1), he/she shall designate aircraft, engine, or propeller type in which the equipment or pa
rts are installed.
(3) Provisions in paragraph (2), (3), Article 41 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act shall be applied to Parts Manufacturer Approval (PMA). In that case, "TSO" and "Technical Standard Order Authorization" are regarde
d as "equipment or parts" and "Parts Manufacturer Approval", respectively, in those provisions.
Article 45 (Exemption of Parts Manufacturer Approval)

"Other equipment or parts designated by the provisions of the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" in paragraph (1), (4), Article 20 of the Act are as follows: <Amended as of Jul. 1, 2005>
1. Equipment or parts that comply with the Korean Standards specified in Article 10 of the Law of Industrial Standards
2. Equipment or parts made for exhibition, research, or education purposes
Article 46 Deleted <Jul. 3, 2004>
Article 60 (Scope of trivial maintenance or validation required <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004>)

(1) "Trivial Maintenance specified by the provisions of the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" in Article 22 of the Act are as follows: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Replacement of standard equipment or parts not involving complicated installations, including rigging, gap adjustment, etc. being performed for preventive maintenance
2. Minor repair which has no appreciable effect affecting to airworthiness and does not involve complicated inspection (i.e. the inspection of powerplant function, etc.) to verify the minor repair work
(2) The scope of aircraft, etc., equipment and/or parts maintenance requiring validation pursuant to Article 22 of the Act is the maintenance other than trivial maintenance as prescribed in paragraph (1), Article 60 of this Ministerial
Regulations of the Aviation Act. <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.6, 2008 >
Article 61 (Validation of maintenance in regions other than Republic of Korea)

With consideration of the operational status of the aircraft, regions other than the Republic of Korea, identified as difficult to authorize return to service as specified in Article 22 of the Act shall be determined by the Head of the Civil
Aviation Safety Authority. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
Article 62 (Qualification of person in Maintenance Release Authorization)

"Qualified person designated by the provisions of the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" in Article 22 of the Act is person who meets any of the following qualifications: <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004>
1. Any person with an aircraft maintenance technician type II or an aircraft maintenance technician type I license issued by a foreign government (hereinafter called "license from a foreign government")
2. Any repairman who has a license from a foreign government or equivalent (of the aircraft maintenance technician type II or the aircraft maintenance technician type I license) that is accepted by the Head of the Civil Aviation
Safety Authority
3. Any foreign approved maintenance organization, which is approved by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority in accordance with Article 138 of the Act.
Article 63 (Application for a Maintenance Release Authorization)

Any person who wishes to obtain a maintenance release authorization pursuant to Article 62 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act shall submit an application to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority with the foll
owing items (attaching the license from a foreign government or a certificate showing foreign government's approval as aircraft repairman and two photographs): <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
1. Name, nationality, age, and address
2. Experience level
3. Designated area
4. Reason for the application
Article 64 (Issuance of Acceptance Person in Maintenance Release Authorization)

(1) When the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority accepts the application pursuant to the Article 62 of this Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act he/she shall issue the Designated Overseas Maintenance Mechanic Certifi
cate (Form 19). <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
(2) When the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority issues the certificate to the applicant he/she shall specify the aircraft classification, category, or type of release authorization that is to be performed by the applicant. <Amend
ed as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
(3) Validation period of the certificate as prescribed in paragraph (1) shall be one year.
Article 65 (Reports and Management of Ultra Light Vehicles)

(1) The owner of an Ultra Light Vehicle shall submit the Report of Ultra Light Vehicle (Form 19-2) to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration pursuant to paragraph (1), Article 23 of the Act together with the followin
g documents:
1. Document verifying the ownership of the Ultra Light Vehicle
2. Document verifying that the Ultra Light Vehicle conforms to the technical standards to secure flight safety
3. Specifications and performance table of the Ultra Light Vehicle
4. Photo of the Ultra Light Vehicle (15 횞 10 cm; side view)
5. Document verifying that insurance contract(it is applies commercial purpose pursuant to paragraph (5), Article 23) < Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
(2) Upon receiving a report of Ultra Light Vehicle, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall issue the Certificate of Report of Ultra Light Vehicle (Form 19-3) to the owner who shall always carry it when flying.
(3) When issuing a Certificate of Report of Ultra Light Vehicle, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall prepare the Report Ledger of Ultra Light Vehicle (Form 19-4) for display.
(4) The owner of the Ultra Light Vehicle shall display the number of the Certificate of Report of Ultra Light Vehicle on the device. Necessary matters such as the display method, location of display, and size shall be determined by t
he Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration.
(5) The owner of the Ultra-light Vehicle shall notify the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration of any change in the matters to be reported until 30 day of changed date as follows; < Amended by Ministerial Regulation
s No. 12, May.8, 2008>
(a) Purpose
(b) Location of storage
(c) Owner�셲 name and address
Article 66 (Approval of the Flight Plan of the Ultra Light Vehicle)

(1) For the purpose of Article 23 (2) of the Act, the term "Ultra Light Vehicle as determined by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to the Ultra Light Vehicle prescribed in Article 14 except the following: <Newly Inse
rted as of Aug. 18, 2006, Jun. 29, 2007>
1. Ultra light Ultra Light Vehicles used for military purpose
2. Captive balloons operating below the minimum flight altitude (150 m) as per item (b), subparagraph 1, Article 171
3. Ultra light Ultra Light Vehicles as determined and announced by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
(2) Any person wishing to fly an Ultra Light Vehicle as per paragraph (1) in the aerial zone where any flight using such flying vehicle is limited as prescribed in Article 23 (2) shall submit the Application for Approval of Flight Plan (Fo
rm 20) to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration . < Amended by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
(3) When the submitted flight plan as per paragraph (2) is deemed to present no problem to flight safety, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall issue approval. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
[Wholly Amended as of Nov. 22, 2003]
Article 66-2 (Flight Qualification of Ultra Light Vehicle)

(1) For the purpose of Article 23 (3) of the Act, the term "Ultra Light Vehicle as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" pertains to the following: < Amended by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
1. Motor flying vehicle
2. Rotor flying vehicle
3. Manned free balloon
4. Paraplanes
(2) For the purpose of Article 23 (4) of the Act, the term "Ultra Light Vehicle as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to the following: <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004, Aug. 18, 2006>
3. Paraplane
4. Balloons (limited to those boarded by persons)
5. Unmanned flying vehicle
(3) For the purpose of Article 23 (3)~(4) of the Act, the term "institution or organization designated by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" pertains to the Korea Transportation Safety Authority (hereinafter referred to as th
e Transportation Safety Authority) established as per the Korea Transportation Safety Authority Act. <Amended as of Jul. 1, 2005>
(4) Necessary matters related to the application procedure for flight qualification, examination subjects, and flight qualification certificate as prescribed in the provisions of Article 23 (3) of the Act and application procedure for safety
certification, inspection methods, and certificate of safety as per the provisions of Article 23 (4) of the Act shall be determined by the Chairman of the Transportation Safety Authority with approval from the Head of the Civil Aviation
Safety Authority.
Article 66-3 (Insurance Subscription)

(1) For the purpose of Article 23 (5) of the Act, the term "Ultra Light Vehicle as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to the following ultra light Ultra Light Vehicles: <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004>
3. Paraplane
4. Balloons (limited to those boarded by persons)
(2) For the purpose of Article 23 (5) of the Act, the term "insurance as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" pertains to insurance or deduction covering more than the amounts stipulated in the subparagraph
s of Article 3 (1) of the Enforcement Decree of the Guarantee of Automobile Accident Compensation Act. <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004, Jul. 1, 2005>
Article 66-4 (Designation of Approved aviation training institution for Pilots of Ultra Light Vehicles)
(1) An institution wishing to be designated as a Approved aviation training institution for pilots of ultra light vehicles as per the provisions of Article 23 (6) of the Act shall submit the Application for Designation as Approved aviation tr
aining institution for Pilots of Ultra Light Vehicles (Form 20-2) to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority together with the documents containing the following:
1. Status of professional instructors
2. Status of educational facilities and equipment
3. Education and training plan and education and training regulations
(2) The following are the designation criteria for the Approved aviation training institution for pilots of ultra light vehicles as per the provisions of Article 23 (6) of the Act:
1. Professional instructors falling under any of the following cases:
(a) One or more Instructor Pilot(s) with not less than 200 hours' flight time
(b) One or more Flight Examiner Pilot(s) with not less than 300 hours' flight time
2. The following facilities and equipment (including the right of use) shall be furnished:
(a) One or more class room(s) and office(s)
(b) Take-off and landing facilities
(c) One or more flying vehicle(s) for two persons
3. Necessary matters for education and training such as curriculum, education time, evaluation methods, education and training regulations, etc., for which standards shall be determined and announced by the Head of the Civil
Aviation Safety Authority
(3) When the institution submitting an Application for Designation as Approved aviation training institution for Pilots of Ultra Light Vehicle pursuant to paragraph (1) is deemed to conform to the standards prescribed by the provision
s of paragraph (2), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall issue the Certificate of Designation as Approved aviation training institution for Pilots of Ultra Light Vehicle (Form 20-3).
Article 67 (Report of Accident Involving Ultra Light Vehicle)

A pilot or an owner of an Ultra Light Vehicle figuring in an accident shall report the following items to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority as prescribed by the provisions of Article 23 (7) of the Act:
1. Name and title of pilot and owner of the Ultra Light Vehicle
2. Time and location of the accident
3. Category of the Ultra Light Vehicle and report number
4. Circumstances of the accident
5. Summary of personal injury and property damage
6. References for determining human factors including names of casualties
Article 68 (Matters to be Observed by the Pilot of an Ultra Light Vehicle <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>)
(1) The pilot of an Ultra Light Vehicle shall not engage in any of the following actions during flight: <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 3, 2004, Aug. 18, 2006, and Jun. 29, 2007>
1. Dropping of an object that can serve as a hazard to other persons or property
2. Flying in a manner that can serve as a hazard to other persons or property in the air above a densely populated area or a congested place
3. Flying in the aerial zone where any flight using an Ultra Light Vehicle is limited without approval for the flight plan as prescribed in the provisions of Article 23 (2) of the Act or flying in controlled airspace, prohibited or restricted
area, or special designated areas as prescribed by the provisions of Article 38 (2) of the Act except the following:
(a) Flying an Ultra Light Vehicle as described in subparagraph 1, Article 66 (1)
(b) Flying an Ultra Light Vehicle as described in subparagraph 2, Article 66 (1) 3. in airspace other than the restricted areas for unmanned motor flying vehicle and unmanned airship as determined and announced by the Head of
the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
4. Flying in a state where an object on the ground cannot be identified with the naked eye due to fog, etc.
5. Flying when the flight visibility or distance from clouds does not comply with Appendix 3-2
6. Flying during night hours from sunset to sunrise, except captive balloons operated below the minimum flight altitude (150 m) as prescribed in item (b), subparagraph 1, Article 171
7. Other flights using abnormal methods
(2) The pilot of an Ultra Light Vehicle shall fly with utmost care such that an aircraft can be identified with the naked eye and avoided in advance. <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>(3) The pilot of an Ultra Light Vehicle shall give way
to all aircraft. In particular, the pilot of a powered Ultra Light Vehicle shall give way to an unpowered Ultra Light Vehicle. <Amended as of Dec.17, 1999>
Article 68-2 Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>

CHAPTER III Airmen
Article 69 (Designation of Aircraft)

For the purpose of Article 27 (4) of the Act, the term "aircraft as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to middle class or primary class gliders. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>
Article 70 (Permission of Test Flight)

Any person wishing to do a test flight pursuant to the provisions of Article 27 (4) of the Act shall submit the Application for Permit of Test Flight, etc. (Form 20-5) to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration. <Amend
ed as of Nov. 22, 2003>
Article 71 (Rating on the Category and Class of Aircraft)

(1) Pursuant to the provisions of Article 28 (1) of the Act, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall rate the category and class of the aircraft to be used in the practical test by the person wishing to obtain a license. <Ame
nded as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
(2) The category of the aircraft rated by the provisions of paragraph (1) shall be divided into airplane, airship, glider, rotorcraft and air spacecraft.
(3) The class of the aircraft to be rated by the stipulation of paragraph (1) shall be divided into Airplane Single-Engine Land and Airplane Multi-engine Land in the case of landplane and Airplane Single-Engine Sea and Airplane Mu
lti-engine Sea in the case of seaplane. Note, however, that gliders shall be divided into upper class glider (in the case of special glider or upper class glider) and middle class glider (in the case of middle class or primary class glider
s).
(4) Notwithstanding the stipulation of paragraph (1), the rating of the class of aircraft shall not apply to aircraft maintenance type �� mechanics. <Newly Inserted as of Jul. 3, 2004>
Article 72 (Type Rating)

Pursuant to the provisions of Article 28 (1) of the Act, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall apply type rating to the personnel licensing by type of aircraft as follows: <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Jun. 29, 2007>
1. According to the type of the following aircraft in the case of pilot:
(a) Aircraft requiring two or more pilots to fly
(b) Rotorcraft that can be flown by one pilot
(c) Type of aircraft to be designated by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
2. All types of aircraft in the case of flight engineer
3. Deleted. <Jun. 29, 2007>
Article 73 Deleted. <Dec. 17, 1999>
Article 74 (Rating on the Maintenance Services)

Pursuant to the provisions of Article 28 (2) of the Act, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall rate the maintenance services of aircraft maintenance type I mechanics by field such as airframe-related field, piston engine
-related field, turbine engine-related field, propeller-related field, and electronics, electric, or instrument-related field. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 18, 1998, and Sept. 30, 2002>
Article 75 (Recognition of Validity of Existing Licenses) <Amended as of Sept. 18, 1998>

(1) When a pilot license holder obtains a superior personnel license for the same category of aircraft (based on the provisions of Article 26 of the Act), the rating on the class and type of aircraft for the existing license or instrument
rating and flight instructor rating shall apply to the newly received superior personnel license as well.
(2) A license holder of aircraft maintenance type �� mechanic obtaining a personnel license for an airplane shall be considered to have obtained a personnel license for a glider. <Newly Inserted as of Sept. 18, 1998>
Article 76 (Requirements)
A person qualified to take a test for the personnel licensing (hereinafter referred to on the Personnel Licensing Test) on the provisions of Article 29 (1) of the Act or an examination to rate the category, class, or type of aircraft (herei
nafter referred to as Rating Examination) on the provisions of Article 29 (2) shall be a person other than that falling under any of the subparagraphs of Article 25 (2) of the Act and who has a career as prescribed in Appendix 11.
Article 77 (Announcement of Examining and Testing etc.)

When he/she wishes to implement the personnel licensing test or rating examination, the Chairman of the Transportation Safety Authority shall announce the test plan for the following year including the schedule for written and pr
actical tests, requirements, and test subjects by the end of each year. <Amended as of Nov. 22, 2003>
[Wholly amended as of Dec. 17, 1999]
Article 78 (Submission of Application Form)

Any person wishing to apply for the personnel licensing test or rating examination shall submit the Application for Airman Certificate and/or Rating (Form 22) to the Chairman of the Transportation Safety Authority together with the f
ollowing documents:
1. Document verifying the career that qualifies one to take the test or examination as required by Appendix 11
2. For applicants who wish to be exempted from all or part of the test on the the provisions of Article 90 or Article 91, a document verifying that the applicant possesses qualification or career experience required for the exempti
on
Article 79 (Verification of Flight Career)

(1) Flight career among careers stipulated in subparagraph 1 of Article 78 shall refer to that verified using the following methods: <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>
1. For the flight career of applicants obtaining a personnel license, those verified by the pilot in command (PIC) upon each completion of flight
2. For the flight career of applicants obtaining permission on the provisions of Article 35 (2) of the Act (hereinafter referred to as student pilot), the flight training verified by the pilot instructor at the end of such
3. For a flight career other than that described in subparagraphs 1 and 2, the flight verified by the user, supervisor, or person with equivalent rank at the end of such
(2) The verification of flight career on the the stipulation of paragraph (1) shall be based on Form 22-2.
<Newly Inserted as of Dec. 17, 1999>
Article 80 (Crediting of Flight Time)

In verifying the flight career pursuant to the provisions of Article 79, the flight time shall be credited as follows:
1. When a person with no pilot license applies for the personnel licensing test: Flight time during which the applicant flew an aircraft as a student pilot with the instructor or solo flight
2. When a person applies for a superior personnel licensing test for pilot:
(a) Flight time during which the applicant flew an aircraft as a student pilot with the instructor or solo flight
(b) Flight time during which the applicant with a pilot license (certificate) flew an aircraft alone or as the pilot in command (PIC) or with the instructor
(c) One half of the flight time during which the applicant with a pilot license flew an aircraft as a pilot rather than as PIC
(d) Flight time during which the applicant with a pilot license performed the task of PIC as a co-pilot under the supervision of the PIC
3. When a person applies for the personnel licensing test for flight navigator or flight engineer: Flight time during which the applicant performed a duty equivalent to that of a flight navigator or a flight engineer onboard the actual
aircraft as prescribed in Appendix 11
Article 81 (Test Subjects and Methods)

(1) The subjects and scope of theoretical and practical tests for the personnel licensing test and rating examination as per the provisions of Article 29 (1)~(2) of the Act are shown in Appendix 12. <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>
(2) When certain items of the practical test as per the stipulation of paragraph (1) are deemed not to require a practical test using an aircraft or a flight simulator, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority may allow an oral test i
nstead. <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Sept. 30, 2002>
(3) The airplane used in a practical test for airline transport pilot shall be a twin-engine plane at the very least. <Amended as of Sept. 18, 1998>
Article 82 Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 83 (Notification of Test and Examination Results)

(1) When theoretical and practical tests for the personnel licensing test or rating examination are administered, the Chairman of the Transportation Safety Authority shall notify the successful applicants or companies where they be
long of the result. <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004>
(2) When the personnel licensing test or rating examination is administered, the Chairman of the Transportation Safety Authority shall notify the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority of the status of successful applicants for th
e theoretical and practical tests through the qualification of airmen. <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Sept. 30, 2002>
Article 84 (Details of Conducting the Test and Examination)

Matters other than those set forth in this Ordinance but deemed necessary in relation to the personnel licensing test and rating examination for airmen shall be determined and announced by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety A
uthority. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002, and Nov. 22, 2003>
Article 85 Deleted. <Jul. 27, 1993>
Article 86 (Prohibiting Applicants Committing Illegal Acts from Applying for the Test)
(1) Deleted. <Dec. 17, 1999>
(2) When a successful applicant in the personnel licensing test or rating examination is discovered to have committed an illegal act in the test or examination, the Chairman of the Transportation Safety Authority shall nullify his/her
result. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>
Article 87 (Validity of Test Success by Subject)

(1) In a case a person passing all or part of the subjects of a personnel licensing test or a rating examination applies for a personnel licensing test or a rating examination for the same category of aircraft to obtain a certificate of the
same qualification, the pass result shall be valid in the test or examination held within two years (starting from the last day of receiving applications for the test or examination) of the notification date (in case the applicant passes all
subjects, the date of notice of passing the last subject) as per the stipulation of Article 83. <Amended as of Nov. 22, 2003, Jul. 3, 2004, and Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 88 (Waiving of Test for License Holder)

(1) In case a person with a license applies for the personnel licensing test to obtain a different license, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority may waive such test if the test subjects of the previously received license are ide
ntical to those of the license for which an application is being filed and if the level of license for which an application has been filed is equal to or better than the previously received license. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30,
2002>
(2) The test subjects that are waived on the the stipulation of paragraph (1) and the scope of recognition of level are prescribed in Appendix 13-2. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>
Article 89 (Issuance of License and Replacement)

(1) An applicant passing the practical test of the personnel licensing test or rating examination on the Article 83 (1) shall submit an Airman Medical Certificate (rated to aircrew members and air traffic controllers; the same shall appl
y hereinafter) as prescribed by Article 31 to the Chairman of the Transportation Safety Authority.
(2) Upon receiving the Airman Medical Certificate on the paragraph (1), the Chairman of the Transportation Safety Authority shall issue the Personnel Licensing for Airmen (Form 23).
(3) In case of lost or damaged certificate, or if the person obtaining a license for airmen wishes to change the recorded information, he/she shall submit the Application for Replacement of License(Form 24) including an electronic d
ocument to the Chairman of the Transportation Safety Authority.
(4) Upon receiving the Application for Replacement on the paragraph (3), the Chairman of the Transportation Safety Authority shall replace the License for Airmen (Form 23) when the reason for the application is deemed appropri
ate.
(5) When issuing or replacing a license for airmen on the paragraphs (2) and (4), the Chairman of the Transportation Safety Authority shall prepare and furnish the Issuance Ledger for the License for Airmen (Form 25) or enter the
contents of the Issuance Ledger as recorded in Form 25 into a computerized information processing device for safekeeping and management.
(6) The Chairman of the Transportation Safety Authority may validate a foreign license (of which the experience requirement shall meet those as stipulated in Article 76 or Annex 1 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation; t
he same shall apply hereinafter), for the rest validity period of the license issued by a foreign government, validity period may be extended once more within the period of one year. < Amended by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, M
ay.8, 2008>
Article 90 (Waiving of the Personnel Licensing Test)

(1) Part or all of the test shall be waived for a person (the holder of temporary license is contained) 혻obtaining a personnel license from a foreign government on the provisions of subparagraph 1, Article 29 (4) of the Act subject to
the following classification: <Amended as of Sept. 18, 1998, Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 3, 2004, Jul. 1, 2005, and Aug. 18, 2006; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.6, 2008>
1. In case of applying for a license as whom wishes to conduct one of the following aviation tasks : waiver for the written and practical test.
(a) Foreign instructor or operator who conducts test flight or training with new type of aircraft or equipments
(b) A person who wants to take a training with aircraft or equipment registered in the Korea.
(c) A person who conduct ferry flight with aircraft registered in the Korea for importing or exporting
2. Cases other than subparagraphs 1 wherein a person obtaining a personnel license from a foreign government applies for said personnel licensing test: written test (excluding that on aviation act and regulations) waived
3. Cases other than subparagraphs 1 and 2 wherein a person obtaining a personnel license from a foreign government applies for said personnel licensing test: Theoretical test (excluding that on aviation acts and regulations)
waived
(2) When a person completing the training course specified by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority at an approved aviation training institution pursuant to the provisions of subparagraph 2, Article 29 (4) of the Act applies
for said personnel licensing test, part of the written test shall be waived. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
(3) When a person obtaining a personnel license from a foreign government or a person completing the training course of an approved aviation training institution designated by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority and a
person with practical experience on the provisions of subparagraphs 1~3, Article 29 (4) of the Act apply for said personnel licensing test, part of the practical test shall be waived according to the standards prescribed in Appendix 1
3-1. <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Sept. 30, 2002, and Jul. 3, 2004>
(4) For persons qualified to apply for said test on the Article 76, those obtaining qualification for professional engineer aircraft and master craftsman aircraft maintenance and engineer aircraft or industrial engineer aircraft maintena
nce on the National Technical Qualifications Act in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph 4, Article 29 (4) of the Act, the test shall be waived based on the following classification: <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 3, 20
04, and Jul. 1, 2005>
1. In case a person obtaining qualification for professional engineer aircraft applies for the qualification test for aircraft maintenance type �� mechanic, the written test excluding that on aviation acts and regulations shall be wa
ived.
2. In case a person obtaining qualification for master craftsman aircraft maintenance or engineer aircraft applies for qualification as aircraft maintenance type �� mechanic, the theoretical test excluding that on aviation acts an
d regulations shall be waived provided he/she has had at least one year experience in aircraft maintenance after acquisition of said qualification.
3. In case a person obtaining qualification for industrial engineer aircraft maintenance applies for qualification as aircraft maintenance type �� mechanic, the written test excluding that on aviation acts and regulations shall be
waived provided he/she has had at least two years' experience in aircraft maintenance after acquisition of said qualification.
Article 91 (Waiving of Rating Examination)

(1) In case a person obtaining certification of rating from a foreign government (including those obtaining a temporary rating as issued by a foreign government) on the provisions of subparagraph 1, Article 29 (4) of the Act applies f
or said rating examination, written and practical tests shall be waived <Amended as of Sept. 18, 1998, Dec. 17, 1999, and Jul. 3, 2004>
(2) In case a pilot or a flight engineer receiving specialized training on an aircraft at an approved aviation training institution designated by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority (a specialized foreign educational institution r
ecognized as an approved aviation training institution based on rating by said foreign government shall be regarded as an approved aviation training institution as designated by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority) on th
e provisions of subparagraph 2, Article 29 (4) of the Act applies for rating examination on an aircraft of the same type as that for the aircraft used for said training within 180 days of completion of training, the practical test shall be w
aived as determined by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. In case the owner, etc., of the aircraft introduces a new type of aircraft to Korea, written and practical tests shall be waived as determined by the Head of the Ci
vil Aviation Safety Authority in relation to the rating examination on the pilot or flight engineer of the aircraft only when the applicant for the examination completed specialized training at a specialized foreign educational institution (i
ncluding a training institution belonging to the aircraft manufacturer) recognized by said foreign government. <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 18, 1998, Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004 and Jun. 29, 2007>
(3) In case a person with practical experience on the provisions of subparagraph 3, Article 29 (4) of the Act is eligible for the rating examination, part of the practical test shall be waived according to the standard prescribed in Appe
ndix 13-2. <Newly Inserted as of Jul. 3, 2004>
Article 93 (Designation of Approved aviation training institution)

(1) An educational institution wishing to be designated as a Approved aviation training institution on the provisions of Article 29-3 (1) of the Act shall submit the Application for Designation as Approved aviation training institution for
Airmen (Form 25-2) to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority together with an education plan containing the following information: <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Sept. 30, 2002, and Jul. 3, 2004>
1. Education subjects and education method
2. Status of instructors (qualification, career, and the fixed number of instructors)
3. Summary of facilities and equipment
4. Education evaluation method
5. Annual education plan
6. Education regulations
(2) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall examine the Application on the paragraph (1). If it meets the standard announced by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority, the applicant institution shall be designated a
s a Approved aviation training institution by qualification as stipulated in Articles 26, 28, and 34 of the Act using Form 25-3. <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999, and Sept. 30, 2002>
(3) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall announce the specified educational institution (hereinafter referred to as designated Approved aviation training institution) designated on the stipulation of paragraph (2). <Amend
ed as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
(4) Upon completion of education, the designated Approved aviation training institution shall report the list of trainees who completed the education and evaluation result to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority immediatel
y. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
(5) In case of changes in matters stipulated in all subparagraphs of paragraph (1), the designated Approved aviation training institution shall report the details of the change to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority immedia
tely. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
(6) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall annually examine whether the designated Approved aviation training institution conforms to the designation standards on the paragraph (2). <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept.
30, 2002>
(7) Deleted. <Jul. 3, 2004>
(8) Deleted. <Dec. 17, 1999>
Article 94 (Designation Standards for Flight Simulator)

(1) Any person wishing to have a flight simulator that can be used instead of an actual aircraft designated pursuant to the stipulation of Article 29-2 (3) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administrati
on Application for Designation as Flight Simulator (Form 25-4) together with the following documents:
1. Installation process of the flight simulator and overview
2. Operating regulations for the flight simulator
3. Test flight record of the flight simulator based on the test flight record of the actual aircraft
4. Guidelines for the performance check of the flight simulator
5. Management and maintenance methods for the flight simulator
6. Training plan with the flight simulator
7. Minimum Equipment List (MEL) of the flight simulator and its application method (rated to commercial aircraft)
(2) When applications are received on the provisions of paragraph (1), the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall inspect the relevant flight simulator in accordance with the designation standards and the inspe
ction guidelines announced by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority and shall designate the flight simulator if the simulator satisfies the required designation standards using Form 25-5. <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002>
(3) Recognition of boarding career on flight simulator shall be based on the standards prescribed in Appendix 11.
Article 95 (Medical Standards and Validity)

(1) The classes and validity of medical certificate based on various licenses for flight crew members and air traffic controller thereof on the provisions of Article 31 of the Act shall be prescribed in Appendix 13-3. <Amended as of A
ug. 18, 2006, Jun. 29, 2007>
(2) Notwithstanding the stipulation of paragraph (1), a medical examiner designated as such pursuant to Article 31-2 (1) of the Act (hereinafter referred to as " medical examiner ") may issue a Airman medical certificate by shorteni
ng the validity term as prescribed in Appendix 13-3 even if the examination target falls relatively short of the required aviation medical examination standards for the licensing: Provided, That the validity term to be shortened shall n
ot exceed one half of that prescribed in Appendix 13-3. <Amended as of Jun. 29, 2007>
(3) A person waived from a personnel licensing test on the stipulation of Article 89(6) and 90 (1) but receives a Airman medical certificate issued by a foreign government or by a private medical institution designated by the foreign
government shall be considered to have received a Airman medical certificate on the provisions of Article 31 (1) of the Act for the remainder of the validity term of the said certificate
(4) Deleted. <Jun. 29, 2007>
(5) A person receiving an upper level Airman medical certificate shall be considered to have received a lower level Airman medical certification. <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Aug. 18, 2006>
(6) Deleted. <Dec. 17, 1999>
(7) The standards for aviation medical examination by type on the paragraph (1) are prescribed in Appendix 14. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(8) A private license holder should be qualified for Class 1 medical standards pursuant to Appendix 14 when issued an instrument rating pursuant to the Article 34 of the aviation act. <Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No.
12, May.8, 2008>
(9) The detailed matters other than those set forth in this Ordinance in relation to the standards for aviation medical examination shall be determined and announced by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Amended as
of Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 96 (Application for the Issuance of Airman Medical Certificate)

(1) Any person wishing to obtain a Airman medical certificate on the provisions of Article 31 (1) of the Act shall prepare an Application for Airman Medical Certificate (Form 29) by recording his/her medical history and recent medic
ation as well as the reason for the rejection of his/her previous application for Airman medical certificate as applicable and the date such decision was passed for submission to the medical examiner. <Amended as of Jun. 29, 200
7>
(2) Upon receiving applications on the paragraph (1), and in case the results of the aviation medical examination of the flight crew and air traffic controllers are deemed to meet the standards prescribed in Appendix 14, the medical
examiner shall issue an Airman Medical Certificate (Form 30).
(3) When issuing the Airman Medical Certificate on the paragraph (2), the medical examiner shall prepare and keep an Issuance Ledger of Airman Medical Certificate (Form 31).
(4) The medical examiner shall notify the Aerospace Medical Association of Korea, an incorporated association commissioned with the Airman medical certificate (hereinafter referred to as "Aerospace Medical Association of Kore
a"), of the results of the Certificate issuance implemented each month on the provisions of Article 63 (10) of the Decree by the 5th of the following month.
(5) When deemed necessary for making judgment pursuant to the provisions of Article 31 (4) of the Act, the medical examiner may request for advice from the Aerospace Medical Association of Korea.
Article 96-2 (Circumstances in which medical examination may be Deferred)

(1) In case a flight crew member obtaining a Airman medical certificate on the Article 31 (1) of the Act stays in a foreign country for six consecutively months or more and obtains a Airman medical certificate issued by the foreign g
overnment or by a private medical institution designated by the foreign government, the validity of such certificate of aviation medical examination obtained in Korea can be extended up to the expiration of the validity term of the for
eign certificate within the rate for the term as follows:
1. 6 months for a flight crew member of an aircraft used in an Air Transportation Service, an aerial work and a noncommercial operations. < Amended by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
2. 24 months for the pilot of a private aircraft
(2) Any person wishing to have his/her Airman medical certificate extended on the paragraph (1) shall submit to the medical examiner Application for Extension of Airman Medical Certificate (Form 29-2) together with the following
documents:
1. Copy of Airman Medical Certificate
2. Copy of certificate of aviation medical examination issued by a foreign government or a private medical institution designated by the foreign government
(3) Upon receiving an Application for Extension of Airman Medical Certificate on the paragraph (2), the specialized aviation doctor shall check the attached certificate of aviation medical examination issued by a foreign government
or a private medical institution designated by the foreign government and extend the validity term and issue an Airman Medical Certificate upon verification.
Article 97 (Evaluation of Medical Examination Results)

(1) Upon receiving notification on the result of issuance of Airman Medical Certificates on the Article 96 (4), the Aerospace Medical Association of Korea may evaluate the appropriateness of the aviation medical examination imple
mented by the medical examiner.
(2) When the Airman Medical Certificate is deemed to have been issued improperly as a result of the review on the paragraph (1), the Aerospace Medical Association of Korea shall immediately notify the Head of the Civil Aviation
Safety Authority or the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration accordingly.
Article 97-2 (Appeal)

(1) Any person who is dissatisfied with the results of the Airman medical certificate on the Article 31 (5) of the Act shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority Application for Appealing (Form 32) in writing (includin
g an electronic document) within 30 days of the date of notification of the result.
(2) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority may have a consulting with the following persons to review an appealing.
1. Medical specialties related with the contents of the appealing.
2. Operational experts who have a flight career.
(3) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall review the Application for Appealing received on the paragraph (1) within 30 days of the application date and notify the applicant of the result.
But notification term may be extended additional 30 days when the reviewing the Application for Appeal which is applicable to the following subparagraph can not be proceeded within the rated time.
(4) The information of extension on the Article 97-2(2) should be notified to the applicant 7 days before the termination of a term.
Article 98 (Designation of Aviation Medical Examiner)

(1) Any person wishing to be nominated as an Aviation Medical Examiner on the Article 31-2 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority Application for Designation as an Aviation Medical Examiner
(Form 33) together with documents verifying that the applicant meets the designation standards on the paragraph (2).
(2) The following are the designation standards on the provisions of Article 31-2 (2) of the Act:
1. The applicant should have completed the education program on aviation medicine pursuant to paragraph (5).
2. The applicant should have 5 years' or longer experience in the field of aviation medicine as a specialist or a doctor;
3. The applicant should belong to a medical institution that meets the standards for facilities and equipment of the medical institution for aviation medical examination as prescribed in Appendix 15.
(3) When the applicant meets the designation standards on the paragraph (2), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall issue to the applicant Certificate of Designation as an Aviation Medical Examiner (Form 33-2).
(4) When designating an Aviation Medical Examiner on the paragraph (3), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall make the corresponding announcement.
(5) Education subjects and education hours for a person designated or to be designated as an Aviation Medical Examiner on the Article 31-2 of the Act are shown in the following table:
Education Hours
Education Topics
Person to be designated as Avia Person designated as Aviation Medic
tion Medical Examiner al Examiner
Theory of aviation medicine 10 hours 6 hours

Practice in aviation medicine
10 hours 7 hours
Acts and regulations related t
o aviation 4 hours 3 hours
Total 24 hours 16 hours (every 2 years)
(6) Necessary matters regarding specific educational operation methods on the paragraph (5) shall be determined and announced by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
Article 99 (Revocation of Airman Medical certificate and License)<Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>)
(1) Administrative measures and standards for airmen and student pilots on the provisions of Article 33 of the Act (including applications of Articles 34 (4) and 35 (4) of the Act) are shown in Appendix 15-2.
(2) When taking administrative measures on the stipulation of paragraph (1), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration, and the director of Air Traffic Center shall prepa
re and keep the Ledger for Airmen Subject to Administrative Measures (Form 34) and notify the chairman of the Transportation Safety Authority and a medical examiner of its contents. <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Aug. 18, 20
06>
Article 102 (Scope of Training for Flight Instructor Rating)

Training requiring the flight instructor rating on the provisions of Article 34 (2) of the Act involves practical training (including a solo flight of a student pilot) on take-off operation, landing operation, or air operation of an aircraft (exclu
ding elementary glider).
Article 102-2 (Aviation English Proficiency Test )

(1) Aviation English Proficiency Test on the Article 34-2 (2) of the Act shall be conducted to evaluate the pronunciation, structure, vocabulary, fluency, comprehension, and interactions in accordance with Aviation English Proficienc
y Rating Scale prescribed in Appendix 15-3.
(2) The passing standards for Aviation English Proficiency Test on the Article 34-2 (2) are prescribed in Appendix 15-3.
(3) The effective period of Aviation English Proficiency certificate on the Article 34-2 (2) of the Act by level is 3 years for Level 4, 6 years for Level 5, and lifetime for Level 6 starting from the passing date of 혻Aviation English Profici
ency etc.
(4) Requirement for the concrete implementation method, etc., of the Aviation English Proficiency Test on the paragraph (1) shall be determined and announced by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
Article 102-3 (Notification of Results of Aviation English Proficiency Test)

(1) When administering Aviation English Proficiency pursuant to Articles 102-2 (1) and (2), a authorized testing agency on Aviation English Proficiency on the Article 327 shall notify the test takers and the chairman of the Transport
ation Safety Authority of the results of the test including the levels, passing date, etc.
(2) The chairman of the Transportation Safety Authority shall issue Certificates to the following participants passing the Aviation English Proficiency certificate test and record the results in the Issuance Ledger of Airmen Certificate
s (Form 25):
1. Persons falling under subparagraphs 1 and 2, Article 34-2 (1) of the Act: Airmen Certificates (Form 23)
2. Persons falling under subparagraph 3, Article 34-2 (1) of the Act: Certificate of Aviation English Proficiency (Form 35)
Article 103 (Application for Permission for Pilot Practice)

(1) Any person wishing to engage in pilot practice on the provisions of Article 35 (2) of the Act (including flight navigator and flight engineer) shall submit an Application for Permission for Pilot Practice (Form 36) to the Administrator
of the Regional Aviation Administration. <Amended as of Jan. 19, 1999>
1. Deleted. <Jan. 19, 1999>
2. Deleted. <Jan. 19, 1999>
(2) The Written Permission for Pilot Practice is shown in Form 37.
(3) Deleted. <Jan. 19, 1999>
Article 104 Deleted. <Nov. 30, 1994>
Article 115 (Replacement of Airman Medical Certificate) <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004, Aug. 18, 2006>)
(1) In case the Airman Medical Certificate or Written Permission for Pilot Practice of Aircraft (hereinafter referred to as "Certificate, etc.") is lost or damaged, or if the flight crew, air traffic controllers, or student pilots obtaining the cer
tificates wish to change the recorded information, Application for Replacement (Form 40) shall be submitted to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration (for the replacement of the Written Permission for Pilot Practi
ce of Aircraft) or the chairman of the Aerospace Medical Association of Korea (for the replacement of the Airman Medical Certificate). <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 3, 2004, and Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) Deleted. <Jan. 19, 1999>
(3) When the Applications on the paragraph (1) are deemed appropriate, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration or the chairman of the Aerospace Medical Association of Korea shall Replace the Certificate, etc.
<Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 3, 2004, and Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 116 Deleted. <Sept. 18, 1998>


CHAPTER IV AIRCRAFT OPERATION
Article 116-2 (Division and Administration of Airspace <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>)
(1) The types of airspace as divided, designated, and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority as per the provisions of Article 38 (3) of the Act are shown in Appendix 16. <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002>
(2) The following are the standards for establishing the airspace as prescribed in Article 38 (3) of the Act: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. National security and aviation safety should be considered.
2. Provision of service related to air traffic should be considered.
3. The division of airspace should take into account the user's convenience.
4. Efficiency and economy in the utilization of airspace should be realized.
(3) The details of the airspace designation as per paragraph (1) should be published in the Aeronautical Information Publication or NOTAM (Notice to Airmen). <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(4) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall establish an Airspace Administration Regulation containing the following matters pursuant to Article 38 (4) of the Act and publish it following the deliberation by the Airspace Com
mittee: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Detailed definitions by airspace class, granting of names, establishment, change, and abolition procedures, flight requirements, and flight procedures as per paragraph (1)
2. Matters regarding the detailed establishment standards and procedures by airspace type as per paragraph (1)
3. Other necessary matters for the efficient administration of airspace
Article 116-3 (Flight Permission Covering Prohibited or Restricted airspace)

Any person wishing to fly over a prohibited or restricted airspace as per the provisions of Article 38-2 (2) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Application for Permission to Fly over Pro
hibited or Restricted airspace (Form 40-2).
Article 117 (Registration Mark <Amended as of Nov. 30 1994>)

(1) Instead of ornamental letters, Roman capital letters HL shall be used for the indication of nationality as per the provisions of Article 39 (2) of the Act.
(2) The registration symbol shall be indicated using four (4) Arabic numbers rather than ornamental letters.
(3) The registration symbol shall be placed right after the indication of nationality in a row.
(4) The registration mark to be displayed on an aircraft shall be marked clearly to prevent its erasure.
(5) Detailed matters as necessary in relation to the composition of the registration symbol shall be determined and announced by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, and S
ept. 30, 2002>
Article 118 (Display Position of the Registration Mark)

The display position and method for the registration mark may vary depending on the following classification:
1. For an airplane or a glider, the registration mark shall be displayed on the main wing and tail wing or main wing and fuselage depending on the following classification:
(a) A mark to be displayed on the main wing shall be placed on top of the right wing and at the bottom of the left wing at equal distance from the front end and rear end of the main wing, with the upper part of the registration mark
facing toward the front end of the main wing: Provided, That each symbol shall not be placed over an aileron or a flap.
(b) A mark to be displayed on the tail wing shall be placed on both sides of the vertical tail wing at a position more than 5 cm away from both front end and rear end and displayed either horizontally or vertically.
(c) A mark to be displayed on the fuselage shall be placed on both sides of the fuselage right in front of the horizontal stabilizer and displayed either horizontally or vertically.
2. A mark to be displayed on a rotorcraft shall be placed at the bottom and on both sides of the fuselage at a position that may vary depending on the classification of the following items:
(a) A mark to be displayed at the bottom of the fuselage shall be placed near the maximum cross-section of the fuselage, with the upper part of the registration mark facing toward the left side of the fuselage.
(b) A mark to be displayed on both sides of the fuselage shall be placed on the fuselage between the axis of the main rotor and that of the auxiliary rotor or on both sides near the powerplant either horizontally or vertically.
3. For an airship, the registration mark shall be displayed either on the hull or on the horizontal and vertical stabilizers depending on the following classification:
(a) A mark to be displayed on the hull shall be placed at a position near the maximum cross-section crossing the axis of symmetry at a right angle on top or on both sides.
(b) A mark to be displayed on the horizontal stabilizer shall be placed on top of the right side and at the bottom of the left side, with the upper part of the registration mark facing toward the front end of the horizontal stabilizer.
(c) A mark to be displayed on the vertical stabilizer shall be placed on the lower part of both sides horizontally.
Article 119 (Height of the Registration Mark)

The height of each letter and number used in the registration mark may vary depending on the following classification: <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004>
1. When the mark is displayed on an airplane or a glider:
(a) Not less than 50 cm when displayed on the main wing
(b) Not less than 30 cm when displayed on the tail wing or the fuselage
2. When the mark is displayed on a rotorcraft:
(a) Not less than 50 cm when displayed at the bottom of the fuselage
(b) Not less than 30 cm when displayed on the sides of the fuselage
3. When the mark is displayed on an airship:
(a) Not less than 50 cm when displayed on the hull
(b) Not less than 15 cm when displayed on the horizontal stabilizer and vertical stabilizer
Article 120 (Width, Line of the Registration Mark)

The width, thickness of lines, and intervals of letters and numbers used in a registration mark shall be as follows:
1. The width shall be two thirds of the height of letters and numbers. In the case of Arabic numbers, however, this stipulation does not apply.
2. The thickness of a line shall be one sixth of the height of a letter and a number.
3. An interval shall not be less than one fourth but not more than one half of each symbol.
Article 121 (Exception to the Display of the Registration Mark)

Notwithstanding the stipulations of Articles 118~120, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority may set the position, height, and width, etc., of a display differently in case of unavoidable reasons.<Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995,
Sept. 30, 2002>
Article 121 (Exception to the Display of the Registration Mark)

(1) Notwithstanding the stipulations of Articles 118~120, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority may set the position, height, and width, etc., of a display differently in case of unavoidable reasons. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1
995, Sept. 30, 2002, and Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) Notwithstanding the stipulations of Articles 118~120, the head of the central administrative agency may set the position, height, and width, etc., of a display differently for the aircraft of the state organization, etc., as per subpara
graph 1-2, Article 2 of the Act in consultation with the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Newly Inserted as of Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 122 (Aircraft Communication and Navigation Equipment)

(1) The following Aircraft Communication and Navigation Equipment shall be installed and operated as per the provisions of Article 40 of the Act (in case an aircraft other than those used in the air transportation service makes a fli
ght based on flight rules other than instrument flight rules (hereinafter referred to as "visual flight rules"), Aircraft Communication and Navigation Equipment specified in subparagraphs (3)~(6) may not be installed or operated): <A
mended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Sept. 24, 2001, Jul. 3, 2004, Mar. 11, 2005, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. 2 units each of VHF (Very High Frequency) or UHF (Ultra High Frequency) wireless transmitter and receiver that can be used for communication with the air traffic control unit during a flight; in this case, any flight crew of airpl
ane or rotorcraft wishing to communicate below the altitude determined and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority for the modification of a barometric altimeter (hereinafter referred to as "transition altitude") sh
all use a boom microphone or a throat microphone.
2. 1 unit of transponder for secondary air traffic control radar (Mode 3/A and Mode C SSR transponder, provided that Mode S transponder for air transport service aircraft) providing information on the barometric altitude.
3. 1 unit of automatic direction finder (ADF)(Provided that, it applies only operating at aerodromes whose IFR rules only consists of Nondirectional Radio Beacon(NDB) signals)
4. 1 unit of instrument landing system (ILS) receiver excluding aircraft whose maximum take-off mass is less than 5,700 kg and rotorcraft
5. 1 unit of VHF omni-directional range (VOR) receiver
6. 1 unit of distance measuring equipment (DME) receiver
7. Weather radar or significant weather detection equipment capable of detecting thunderstorms or potentially hazardous meteorological condition and falling under the following classification:
(a) For an aircraft used in the international line Air Transportation Service and equipped with a pressurization device: 1 unit of weather radar
(b) For a rotorcraft used in the international line Air Transportation Service: 1 unit of weather radar or significant weather detection equipment
8. Emergency locator transmitter (ELT) falling under the following classification:
(a) Cases wherein 2 units should be installed: Any of the following aircraft (in this case, one of the emergency locator transmitters (ELT) shall have a structure that can operate automatically; for (iii), 1 unit shall be installed in a life
raft):
(i) In the event of the critical power-unit becoming inoperative, a twin-engine airplane in the Air Transportation Service flying over water at more than a distance corresponding to 30 minutes at cruising speed or 185 km (100 NM)
, whichever is lesser, away from land suitable for making an emergency landing (including the aerodrome of intended landing or any alternate aerodrome)
(ii) In the event of the two power-units becoming inoperative, a multi-engine (three or more) airplane in the Air Transportation Service flying over water at more than a distance corresponding to 120 minutes at cruising speed or 7
40 km (400 NM), whichever is lesser, away from land suitable for making an emergency landing (including the aerodrome of intended landing or any alternate aerodrome)
(iii) Class 1 and/or Class 2 rotorcraft flying over water at more than a distance corresponding to 10 minutes at cruising speed away from land suitable for making an emergency landing or a Class 3 rotorcraft flying over water bey
ond autorotational or safe forced landing distance from land
(b) Cases wherein 1 unit should be installed: Any of the following aircraft (in this case, the emergency locator transmitter (ELT) shall have a structure that can operate automatically):
(i) Single-engine airplane flying over water at a distance of more than 185 km (100 NM) away from land suitable for making an emergency landing
(ii) In the event of one power-unit becoming inoperative, a multi-engine (two or more) airplane flying over water at a distance of more than 375 km (200 NM) away from land suitable for making an emergency landing
(iii) All airplanes for air transport services which do not fall under the proviso of above (a) and rotorcraft for air transport services carrying passengers since July 1, 2008
(iv) All airplanes and rotorcraft operated at international routes since July 1, 2008 (Excepted for aircraft for air transport services)
(v) Airplane flying over a remote and mountainous land area where search and rescue would be especially difficult as designated by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
(2) Aircraft Communication and Navigation Equipment as per the provisions of subparagraph 1, paragraph (1) shall have the following functions: <Newly Inserted as of Sept. 24, 2001, Jul. 3, 2004, Jul. 1, 2005, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Two-way communication for air traffic control at an airport or a heliport shall be possible.
2. Continuously receiving weather information during flight shall be possible.
3. Two-way communication between the aeroplane and aeronautical station or between the aeroplane shall during as stipulated in subparagraph 5, Article 10 and Article 11 of the Presidential Decree of the Radio Wave Act.
4. Communication with the air traffic control unit shall be possible using flight emergency frequency (121.5 �� or 243.0 ��).
5. For the two (2) units of wireless transmitter and receiver as per subparagraph 1, paragraph (1), each unit shall be installed independently from each other such that one unit is free from trouble and available for use when the
other is out of order.
(3) Transponder providing information on the barometric altitude under the proviso of above paragraph (1) 2. shall be able to perform the following functions; 1. provide pressure altitude information to the Air Traffic Services concer
ned by intervals under every 7.62m(25ft) altitude (Limited to aircraft delivered since January 1, 2009)2. provide information on the location of the aircraft in airborne/on-the-ground[Limited to aircraft equipped with auto-detecting de
vices of location of the aircraft in airborne/on-the-ground status)
(4) Necessary matters regarding the operating guidelines for wireless equipment as stipulated in paragraph (1) shall be determined and announced by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. < Newly Inserted as of Jul. 3, 2
004>
Article 124 (Flight Log book)

(1) As per the provisions of Article 41 (2) of the Act, the owner, etc., of the aircraft shall keep an Aircraft Technical Log, a Ground Engine Technical Log, and a Ground Propeller Technical Log: Provided, That the owner, etc., of the
glider shall keep a Glider Technical Log, and the owner, etc., of any of the aircraft specified in Article 151 of the Act, an Aircraft Technical Log. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) When using the aircraft for aviation and modifying or maintaining it, the owner, etc., of the aircraft shall record the flight logbook immediately as per Article 41 (2) of the Act based on the following classification: <Amended as of
Nov. 30, 1994, Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Flight log book(excluding the aircraft specified in Article 151 of the Act)
(a) Registration mark and registration date of the aircraft
(b) Category, type, and type certificate number of the aircraft
(c) Airworthiness category and airworthiness certificate number
(d) Manufacturer name, manufacturing number, and manufacturing date
(e) Type of engine and propeller
(f) Records on the flight as listed below:
(i) Flight date
(ii) Name of aircrew member and job
(iii) Purpose of the flight or flight number
(iv) Origin and departure time
(v) Destination and arrival time
(vi) Flight time
(vii) Matters affecting the flight safety of the aircraft
(viii) Signature of PIC (Pilot in Command)
(g) Total number of flight hours after its manufacture, after the latest overhaul
(h) Records related to the replacement of the engine and propeller as listed below:
(i) Date and place of equipment replacement
(ii) Parts numbers and manufacturing serial numbers of the engine and propeller
(iii) Locations of equipment replacement and reasons
(i) Records related to the implementation of repair, modification, and maintenance as listed below:
(i) Date and place of implementation
(ii) Reasons for the implementation of repair or modification or location of maintenance and names of parts that were replaced
(iii) Confirmation date and authorized signature (or seal)
2. Flight log book (limited to the aircraft specified in Article 151 of the Act)
(a) Registration mark, registration number, and registration date of the aircraft
(b) Records related to the flight as listed below:
(i) Flight date
(ii) Names of the flight crew and their jobs
(iii) Purpose of flight and flight number
(iv) Origin and departure time
(v) Destination and arrival time
(vi) Flight time
(vii) Matters affecting the flight safety of the aircraft
(viii) Signature of PIC
3. Ground Engine Technical Log and Ground Propeller Technical Log
(a) Type of engine or propeller
(b) Manufacturer name, manufacturing number, and manufacturing date of the engine or propeller
(c) Records related to the replacement of the engine and propeller as listed below:
(i) Date and place of equipment replacement
(ii) Type, registration mark, and registration number of aircraft subjected to equipment replacement
(iii) Reasons for replacement
(d) Records related to the implementation of repair, modification, and maintenance of the engine or propeller as listed below:
(i) Date and place of implementation;
(e) Records related to the use of the engine or propeller as listed below:
(i) Date and time of use
(ii) Total number of hours of use after its manufacture, after the latest overhaul
4. Glider Technical Log
(a) (Nationality, registration symbol, registration number) and date of registration for the glider
(b) Type and type certificate number of the glider
(c) Airworthiness category and airworthiness certificate number
(d) Manufacturer name, manufacturing number, and manufacturing date of the glider
(e) Records on the flight as listed below:
(i) Flight date
(ii) Name of the aircrew member
(iii) Purpose of the flight
(iv) Flight sector and location
(v) Flight time or numbers of take-off and landing
(vi) Matters affecting the flight safety of the glider
(vii) Signature of PIC
(f) Records related to the implementation of repair, modification, and maintenance as listed below:
(i) Time and place of implementation
Article 125 (First Aid Kit <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>)

The life jacket, voice signal generator, life raft, pyrotechnic signaling device, portable fire extinguisher, axe, megaphone, first aid medical supplies, etc., to be provided by the owner, etc., of the aircraft as per the provisions of Article
41 (2) of the Act are shown in Appendix 17. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 126 (Seats for Passengers and Aircrew)

(1) As per the provisions of Article 41 (2) of the Act, all aircraft shall be equipped with seats with seat belts (including spacebeds) for passengers aged two years and above as well as all aircrew.
(2) In addition to seat belts, all seats of the aircrew of an aircraft used in the Air Transportation Service shall be equipped with shoulder straps. In this case, the shoulder straps mounted on the seats of the flight crew shall be of the
type that can control the upper body automatically when the speed of the aircraft drops suddenly.
Article 127 (Parachute Equipment)

The following aircraft shall be equipped with a sufficient number of parachutes for all persons on board as prescribed in Article 41 (2) of the Act: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Aircraft conducting test flights, etc., as per the proviso of Article 15 (3) of the Act (limited to aircraft conducting the test flight for the first time following its manufacture or aircraft designated by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safe
ty Authority)
2. Aircraft making an aerobatic flight as per subparagraph 4, Article 55 (excluding a rotorcraft) in accordance with the proviso in addition to each subparagraph of Article 55 of the Act
Article 130 (Documents to be Carried on an Aircraft)

As per the provisions of Article 41 (2) of the Act, the following documents shall be carried on the aircraft (excluding gliders and aircraft given a test flight permit pursuant to Article 15 (3) of the Act):
1. Registration Certificate of the aircraft
2. Airworthiness Certificate
3. Aircraft Technical Log
4. Operating Limitations Specification and Flight Manual
5. Operations Manual (manuals prescribed in Articles 280 and 283 except Training Manual, Dangerous Goods Manual, Accident Procedure Manual, Security Manual, and Aircraft Carrying and Handling Manual)
6. Copy of the Air Transportation Service's Air Operator Certificate and copy of Operations Specifications (for an aircraft used in the international transportation business, however, copies of /English texts shall be included)
7. Noise Certificate
8. airmen personal qualification certificate for each crew(including pilot flight manifest)
9. radio station license
10. passenger manifest specifies names, places of depart and arrival of passengers-on-board)(limited applies to air transport business aircraft)
11. cargo manifest and detailed declarations specified in air waybill issued by the air operator)(limited to air transport business aircraft))
12. a copy of air agreement on inspection and supervising duties of aircraft between Contracting States in compliance with Article 2-2 of the Aviation Act(limited to leasing or leased aircraft under the provisions of Article 2 (2) of t
he Act)
Article 131 (Oxygen Storage and Dispensing Equipment)

(1) Any aircraft making a high-altitude flight pursuant to Article 41 (2) of the Act shall be equipped with an apparatus for storing and dispensing a certain amount of breathing oxygen based on the following:
1. In case an aircraft that is not equipped with a pressurization device attempts to fly at an altitude at which the atmospheric pressure within the aircraft is below 700 hPa, the following amounts should be made available:
(a) In case an aircraft attempts to fly at an altitude at which the atmospheric pressure within the aircraft is 620 ~ 700 hPa for longer than 30 minutes: Amount required by 10% of the passengers and all aircrew for the excess time
period
(b) In case an aircraft attempts to fly at an altitude at which the atmospheric pressure within the aircraft is below 620 hPa: Amount required by all passengers and aircrew during the flying time
2. For an aircraft equipped with a pressurization device that can maintain the level of atmospheric pressure within the aircraft at 700 hPa or higher, and for rotorcraft used in the Air Transportation Service, the following amounts
should be made available:
(a) While the atmospheric pressure within the aircraft or rotorcraft is below 700 hPa: Amount required reasonably by all passengers and aircrew under changing flight conditions including the flight altitude
(b) In case an aircraft attempts to fly at an altitude at which the atmospheric pressure within the aircraft is below 376 hPa, or when an aircraft cannot descend from an altitude at which the atmospheric pressure within the aircraft i
s 376 hPa or more to that at which the atmospheric pressure is 620 hPa within 4 minutes: Amount required by all passengers and aircrew for at least 10 minutes
(2) An aircraft with a pressurization device and attempts to fly at an altitude at which the atmospheric pressure within the airplane is below 376 hPa shall be equipped with a loss of pressurization indicator that can warn the flight cr
ew when the atmospheric pressure within the airplane is falling.
(3) In case an aircraft used in the Air Transportation Service attempts to fly at an altitude at which the atmospheric pressure within the aircraft is below 376 hPa, or when an aircraft cannot descend safely from an altitude at which t
he atmospheric pressure within the aircraft is above 376 hPa to that at which the atmospheric pressure is 620 hPa within 4 minutes, oxygen dispensing apparatuses that operate automatically and in the quantity exceeding the nu
mber of seats for all passengers and aircrew combined by at least 10% should be made available.
(4) In case an airplane equipped with a pressurization device attempts to fly at a specific altitude at which the atmospheric pressure within the aircraft is below 376 hPa, the oxygen mask of the flight crew shall be of the type that is
immediately available at the seats of the flight crew discharging their flight duty when the use of oxygen is necessary.
(5) All flight crew discharging their control duty for the safe flight of the airplane should always be able to use oxygen continuously in case of a situation requiring oxygen supply as per paragraph 1.
(6) Specific mounting requirements, amount of oxygen, and other matters necessary for the oxygen storage and dispensing equipment for breathing by flight altitude shall be determined and announced by the Head of the Civil Avi
ation Safety Authority.
Article 132(Installing vibration health monitoring system to rotorcraft)

All rotorcraft whose Maximum take-off mass exceed 3,175 kg or capable of carrying more than 9 passengers used in air transport business with operating international air route shall equipped with vibration health monitoring syste
m which can able to monitor vibration coming from the rotorcraft
Article 133 (Radiation Indicator)

(1) Any aircraft in the Air Transportation Service and attempting to fly at an altitude of more than 15,000 m (49,000 ft.) from the mean sea level shall be equipped with one unit of Radiation Indicator pursuant to Article 41 (2) of the
Act.
(2) The radiation indicator as per paragraph 1 should be able to measure and display continuously the rate of total space radiation transmitted and amount accumulated during each flight to enable the flight crew to read the measu
red figure easily.
Article 134 (Aircraft Instruments <Amended as of Mar. 11, 2005>)

(1) The standards for aircraft instruments to be mounted on an aircraft making a flight as per the Visual Flight Rules (VFR) or Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) (including instrument flights and flights by VFR under the instructions of air
traffic control) pursuant to Article 41 (2) of the Act are shown in Appendix 18. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>
(3) Any aircraft wishing to fly at night shall be equipped with the following lighting facilities in addition to the aircraft instruments required for flights by the Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) as prescribed in Appendix 18: Provided, That th
e lighting facilities described in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be mounted on any aircraft wishing to fly during the day as well. < Newly Inserted as of Mar. 11, 2005, Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Two or more landing lights for an aircraft in the Air Transportation Service, one or more landing lights for the other aircraft; for rotorcraft, however, at least one rotorcraft shall be of the type that can change directions vertically
2. 1 unit of anti-collision light
3. Right wing position light, left wing position light, and tail position light showing the position of an aircraft
4. Lighting facilities aiding in the identification of essential aircraft instruments and equipment used for the safety navigation of an aircraft for the flight crew
5. Cabin lighting facilities
6. Flashlights used by the flight crew and cabin crew in their respective work positions
(4) A Mach number indicator shall be mounted on an aircraft showing the speed limit in Mach number. For aircraft equipped with a speedometer that can convert Mach numbers, however, this stipulation does not apply. < Newly In
serted as of Mar. 11, 2005>
Article 135 (De/Anti-icing Equipment)
Aircraft attempting to fly into an area where there are ice formations or where ice formation is expected shall be equipped with De-icing or Anti-icing Equipment pursuant to Article 41 (2) of the Act.
Article 135-2 (Accident Prevention Equipment)

(1) The following equipment shall be mounted on an aircraft for accident prevention and investigation of an accident pursuant to Article 41 (2) of the Act: <Amended as of Jan. 19, 1999, Sept. 24, 2001, Jul. 3, 2004, Mar.11, 2005, J
ul. 1, 2005, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. For any of the following aircraft, one unit or more of the Airborne Collision Avoidance System (ACAS ��) as prescribed by Annex 10 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation:
(a) All aircraft used for the Air Transportation Service
(b) All airplanes whose maximum take-off mass exceeds 15,000 kg and issued the Certificate of Airworthiness after Jan. 1, 2007 for the first time or equipped with turbine engines that enable transporting more than 30passenger
s excluding airplanes used for the Air Transportation Service
(c) All airplanes whose maximum take-off mass exceeds 5,700 kg and issued the Certificate of Airworthiness after Jan. 1, 2008 for the first time or equipped with turbine engines that enable transporting more than 19 passengers
excluding airplanes used for the Air Transportation Service
2. For any of the following airplanes and rotorcraft, one unit or more of the Ground Proximity Warning System that automatically sends timely and accurate warning to the flight crew when the airplane or rotorcraft approaches th
e ground surface or faces potential danger to enable it to avoid the topography and facilities in front:
(a) Airplanes whose maximum take-off mass exceeds 5,700 kg or equipped with turbine engines that enable transporting more than 9 passengers (referring to all airplanes manufactured after Jan. 1, 2004 and all those introduce
d after Jan. 1, 2007)
(b) Airplanes whose maximum take-off mass exceeds 15,000 kg and used for the Air Transportation Service or equipped with turbine engines that enable transporting more than 30 passengers
(c) All airplanes whose maximum take-off mass is 5,700 kg or less and manufactured after Jan. 1, 2004 or equipped with turbine engines that enable transporting more than 5 but less than 9 passengers or airplanes whose maxi
mum take-off weight exceeds 5,700 kg and manufactured after Jan. 1, 2007 or equipped with piston engines that enable transporting more than 9 passengers
(d) All rotorcraft capable of carrying more than 9 passengers used in air transport services with operating international air route
3. For any of the following aircraft, one unit or more each of Flight Data Recorder and Cockpit Voice Recorder as prescribed by Annex 6 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation:
(a) Airplanes equipped with turbine engines and used for the Air Transportation Service and those manufactured after Jan. 1, 1989 and whose maximum take-off mass exceeds 5,700 kg excluding airplanes used for the Air Trans
portation Service; in this case, the Flight Data Recorder should be capable of recording 25 hours or more of flight data, and the Cockpit Voice Recorder, capable of recording the voice inside the cockpit for 2 hours or more (30 min
utes or more in the case of airplanes manufactured before Jan. 1, 1995);
(b) Rotorcraft falling under the following classification (in this case, the Flight Data Recorder should be capable of recording 10 hours or more of flight data, and the Cockpit Voice Recorder, capable of recording the voice inside th
e cockpit for 30 minutes or more):
(i) Flight Data Recorder: Rotorcraft whose maximum take-off mass exceeds 3,175 kg and manufactured after Jan. 1, 1989 and used for the Air Transportation Service; all rotorcraft whose maximum take-off mass exceeds 3,175
kg and manufactured after Jan. 1, 2005
(ii) Cockpit Voice Recorder: Rotorcraft whose maximum take-off mass exceeds 3,175kg and manufactured after Jan. 1, 1987; rotorcraft whose maximum take-off mass exceeds 7,000 kg and manufactured before Jan. 1, 1987 a
nd used for the Air Transportation Service
4. The Front Windshear System (limited to airplanes whose maximum take-off mass exceeds 5,700 kg or airplanes equipped with turbine engines (excluding turboprop engines) capable of transporting more than 9 passengers
and used for the Air Transportation Service: One unit or more; in this case, the Windshear System warns the pilot of the front windshear using both video and audio and provides information that enables missed approach, go-arou
nd, and escape maneuver as necessary (when an aircraft approaches the runway to land using an automatic landing system that reaches its operational limit due to the front windshear, the automatic landing system shall be of the
type that can inform the pilot of the problem)
(2) The Ground Proximity Warning System as per subparagraph 2, paragraph (1) shall have the capability to give a warning under the following cases: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Airplanes used for an Air Transportation Service excluding those falling under item (c), subparagraph 2, paragraph (1) should be able to give a warning under the following conditions:
(a) In case of an excessive sink rate
(b) In case of an excessive closure rate for topography and facilities
(c) In case of an excessive loss of altitude after take-off or go-around
(d) When the airplane cannot maintain safe distance vis-횪-vis topography and facilities under the following landing configurations:
(i) Landing wheels fixed to the landing position
(ii) Landing position of flaps
(e) When excessive descent is carried out below the instrument gliding path
2. Airplanes falling under item (c), subparagraph 2, paragraph (1) and those that are not used for the Air Transportation Service excluding those falling under item (c), subparagraph 2, paragraph (1) should be able to give a war
ning under the following cases:
(a) In case of an excessive sink rate
(b) In case of an excessive loss of altitude after take-off or go-around
(3) The types of Flight Data Recorder and Cockpit Voice Recorder as per subparagraph 3, paragraph (1), data that should be recorded, operation method, and other necessary matters shall be prescribed in the announced Flight
Standard Regulations pursuant to Article 74 (2) of the Act. < Newly Inserted as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(4) Notwithstanding the stipulation of subparagraph 3, paragraph (1), the Flight Data Recorder and the Cockpit Voice Recorder may not be mounted on an aircraft under any of the following cases: < Newly Inserted as of Aug. 18,
2006>
(a) When the Flight Data Recorder or the Cockpit Voice Recorder with the capability prescribed in subparagraph 3, paragraph (1) has yet to be developed or produced
(b) When the modification technology of the aircraft as required for mounting the Flight Data Recorder or the Cockpit Voice Recorder on the aircraft is not developed by the manufacturer of the aircraft
Article 136 (Fuel and Oil for Aircraft)

The amount of fuel and oil to be loaded as per Article 43 of the Act is shown in Appendix 19.
Article 137 (Lights of the Aircraft)

(1) Any aircraft flying at night in the air, on the ground, or on the water or being towed in the maneuvering area of an airport or whose engine is operating as per Article 44 of the Act shall indicate its location using anti-collision light,
green light, red light, and white light (hereinafter referred to as Navigation Lights). <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) When stopping or anchoring an aircraft at an airport used at night as per the provisions of Article 44 of the Act, the location of the aircraft shall be determined using the navigation lights, etc., of the aircraft. In case of facilities tha
t illuminate the aircraft in the airport, however, this stipulation does not apply. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(3) The aircraft shall not turn on other lights that can mistakenly be assumed to be navigation lights showing the aircraft's location as per paragraphs (1) and (2). < Newly Inserted as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(4) When a flash lamp serves as an obstacle in carrying out duties or blinds people outside and consequently results in danger, the pilot shall either turn off the flash lamp or dim its light. <Newly Inserted as of Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 138 (Recent Flight Experience of Pilot)

(1) Among the flight crew members intending to operate an aircraft used for the Air Transportation Service or Aerial work as per the provisions of Article 45 of the Act, the pilot shall have related flight experience, e.g., boarding the
same type of aircraft used in the Air Transportation Service or aircraft-using business and taking off and landing for a total of three times each for the last 90 days starting from the date of commencement of flight. <Amended as of
Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) Any pilot wishing to operate an aircraft at night as stipulated in paragraph (1) shall have related flight experience, e.g., taking off and landing at least once at night as prescribed in paragraph (1). For pilots who are engaged in o
perating an aircraft used for the scheduled Air Transportation Service, however, this stipulation does not apply. <Amended as of Nov. 22, 2003>
(3) In calculating the flight experience as per paragraphs (1) and (2), the operating experience gained from a flight simulator designated by the Administrators of the Regional Aviation Administrations based on a method designate
d by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall be considered part of the flight experience as stipulated in paragraphs (1) and (2). <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002, and Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 139 (Recent Flight Experience of Flight Engineer)

(1) Among the flight crew members wishing to operate an aircraft used for the Air Transportation Service or aircraft-using business as per the provisions of Article 45 of the Act, the flight engineer shall have related flight experience
, e.g., boarding the same type of aircraft used in the Air Transportation Service or aircraft-using business, and 50 hours or more of flying time for the last 6 months starting from the date of commencement of operation. <Amended
as of Dec. 17, 1999, Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) In calculating the flight experience as per paragraph (1), the operating experience gained from a flight simulator designated by the Administrators of the Regional Aviation Administrations based on a method designated by the
Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall be considered part of the flight experience as stipulated in paragraph (1) provided it does not exceed 25 hours. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002, and Aug. 18, 2006>
(3) Notwithstanding the stipulation of paragraph (1), a flight engineer considered to have experience that is equal or superior to the flight experience in paragraph (1) by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority can engage in
the operation of the aircraft. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
Article 140 (Flight Experience of Flight Navigator <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994>)
(1) Among the flight crew members wishing to operate an aircraft used for the Air Transportation Service or aircraft-using business as per the provisions of Article 45 of the Act, the flight navigator shall have related flight experienc
e, e.g., engaging in the operation of an aircraft for 50 hours or more (25 hours or more in case one wishes to engage in the operation of an aircraft used for the domestic air transportation service or domestic Aerial work and in the
operation of an aircraft used for the aircraft-using business) for the past 1 year starting from the date of commencement of operation. <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Nov. 30, 2006>
(2) In calculating the flight experience as per paragraph (1), the operating experience gained from a flight simulator designated by the Administrators of the Regional Aviation Administrations based on a method designated by the
Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall be considered part of the flight experience as stipulated in paragraph (1). <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002, and Aug. 18, 2006>
(3) Notwithstanding the stipulation of paragraph (1), a pilot considered to have experience that is equal or superior to the flight experience in paragraph (1) by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority can engage in the operat
ion of the aircraft. <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, and Sept. 30, 2002>
Article 141 (Experience in Instrument Flight)

(1) Among the flight crew members wishing to operate an aircraft used for the Air Transportation Service or aircraft-using business as per the provisions of Article 45 of the Act, the pilot shall have related flight experience, e.g., perf
orming instrument approach for six times or more, and 6 hours or more of instrument flight (including simulated IFR flight) for the last 6 months starting from the date of commencement of instrument flight. <Amended as of Aug. 18
, 2006>
(2) In calculating the flight experience as per paragraph (1), the operating experience gained from a flight simulator designated by the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration based on a method designated by the He
ad of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall be considered part of the flight experience as stipulated in paragraph (1). <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002, and Aug. 18, 2006>
(3) Notwithstanding the stipulation of paragraph (1), a pilot considered to have experience that is equal or superior to the flight experience in paragraph (1) by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority can carry out instrument f
lights. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
Article 142 (Experience in Pilot Training)

(1) Any pilot wishing to engage in pilot training as stipulated in Article 34 (2)of the Act as per the provisions of Article 45 of the same Act shall have related experience, e.g., conducting 10 or more hours of pilot training for the past 1
year starting from the date of commencement of pilot training.
(2) Notwithstanding the stipulation of paragraph (1), any pilot considered to have experience that is equal or superior to the experience in paragraph (1) by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority can conduct pilot training <
Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
Article 143 (Standards for the Time on Board of Flight Crew)

(1) The standards for the working hours on board and rest periods of the flight crew as per Article 46 (2) of the Act are shown in Appendix 19-2.
(2) Air transportation service and aerial work shall establish detailed standards in the Operations Manual within the limit of the standards as per paragraph (1) to prevent the flight crew members from compromising the safe flight of
the aircraft due to fatigue.
(3) Air transportation service and aerial work shall maintain recent records of duty and flight time and rest periods of all flight crew members for at least 15 months.
Article 143-2 (Standards for the Time on Board of Cabin Crew)

(1) Air transportation service shall establish the standards for the time on board of the cabin crew every month, quarter, and year in the Operations Manual as per the provisions of Article 46 (2) of the Act to prevent the cabin crew
members from compromising the safe flight of the aircraft due to fatigue. In this case, the time on board per year shall not exceed 1,200 hours.
(2) The standards for flight duty periods and for minimum rest periods on the ground after a flight duty for 24 consecutive hours based on the number of cabin crew members boarding a specific type of aircraft to fulfill their duty on
board as stipulated in paragraph (1) are shown in Appendix 19-3.
(3) Air transportation service shall maintain recent records of the duty and flight time and rest periods of all cabin crew members for at least 15 months. <Newly Inserted as of Aug. 18, 2006>
[Newly Inserted as of Sept. 24, 2001]
Article 143-3 (Kinds and Measurement of Alcoholic Beverages, etc. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>)
(1) The following are the kinds of alcoholic beverages (hereinafter referred to as Alcoholic Beverages, etc.) as per the provisions of Article 47 (6) of the Act: <Amended as of Jul. 1, 2005, Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Fermented liquor, distilled liquor, compounded liquor, etc., containing ethyl alcohol (C2H5OH), which disrupts thinking, concentration, memory, and judgment by affecting the central nervous system of the human body
2. Narcotics as stipulated in subparagraph 1, Article 2 of the Act on the Control of Narcotics, etc.
3. Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration, and the director of the Air Traffic Center may ask public officials under their jurisdiction to measure the intake or use of alcoh
olic beverages. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(3) Public officials discovering the intake or use of alcoholic beverages as per paragraph (2) shall prepare the Report on Disclosing the Intake/Use of Alcoholic Beverages (Form 40-3) for submission to the Head of the Civil Aviatio
n Safety Authority, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration, or the director of the Air Traffic Center. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(4) Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>

Article 143-4 (Admission of Aviation Safety Management System)

(1) The person wishes to get an approval to the aviation safety management system under the provisions of Article 49 (2) of the Aviation Act, shall submit Application for aviation safety management system prescribed in Appendix
40-4 with documents under the following to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or the Head of Regional Aviation Administration 30 days prior to start system operation.
1. A copy of Aviation Safety Management System Manual
2. A Compliance Statement of approved Aviation Safety Management System in accordance with the Article 49 (2) of the Aviation Act
3. An Alternate Operating Procedure complementing deficiency, if any, approved Aviation Safety Management System in accordance with the Article 49 (2) of the Aviation Act.
(2) the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or the Head of Regional Aviation Administration, according to above ��, shall issue a Certificate of approved Aviation Safety Management System prescribed in appendix 40-5 w
hen he/she admit the applicant meets the Standards for Approving Aviation Safety Management System in accordance with Appendix 19-4.
(3) As per the proviso of Article 49 (2) of the Act, the term "major matters as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act "refers to the following:
1. Matters on safety objectives
2. Matters on safety organization
3. Matters on reporting system of safety obstacles, etc.,
4. Matters on safety appreciation
(4) The person wishes to amend major matters prescribed in above �� shall submit Application for amendment to aviation safety management system prescribed in appendix 40-6 with documents under the following to the Hea
d of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or the Head of Regional Aviation Administration.
1. A Manual of Aviation Safety Management System
2. Matters to be amended and reasons
3. Comparance Table of old and new Manual of Aviation Safety Management System
(5) the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or the Head of Regional Aviation Administration, according to above ��, shall approve it when he/she admit the submitted amendment meets the Standards for Approving Aviatio
n Safety Management System in accordance with Appendix 19-4.
Article 143-4 (Establishment and Operation of Accident Prevention and Aviation Safety Program)
(1) Every Air operator shall draw up and operate a program for the prevention of accidents and safety of flight including the following as per Article 49 (2) of the Act:
1. Safety policy and responsibility of the Air operator
2. Collection of reports on the state that can affect flight safety including aircraft accidents and incidents and state deemed to hinder or feared to hinder flight safety and analysis system thereof
3. Independent organization for the operation of the accident prevention and flight safety program and responsibility and scope of business of the persons in charge of the program
4. For any Air operator using an airplane whose maximum take-off mass exceeds 20,000 kg, an operational procedure of the Flight Data Analysis Programme
(2) The collection of reports on aircraft accidents and incidents and analysis system thereof as per subparagraph 2, paragraph (1) shall include the following:
1. Form and method of the report and related procedure
2. Management and analysis of collected contents, investigation methods, and related procedure
3. Analysis as per paragraph (2) or action procedure based on the investigation results
4. Methods that can protect the identity of the reporter and notification method of the results of the actions taken as part of the report contents
5. Methods of disseminating examples of aircraft accidents and incidents for flight safety to the companies concerned and related procedure
(3) The Flight Data Analysis Programme as per subparagraph 4, paragraph (1) shall include the following:
1. Mounting of equipment that can collect flight data and related operational procedure
2. Matters related to flight data and protection of the analysis result
3. Matters related to the utilization of the analysis result
(4) Air Transportation Servicemen shall use the collected flight data and analysis result for the sole purpose of preventing aircraft accidents and securing flight safety and shall ensure that the analysis result is not disclosed.
(5) Flight crew as targets in the analysis of flight data shall neither be punished nor placed at a disadvantage due to the result of the analysis of flight data. In case a crime or an intentional violation of the flight procedure by a flight
crew member is verified, however, this stipulation does not apply.
Article 143-5(Contents to be included in Aviation Safety Management System)

(1) The contents to be included in Aviation Safety Management System in accordance with Article 49 (2) of the Act
1. Safety Policy and Objectives
a. safety policy and the responsibilities of managing executives
b. responsibilities of safety manager
c. appointment of safety manager
d. implementation plan of safety management system
e. emergency counterplan and negotiation procedures
f. filing and documentation procedure
2. Safety Hazards Management Procedures
a. Procedures to find safety hazards facts
b. appreciation of hazards and mitigation
3. Safety Assurance Activities
a. Procedures for monitoring and measuring of safety performance
b. Procedures for managing amendment
c. Procedures for improving safety management system
4. Safety Increasing Activities
a. Eduction and training system of safety management
b. procedures for interchanging opinions
5. Other matters deemed necessary and regulated by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
(2) All air operator using airplanes whose maximum take-off mass exceeds 20,000 Kg or All air operator using rotorcraft whose maximum take-off mass exceeds 7,000 Kg or capable of carrying more than 9 passengers with opera
ting international air routes shall have the system prescribe by above paragraph �� included flight data analysis program on the following item.
1. Matters on installation and operating procedures of equipment capable of collecting flight data
2. matters of protecting flight data and the analysis result
3. matters on utilizing flight data analysis result
(3) All air operator shall not use the flight data and its analysis result, collected by the proviso of above paragraph ��, other purposes than preventing aircraft accident and ensuring aviation safety and keep it confidential and not
open to the public.
(4) All air operator shall not to give any statical disadvantages such as punishment to the operating crew of aircraft targeted to be analyzed because of the analysis result of flight data in accordance with the above paragraph ��.
Provided that, it is exceptional when identified its criminality or intentional violation of procedures
Article 144 (Verification before Departure)

(1) The following matters shall be verified by the Pilot in Command (PIC) as per Article 50 (2) of the Act: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Airworthiness of the aircraft and registration and carrying of the Certificate of Airworthiness and Certificate of Registration
2. Take-off mass, landing mass, center of gravity position, and weight distribution considering the flight of the aircraft
3. Mounting of Aircraft Communication and Navigation Equipment and aircraft instrument considering the expected flight conditions
4. Weather information and aeronautical information required for the aircraft's operation
5. Loading quantity of fuel and oil and their quality
6. Proper distribution of load including dangerous goods and stability
7. Maintenance of the aircraft and equipment and maintenance result
8. Other matters deemed necessary for the safe operation of the aircraft and announced accordingly by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
(2) When verifying matters as per subparagraph 7, paragraph (1), the PIC shall check the following: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Checking of the aircraft logbook and other records related to maintenance
2. External inspection of the aircraft
3. Inspection of the test run of the engine on the ground
4. Other inspection of the aircraft's operation
Article 145 (Report on Aircraft Accident)

(1) When the aircraft accident described in subparagraph 11, Article 2 of the Act occurs, the pilot-in-command or owner, etc., of the aircraft shall report the following matters to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority pursuant
to Article 50 (5) of the Act:
1. Names and titles of the pilot-in-command and the owner, etc., of the aircraft
2. Time and place of occurrence of aircraft accident
3. Type of registration mark and identification mark of the aircraft (refers to the airliner's mark and flight number assigned by the International Civil Aviation Organization or to the registration mark when it is used as the identificati
on mark; the same shall apply hereinafter)
4. Flight sector
5. Number of persons onboard (passengers, aircrew)
6. Circumstances surrounding the occurrence of the aircraft accident
7. Summary of death or personal injury and property damage to the aircraft and other objects
8. Names and other references for the dead or missing
(2) When any aircraft serious incident specified in Article 8 occurs, the pilot-in-command or the owner, etc., shall report the matters specified in paragraph (1) to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority pursuant to Article 50 (
5) of the Act.
Article 147 (Report on the Accident of another Aircraft)

Upon discovering that another aircraft had an aircraft accident or incident, the pilot-in-command shall report the following matters to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority pursuant to Article 50 (6) of the Act:
1. Name of the pilot-in-command who reported the aircraft accident or incident
2. Time when the aircraft accident or incident was discovered, time and place of occurrence of the aircraft accident or incident
3. Circumstances surrounding the occurrence of the aircraft accident or incident and other matters for reference
Article 147-2 (Scope of Incident)

(1) For the purpose of Article 50 (7) of the Act, the term "state prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" pertains to a state (hereinafter referred to as Failure, etc., of an Aircraft) falling under the following classific
ation:
1. Loosening or separation of cowling during a flight
2. Stoppage of engine during the operation of the engine on the ground in preparation for flight or commercial transportation
3. Fuel leakage that can cause failure or risk affecting the fuel supply system and fuel dumping system of an aircraft during a flight
4. Occurrence of unintended lowering or raising of landing gear or unintended door-opening or door-closing of landing gear during a flight
5. Occurrence of phenomenon wherein smoke, vapor, or hazardous toxic gas accumulates or spreads in the cockpit or cabin due to equipment failure while the aircraft is being operated on the ground in preparation for flight or
commercial transportation
6. Malfunctioning of a fire alarm system while the aircraft is being operated on the ground in preparation for flight or commercial transportation
7. Failure of a breaking system component resulting in the loss of breaking power while the aircraft is moving on the ground or running for take-off
8. Failure of an aircraft component or a system inducing an emergency measure while the aircraft is being operated on the ground in preparation for flight or commercial transportation
9. Flight delay or cancellation caused by damage to an aircraft due to contact with another aircraft or vehicle inside the apron
10. Flight delay or cancellation caused by damage to an aircraft following a collision with birds or other animals during the operation of the aircraft
11. Flight delay lasting 60 minutes or longer, flight cancellation, or return to another airport for the maintenance of the aircraft
12. Malfunction of Navigation aid during the operation of an aircraft either on an airport or en route
13. Exposure of pilot to laser lights that disable normal piloting during the operation of the aircraft in preparation for flight or commercial transportation
14. Abnormal meteorological condition such as turmoil of currents, occurrence of volcanic ash clouds, etc.
15. Eruption of volcano, radical change on the ground or water
16. Sounding of an Airborne Collision Avoidance System occurring at a distance of 500 feet or more from another aircraft or object
17. Other matters prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
(2) Upon discovering that Incident, etc., as per paragraph (1) occur or occurred, the pilot-in-command or the owner, etc., shall report the matter as follows:
1. In case of failure, etc., specified in subparagraphs 1~13, paragraph (1): The pilot-in-command or owner, etc., of the aircraft for the Air Transportation Service (excluding the cargo transportation service using rotorcraft) shall re
port to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration pursuant to the conditions prescribed by the Operational Technology Criteria announced as per Article 74-2 of the A
ct the Incident, etc., within 72 hours of occurrence or discovery of such.
2. In case of failure, etc., specified in subparagraphs 14~17, paragraph (1): The pilot-in-command of the aircraft shall report the following matters to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or the Administrator of the Regio
nal Aviation Administration immediately using wireless equipment or in writing.
(a) Name of the pilot-in-command who reported the malfunction
(b) Time when the occurrence of malfunction of the Navigation aid was discovered, time and place of occurrence of malfunction of the Navigation aid
(c) Content of the malfunction of the Navigation aid and other matters for reference
Article 148 (Voluntary Report)

(1) For the purpose of Article 50-2 (1) of the Act, the term "state prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to a state (hereinafter referred to as the aviation safety impediment/Aviation Safety Obstacle) fallin
g under the following classification:
1. When there is an obstacle that is feared to compromise aviation safety inside or near the airport, or when dangerous goods are left behind or marked incorrectly
2. When the aircraft deviated from the prescribed air route or altitude during operation but did not cause serious danger
3. When the aircraft violated take-off or landing procedure but did not pose an impediment to safe flight
4. When the altimeter was set incorrectly
5. When there is a danger of collision with another aircraft or vehicle inside the apron
6. When a flight-related procedure or system was discovered and is feared to compromise aviation safety
7. When a state feared to compromise aviation safety is discovered during the aircraft's operation in the airport facilities or airways
8. When a mark, etc., is discovered in the Aeronautical Information Publication or map, etc., used in the aircraft's operation and is feared to compromise aviation safety
9. Other matters prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
(KOTSA)
(2) Any person wishing to report an aviation safety obstacle falling under the classification described in paragraph (1) shall submit to the chairman of the Korea Transportation Safety Authority a report on aviation safety obstacles u
nder the conditions prescribed by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
(3) Necessary matters regarding the report on aviation safety obstacles such as receipt, analysis, and dissemination of reports on aviation safety obstacles shall be prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety
Authority.
Article 149-2 (Knowledge Requirements for the Recognition of the Operational Qualifications of the Pilot-in-Command)
The pilot-in-command of the aircraft used for the Air Transportation Service as per the provisions of Article 51 (1) of the Act shall have knowledge on the following matters related to the region, air routes and airports. 혻<Amended
as of Aug. 18, 2006; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
1. Topography and minimum safe altitudes
2. Weather characteristics by season
3. Weather, communication, air traffic facilities work and procedure
4. Search and rescue procedure
5. Navigation aids including the long-distance navigation procedures related to the region or the air routes for flying and procedure for their use
6. Flight procedures applied to air routes over densely populated areas and areas with heavy volume of air traffic
7. Navigation aid for obstacle, lighting facilities, and approach, congested areas of the destination airport, and drawings
8. En-route procedures, arrival, departure, and holding procedures of destination airports, and approved instrument approach procedures including the airport
9. Airport operating minima
10. Notice to Airman (NOTAM)
11. Operations Manual
Article 149-3 (Proficiency Requirements for the Recognition of the Operational Qualifications of Pilots)
A pilot of the aircraft used for the Air Transportation Service as per the provisions of Article 51 (1) of the Act shall have flight skills appropriate for the type of aircraft he/she wants to operate for the airport and air routes in normal as
well as abnormal states and ability to perform emergency procedures. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 150 (Accreditation of the Operational Qualifications of Pilots and Application for Examination)
Any person who wishes to be accredited to have operational qualification as per the provisions of Article 51 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority Application for Accreditation of Operational Qu
alification for Pilots (Form 42). <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Nov. 22, 2003> [Wholly Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001]
Article 151 (Examination for the Accreditation of the Operational Qualifications of Pilots <Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001>)
(1) Accreditation of knowledge and skill as per Article 51 (1) of the Act shall be granted following oral, written, and practical examinations. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall appoint competent public officials or designate persons who have appropriate knowledge and experience in the field to those who conduct the examinations as per the provisions
of Article 51 (1) of the Act <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002, and Nov. 22, 2003>
(3) The practical examination as per paragraph (1) shall be conducted through a round-trip flight (including a one-way flight covering more than two consecutive sections of a circular route) carried out jointly by a competent public
official appointed by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority (hereinafter referred to as an Inspector or a person designated by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority (hereinafter referred to as designated check pilot)
pursuant to paragraph (2), and the person who wishes to be accredited to have operational qualification boarding an aircraft of the same type and flying the same air route as prescribed: Provided, That the practical examination, a
s per Article 149-3 of the Act, of flight skill in normal and abnormal states and of the ability to perform emergency procedures can be carried out with the flight simulator of an aircraft of the same type as approved by Regional Aviati
on Administrators <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 24, 2001, Sept. 30, 2002, Nov. 22, and Aug. 18, 2006>
(4) Necessary matters concerning the specifics of the examination and standards for judgment, etc., as per paragraph (1) can be prescribed separately by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 19
95, Sept. 30, 2002, and Nov. 22, 2003>
Article 152 (Waiving of Experience Requirements Among the Operational Requirements for Pilots <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>)
The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority may waive the experience requirements as per Article 164-2 (2) when pilots-in-command wishing to cover a newly established scheduled or non-scheduled route fall under any of the foll
owing cases: <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Nov. 22, 2003, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. When the pilot-in-command receives training on operation procedures including visual equipment on the airport and air route to be covered or drawings of the aerodrome, as confirmed by the designated check pilots
2. When the pilot-in-command has 1,000 flight hours or more as the designated check pilot airman or pilot-in-command of the aircraft to be operated [Wholly Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001]
Article 153 (Accreditation of Operational Qualifications of Pilots)

The accreditation of the operational qualifications of pilots as per the provisions of Article 51 (1) of the Act shall be limited to a particular type of aircraft and the region, air routes and airports intended to be operated (limited to the r
egion, air routes and airports prescribed in Article 164 (2) paragraph 1). [Wholly Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001; Amended by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008]
Article 154 (Regular Examination of the Operational Qualifications of Pilots <Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001>)
(1) The regular examination for accredited pilots with operational qualifications as per Article 51 (2) of the Act shall be conducted at least once a year for airports and air routes to be covered in order to maintain the knowledge and
skill of the pilot-in-command as per Articles 149-2 and 149-3 and to maintain the skill of pilots other than the pilot-in-command as per Article 149-3: Provided, That the regular examination of flight skill in normal and abnormal states
and ability to perform emergency procedures as per Article 149-3 shall be conducted at least twice a year, and either one may be substituted by the line operational flight training using the flight simulator of the same type as specifi
ed by the Regional Aviation Administrators. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) Deleted <Sept. 24, 2001>
(3) The regular examination as per paragraph (1) shall be conducted by the person in charge of the conduct of the examination as per the provisions of Article 151 (2).
(4) The provisions of Articles 151 (1), (3), and (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis during the regular examination as referred to in paragraph (1).
Article 155 (Ad Hoc Examination of the Operational Qualifications of Pilots <Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001>)
The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority may conduct an ad hoc examination as per the provisions of Articles 51 (2) and (6) of the Act under any of the following cases: <Amended as of Sept. 18, 1998, Sept. 24, 2001, Sept. 30,
2002, and Nov. 22, 2003>
1. In case of an aircraft accident or an abnormal operation
2. When there is an important change in matters specified in Article 149-2
3. In case of an important change in the performance, equipment, or navigation of an aircraft of the accredited type
4. When the pilot has not flown for 6 months or more
5. When the pilot was slapped with an administrative action due to a violation of aviation-related laws or regulations
6. When flying to an airport specified by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority as one requiring special care in take-off or landing
Article 156 (Cancellation of Accreditation of Operational Qualifications of Pilots <Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001>)
The accreditation of operational qualifications of pilots as per the provisions of Article 51 (3) of the Act shall be canceled in writing by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority, and the reasons, recorded. <Amended as of Sept
. 24, 2001, Sept. 30, 2002, and Nov. 22, 2003>
Article 157 (Application for Designation as Designated Air operator <Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001>)
(1) Any Air operator wishing to be designated as per the provisions of Article 51 (4) of the Act shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority an Application for Designation specifying the following information: <Amen
ded as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 24, 2001, and Sept. 30, 2002>
1. Name and address
2. License number and license issue date for the Air Transportation Service
3. Route for the Air Transportation Service
4. Number of aircraft by type, number of pilots, and number of persons accredited as per the provisions of Article 51 of the Act
(2) For the Application as per paragraph (1), regulations for training and examination containing the following information shall be attached: <Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001>
1. Accreditation, examination method, and organization system thereof for persons possessing the operational qualifications of pilots and wishing to be accredited and persons who shall take the examination (hereinafter referre
d to as Pilot Trainee) as per the provisions of Articles 51 (1) and (2) of the Act
2. Criteria for the selection of those who want to be pilot trainees, etc., apply for accreditation, or want to be persons in charge of examination work (hereinafter referred to as Candidate for Designated check pilots) and organiza
tion system thereof
3. Training system and method for pilot trainee, etc., and candidate for Designated check pilots
4. Preparation of records of accreditation, examination, and selection and storage methods
(3) When the application as per paragraph (1) is deemed appropriate based on the standards specified in Article 158, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall designate the person who is qualified to accredit or examin
e the pilots under his control as a designated Air operator (hereinafter referred to as Designated Air operator). <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 24, 2001, and Sept. 30, 2002>
(4) In the case of paragraph (3), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority may specify the type of aircraft that can be used for the accreditation or examination for the Air operator. In this case, a newly introduced aircraft shall
only be recognized as an aircraft of the type for accreditation or examination after one year has passed. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
(5) Any designated Air operator wishing to change the regulations for training and examination as per paragraph (2) shall obtain prior approval from the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Se
pt. 24, 2001, and Sept. 30, 2002>
Article 158 (Designation Standards for the Designated Air operator <Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001>)
The following are the designation standards for the designated Air operator as per the provisions of Article 51 (4) of the Act: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 24, 2001, and Sept. 30, 2002>
1. There shall be an organization for selecting pilot trainees, etc., and candidates for designated check pilot, and the selection criteria shall be appropriate considering the aircraft type, number of aircraft owned, routes, etc.
2. There shall be an organization for the training of pilot trainees, etc., and candidates for designated check pilot, and sufficient instructors for the pilot training and training facilities shall be secured.
3. The training subjects, time, and training methods for pilot trainees, and candidates for the designated check pilot shall be appropriate considering the aircraft type, number of aircraft owned, routes, etc.
4. The required number of candidates for designated check pilot for accreditation and examination as per the provisions of Article 51 (4) of the Act shall be secured.
5. The independence of rights of persons in charge of accreditation and examination work shall be guaranteed.
6. The contents of accreditation and examination, evaluation standards, and cancellation criteria for accreditation shall be based on the contents of accreditation and examination, evaluation standards, and cancellation criteria f
or accreditation as adopted by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority as per the provisions of Articles 51 (1)~(3) of the Act.
7. The preparation of related records and storage method shall be appropriate.
Article 159 (Cancellation of Designation as Designated Air operator <Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001>)
The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority may cancel the designation of a designated Air operator under any of the following cases: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 24, 2001, and Sept. 30, 2002>
1. When the Air operator obtained the designation through fraudulent means or other illegal methods
2. When the person in charge of accreditation or examination performed the accreditation or examination as per the provisions of Article 51 (4) using illegal methods
3. When the Air operator violated regulations on training and examination as per the provisions of Article 157 (2)
4. When the Air operator is no longer deemed to meet the designation standards as prescribed in Article 158
5. When the Air operator violates a relevant law, or its related orders or directives
Article 160 (Application for designated check pilots)

(1) Any designated Air operator wishing to accredit or examine the pilots under his control shall select candidates for designated check pilot and submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority Application for Designation a
s Person in Charge of Accreditation or Examination (Form 43). <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 24, 2001, Sept. 30, 2002, and Nov. 22, 2003>
(2) For the Application as per paragraph 1, documents verifying that for the candidate for designated check pilot meets the requirements prescribed as per Article 162 shall be attached.
(3) If the Application as per paragraph (1) meets the requirements as per Article 162, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall designate the applicant as the person in charge of accreditation or examination.<Amended
as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002, and Nov. 22, 2003>
(4) Any applicant who has been designated as per paragraph (3) shall be considered to possess the qualification of a designated check pilot as per the provisions of Article 151 (2).
Article 161 (Examination for the designation of check pilots)

(1) The designation of the person in charge of accreditation or examination (hereinafter referred to as designated check pilots, etc.) as per the provisions of Article 160 (3) shall be limited to a particular type of aircraft. <Amended a
s of Sept. 24, 2001, Nov. 22, 2003>
(2) The provisions of Articles 151 (1), (3), and (4) shall be based on the examination conducted by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority for designation as per the stipulation of paragraph (1). <Amended as of Jul. 14, 199
5, Sept. 30, 2002, and Nov. 22, 2003>
(3) The examination as per paragraph (2) shall be conducted by the person in charge of the examination as per the provisions of Article 151 (2).
Article 162 (Qualification of the designated check pilots <Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001>)
(1) The following are the requirements for commissioning or designation: <Amended as of Sept. 18, 1998, Sept. 24, 2001, and Nov. 22, 2003>
1. 2,000 hours or more of flight time as the pilot-in-command of an aircraft used in the Air Transportation Service or 1,000 hours or more of flight time as the pilot-in-command of an aircraft of a specified type together with the ne
cessary training to become a designated check pilot
2. Person accredited to have a operational qualification as a pilot
3. Person with the necessary knowledge and skill as necessary for the accreditation and examination of pilots
4. Person suspended from aviation work as per the provisions of Article 33 of the Act, but two years has passed since the expiration of the suspension period or the date the suspension was lifted
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), any pilot-in-command with knowledge and skill, for whom an air operator submitted an application, can be designated as a Designated check pilot in case no one meets the requirements of para
graph (1) or if deemed necessary by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002, and Nov. 22, 2003>
Article 163 (Examination for the designated check pilots)

(1) To verify whether a Designated check pilot is qualified as per Article 162, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority may examine the knowledge of the designated check pilot every year, and his/her skill, every two years. T
he Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority may also conduct an examination as necessary. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 18, 1998, Sept. 30, 2002, and Nov. 22, 2003>
(2) Examination as per paragraph (1) shall be conducted pursuant to the Examination Table for designated check pilots, etc., as prescribed by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Amended as of Nov. 22, 2003>
(3) Examinations as per paragraph (1) shall be conducted by an inspector. However, in case of reasons such as the introduction of a new type of aircraft or an accident involving the inspector, a designated check pilot may be desi
gnated for the examination. <Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001, Sept. 30, 2002, and Nov. 22, 2003>
(4) In the case of examination as described in paragraph (1), the provisions of Articles 151 (1), (3), and (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Article 164 (Invalidation and Cancellation of the Designation)

(1) The validity of designation of check piolt shall immediately be rendered invalid under any of the following cases: <Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001>
1. When the Designated check pilot etc., fails to undergo the examination or to pass it as per the provisions of Article 163 (1)
2. When the Designated check airman, etc., leaves the Air Transportation Service where he/she belonged at the time of designation
3. When the designated Air Transportation Service where the Designated check airman, etc., belonged at the time of designation loses its qualification
4. In case of a need to board an aircraft of the type other than the restricted one at the time of designation
(2) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority may cancel the designation under any of the following cases: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002, and Nov. 22, 2003>
1. When the Designated check pilot, etc., obtained the designation through fraudulent means or other illegal methods
2. When the accreditation or examination as per Articles 51 (1), (2), and (4) was carried out based on illegal methods
3. When a major air accident occurred due to a mistake
4. When the Designated check airman, etc., violates a relevant law, or its orders, or directives.
(3) The Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall have the inspector to conduct regular and random inspections on the overall business related to the operational qualifications of pilots including records of the accreditation or ex
amination conducted by the designated check pilots. <Newly inserted as of Sept. 24, 2001, Sept. 30, 2002, and Nov. 22, 2003>
Article 164-2 (Experience Requirements for Air Routes and Airports for the Pilot-in-Command)
(1) For purposes of Article 51 (7) of the Act, the term "the region, air routes and airports prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act "refers to the region, air routes and airports prescribed in the Flight Safety Regul
ation promulgated by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority pursuant to Article 74-2 of the Act considering the topography and obstacles of the vicinity and approach and departure methods.
(2) The pilot-in-command of an aircraft used for the Air Transportation Service as per Article 51 (8) shall have the experience prescribed in the Flight Safety Regulation promulgated by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
pursuant to Article 74-2 of the Act.
Article 165 (Application as Designated Air operator and Report on Examination Result <Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001>)
(1) When a designated Air operator applies for accreditation or examination as per Article 51 (4), the provisions of Articles 149, 149-2, 149-3, 150, 151 (1) and (3), 152, 153, 154 (1), 155, and 156 shall apply mutatis mutandis to Art
icle 51 (4) of the Act. <Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001>
(2) The designated Air operator shall report the results of accreditation or examination to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority as per the provisions of Article 51 (4) of the Act by the 20th of the following month. <Amended
as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 24, 2001, Sept. 30, 2002, and Nov. 22, 2003>
Article 165-2 (Flight Dispatcher)

An Air operator shall have flight dispatchers under his/her payroll under the following cases:
1. The Air operator wishes to operate an aircraft used for the regular Air Transportation Service.
2. The Air operator wishes to operate an aircraft used for the irregular Air Transportation Service and whose maximum take-off mass exceeds 5,700 kg.
Article 165-3 (Education, Training for Flight Dispatchers)

(1) As per Article 52 (3) of the Act, an Air operator with flight dispatchers under his control shall establish education and training programs and implement them at least annually to enable such flight dispatchers to gain knowledge a
nd experience and ensure that they are updated in matters related to the operations of the aircraft for air transportation.
1. Information on the area to be covered
(a) Meteorological condition by season
(b) Source of weather information
(c) Influence of the meteorological condition on the reception of the wireless communication of the aircraft scheduled to operate
(d) Cargo loading procedure, etc.
2. Information on the aircraft and equipment
(a) Content of the Operations Manual
(b) Characteristics and limitations of the wireless communication equipment and navigation equipment
3. Experience in more than one one-way flight (including landing on an aerodrome or heliport in the area) to an area designated for operational supervision onboard the cockpit of an aircraft for the last 12 months
4. Capabilities deemed necessary for the performance of duties
(a) Knowledge and skills related to human performance
(b) Support for the flight preparation of the pilot-in-command
(c) Provision of flight-related information to the pilot-in-command
(d) Support for the preparation of an operational flight plan and a flight plan for the pilot-in-command
(e) Provision of safety-related information to the pilot-in-command in flight
(f) Measures in compliance with the procedure prescribed in the Operations Manual during emergency
(2) The Air operator shall not allow any flight dispatcher who has not been engaged in flight dispatching work for more than 12 months in a row to perform flight dispatching work unless he/she has been verified to possess the kno
wledge and experience stipulated in paragraph (1).
Article 166 (Take-off and Landing Places)

Any aircraft willing to take off from or land on an airport on the land specified in Article 53 shall not use an airport whose runway does not have the width prescribed in Appendix 21-3 as a take-off or landing place.
Article 168 (Application for Permission to Take off from or Land on Places Other Than Airport)
(1) Any person willing to take off from or land on any place other than the airport as per the proviso of Article53 of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration an Application for Permission to tak
e off from or land on places other than airport specifying the following required information:
1. Name and address
2. Type and registration mark of the aircraft
3. Date and place of take-off or landing (sketch map of the place to be attached)
4. Reason for take-off or landing
5. Measures for preventing an accident
6. Outline of the flight plan (purpose of the flight, date, and route to be recorded)
7. Name and qualification of the pilot
8. Other references
(2) Any person willing to take off from or land on a place other than an airport within 6 months can specify the place for take-off or landing and apply for permission to take off from or land on such place. In this case, the person see
king permission shall submit a document that can verify that the specified place is safe for the take-off or landing of an aircraft.
(3) Deleted. <Jul. 27, 1993>
Article 170 (Observation of Flight Rules)

(1) The pilot-in-command shall fly in accordance with the flight rules as stipulated in Article 54 of the Act: Provided, That this shall not apply in case of inevitable or safety reasons.
(2) Before embarking on a flight, the pilot-in-command shall familiarize himself/herself with the current weather observation report, meteorological forecast, amount of fuel required, alternate flight route, and other information neces
sary for the flight.
(3) The pilot-in-command shall take care not to cause any damage to human life or property during a flight.
(4) The pilot-in-command shall fly such that collision with another aircraft or other object is avoided and take measures to prevent collision as an avoidance maneuver in case of a warning instruction issued from the airborne collisi
on avoidance system. <Amended as of Jun. 29, 2007>
Article 171 (Minimum Flight Altitude)

For subparagraph 1, Article 55 of the Act, the term "minimum flight altitude as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to any of the following:
1. For an aircraft that flies based on visual flight rules (VFR)
(a) In the air over a densely populated area with people or buildings, an altitude of 300 m (1,000 ft) from the top of the highest obstacle located within a horizontal distance of 600 m from the aircraft
(b) In areas other than item (a), an altitude of 150 m (500 ft) from the ground level, water level, or top of an object
2. For an aircraft that flies based on instrument flight rules (IFR)
(a) In mountainous areas, an altitude of 600 m from the highest obstacle located within an 8-km radius from the aircraft
(b) In areas other than those specified in item (a), an altitude of 300 m from the highest obstacle located within an 8-km radius from the aircraft
Article 172 (Permit to Fly Below the Minimum Flight Altitude <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>)
Any person intending to fly below the minimum flight altitude pursuant to the proviso of parts other than any of the subparagraphs of Article 55 of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration an A
pplication for Flight Permit specifying the following information: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Name and address
3. Outline of the flight plan (purpose of the flight, date, route, and altitude to be recorded)
4. Reason for flying below the minimum flight altitude
6. Name of the fellow passenger and purpose of accompaniment
7. Other references
Article 173 (Measures for Unlawful Interference)

(1) An aircraft facing a safety threat (to the aircraft and passengers) during a flight due to unlawful acts of interference such as hijacking or terrorism (hereinafter referred to as �쐕nlawful interference��) shall notify the relevant a
ir traffic service unit of the matters listed below as best as it could to enable the authority in charge of air traffic service as per Article 205-3 (hereinafter referred to as air traffic service unit) to take the necessary measures such as p
reventing collision with another aircraft or yielding the right-of-way.
1. The status that the aircraft has been subject to unlawful interference
2. Important status information related to the unlawful interference
3. Any deviation from the flight plan due to the special circumstances
(2) The pilot-in-command of the aircraft under the unlawful interference shall try to land safely at a closest airport or the airport designated by Air Traffic Services as best as he/she could
(3) An aircraft subject to unlawful interference but is unable to notify the relevant air traffic service unit accordingly as per paragraph (1) shall take the following measures:
1. The pilot-in-command shall operate92 the aircraft under the situation incapable of flying to the airport prescribed above(2) while maintaining the assigned air route and cruising level until the relevant air traffic service unit can
be notified of the matter described in paragraph (1) or until the aircraft enters the range of radar or ADS coverage.
2. When forced to deviate from the assigned air route and cruising level in a situation wherein radio communication with the relevant air traffic service unit is impossible, the pilot-in-command shall take the following measures as
best as he/she could:
(a) Attempt to broadcast warnings to the extent allowed by the situation inside the aircraft using VHF frequency presently used, VHF emergency frequency of 121.5 Mhz and UHF emergency frequency (121.5Mhz) or other availa
ble frequency.
(b) Notify the relevant air traffic service unit that the aircraft has been subject to unlawful interference using the transponder (Mode3/A or Mode C SSR transponder) for secondary surveillance air traffic control radar or data link mo
unting equipment.
(c) Continue the flight at a level that differs from the cruise level usually used for IFR flights by 300 m in a region where vertical separation of 600 m applies or by 150 m in a region where vertical separation of 300 m applies.
[Wholly Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006; Amended by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008]
Article 174 (Aircraft's Ground Movement)

Any aircraft moving in the movement area of the airport shall observe the following standards to prevent collision:
1. Between two aircraft approaching from the opposite directions or behaving in a similar manner, both aircraft stop or turn to the right if possible such that sufficient space is secured.
2. Between two aircraft crossing paths or behaving in a similar manner, the aircraft seeing another aircraft on the right shall yield the right of way.
3. An aircraft passing another aircraft shall maintain the minimum separation to avoid hindering the passage of another aircraft.
4. Unless there is an instruction from the Control Tower, an aircraft moving on the ground in the maneuvering area shall stop and wait at the runway holding position.
5. An aircraft moving on the ground in the maneuvering area shall stop and wait when the stop bar lights, etc., are turned on and move on when the lights, etc., are turned off.
Article 175 (Flight in or Near the Airport)

(1) The pilot of an aircraft flying in or near an airport shall observe the following standards:
1. An aircraft attempting to take off shall not turn at an altitude below the safe altitude or at a speed below the safe speed.
2. An aircraft shall not take off under meteorological condition below the meteorological minima for take-off at the airport.
3. An aircraft shall not attempt VFR landing under meteorological condition below the meteorological minima for VFR flight at the airport.
4. When taking off, an aircraft equipped with turbine engines shall climb as fast as possible up to an altitude of 450 m (1,500 ft) from the ground level or water level: Provided, That this shall not apply in case the Head of the Civil
Aviation Safety Authority prescribes a different flight method to reduce noise.
5. An aircraft shall maintain radio communication with the air traffic control unit of the airport.
6. An aircraft shall follow the established flight paths, traffic patterns, and other flight methods or procedures for the airport.
7. An aircraft attempting to take off after another aircraft shall not start running for take-off until the other aircraft takes off and passes the end of the runway.
8. An aircraft attempting to land after another aircraft shall not pass the threshold of the runway to land until the other aircraft lands and exits the runway.
9. An aircraft attempting to land after another aircraft that is taking off shall not pass the threshold of the runway to land until the other aircraft takes off and passes the end of the runway.
10. An aircraft attempting to take off after another aircraft that is landing shall not start running for take-off until the other aircraft lands and exits the runway.
11. The pilot shall check for any aircraft flying in the maneuvering area and vicinity of the airport.
12. The pilot shall avoid the traffic pattern used by other aircraft or operate in accordance with the instruction.
13. When approaching the airport to land, or in case of a need to turn during take-off, an aircraft shall turn to the left unless instructed otherwise.
14. An aircraft shall take off or land in the direction of the wind except when a different approach is necessary considering the flight safety, layout of runways, air traffic condition, etc.
(2) Notwithstanding subparagraphs 6~14, paragraph (1), an aircraft shall follow any instruction issued by the air traffic control service unit.
Article 176 (Cruising Level)

(1) The cruising level of an aircraft shall be as follows:
1. When an aircraft flies in a control area or a control zone: altitude specified by the air traffic control unit as per Article 70 (1) of the Act
2. In cases other than those described in subparagraph 1: altitude prescribed in subparagraph 1 of Appendix 19-5
3. Notwithstanding subparagraph 2, in the case of airspace determined and published as RVSM (Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum) airspace by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority: altitude prescribed in subpara
graph 2 of Appendix 19
(2) The cruising level of an aircraft shall be expressed by the following classification:
1. In case the cruising altitude exceeds the transition altitude: Flight level
2. In case the cruising altitude is below the transition altitude: Altitude
Article 177 (Correction of Barometric Altitude)

The barometric altimeter of an aircraft shall be corrected according to the following standards: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002, Mar. 11, 2005, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. When flying at an altitude below the transition altitude, set the altimeter based on the QNH received from the air traffic control unit located within 185 Km (100 NM) along the flight path [in case there is no air traffic control unit
within 185 Km (100 NM), the QNH received from the relevant Flight Information Service, etc., as per subparagraph 1 of Article 205-3].
2. When flying at an altitude above the transition altitude, set the altimeter based on the standard atmospheric pressure (1,013.2 hPa).
Article 178 (Priority of Passage)

(1) Two aircraft crossing expected to cross at a specific altitude or approach each other at the altitude shall yield the right of way in accordance with the following stipulations:
1. A motor aircraft shall yield the right of way to an airship, a glider, or an air balloon.
2. A motor aircraft shall yield the right of way to another aircraft towing an aircraft or an object.
3. An airship shall yield the right of way to a glider or an air balloon.
4. A glider shall yield the right of way to an air balloon.
5. Except subparagraphs 1~4, any aircraft seeing another aircraft on the right side shall yield the right of way.
(2) Any aircraft flying or operating on the ground or water shall yield the right of way to an aircraft that is landing or making a final approach to land.
(3) In between two aircraft approaching the airport to land, the one at a high altitude shall yield the right of way to the one at a low altitude. In this case, the aircraft at a low altitude shall neither intrude in front of the aircraft that is in t
he stage of final approach nor pass the aircraft.
(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (3), a motor aircraft shall yield the right of way to a glider.
(5) Any aircraft seeing another aircraft making an emergency landing shall yield the right of way to such aircraft.
(6) Any aircraft operating in the maneuvering area of an airport shall yield the right of way to an aircraft that is taking off or attempting a take-off.
Article 179 (Flight Course, Speed)

(1) An aircraft with priority of passage shall maintain its flight course and speed. <Amended as of Jun. 29, 2007>
(2) Any aircraft yielding the right of way to another aircraft shall not pass above, below, or in front of such aircraft: Provided, That this shall not apply in cases wherein the influence of distance or wake turbulence is sufficiently taken
into account.
(3) When two aircraft are approaching from the opposite directions such that collision is possible or are behaving in a similar manner, both aircraft shall turn their noses to the right.
혻
(4) An aircraft attempting to pass (including pass by climbing or descending) another aircraft at less than 70째 of the rear left or right shall pass on the right side of the aircraft being overtaken. In this case, the overtaking aircraft sha
ll maintain a safe distance from the aircraft being overtaken and shall refrain from interfering with the flight course of the aircraft being overtaken.
Article 180 (Collision Prevention on Water)

Unless stipulated otherwise in the Sea Traffic Safety Act, any person attempting to operate an aircraft on the water shall operate or move the aircraft in accordance with the following standards:
1. In case an aircraft and another aircraft or a ship approach each other, operate the aircraft considering the nearby conditions and movement of such aircraft or ship.
2. In case an aircraft and another aircraft or a ship cross paths or approach each other, the aircraft seeing another aircraft or a ship on the right side shall yield the right of way and maintain sufficient space in between.
3. In case an aircraft and another aircraft or a ship approach from the opposite directions or behave in a similar manner, both sides shall turn the nose of the aircraft or the stem of the ship to the right as applicable and maintain
sufficient space in between.
4. An aircraft attempting to pass another aircraft shall change course to avoid a collision.
5. An aircraft that takes off from or lands on the water shall maintain sufficient space from all aircraft or ships on the water to avoid interfering with the ship's navigation.
6. An aircraft operating on water at night shall turn on the anti-collision light and navigation lights except when a different measure needs to be taken for safety.
Article 181 (Maintenance of Flight Speed)

(1) At an altitude of more than 750 m (2,500 ft) from the ground level and less than 3,050 m (10,000 ft) from the mean sea level, an aircraft shall operate at IAS (Indicated Air Speed) of 250 knots or less: Provided, That this shall no
t apply in case of approval by the relevant air traffic control unit.
(2) At an altitude of 750 m (2,500 ft) from the ground level within a 7.4-km (4 NM) radius from an airport located in Class C or D airspace as prescribed in Appendix 16, an aircraft shall operate at IAS of 200 knots or less: Provided,
that this shall not apply to cases approved by the relevant air traffic control unit.
(3) In a visual flight path passing through an area of the range and altitude published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority for Class B airspace as prescribed in Appendix 16 by airport or Class B airspace, an aircraft sh
all operate at IAS of 200 knots or less.
(4) An airplane whose minimum safe speed is higher than the maximum speed as per paragraphs (1)~(3) shall operate at the minimum safe speed of such aircraft.
Article 182 (Formation Flight)

(1) A pilot intending to fly in formation with his/her aircraft shall consult with other pilots-in-command regarding the following:
1. Execution plan of formation flight
2. Type of formation
3. Guidelines of turns and other behavior
4. Signals and their meanings
5. Other necessary matters
(2) A pilot-in-command intending to fly in formation in a controlled airspace under subparagraph 1, Article 38 (2) of the Act as per paragraph (1) shall observe the following matters:
1. The pilot-in-command in charge of the formation shall regard the aircraft of the formation as a single aircraft and report the flight location to the relevant air traffic control unit.
2. When assembling or dispersing the aircraft of the formation, the pilot-in-command in charge of the formation shall separate them appropriately.
3. The separation shall be within 1 km lengthwise and widthwise and 30 m vertically from the aircraft in charge of the formation.
Article 183 (Towing of Glider)

(1) When towing a glider, an aircraft shall observe the following standards:
1. Designate a contact person aboard the aircraft (limited to the aircraft where two persons or more can board including the pilot; case wherein radio communication is possible between the aircraft and the glider is excluded).
2. The passengers of a glider and an aircraft shall agree on the following matters before towing:
(a) Methods of starting and towing
(b) Time, place, and method of release of the towing line
(c) Communication signals and their meanings
(d) Other matters required for safety
3. The length of the towing line shall be 40 ~ 80 m.
4. Assign a contact person on the ground.
5. Release the towing line at an altitude higher than that corresponding to 80% of the length of the towing line.
6. Do not tow in the cloud or at night (except in case of approval by the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration).
(2) When towing objects other than a glider, an aircraft shall observe the following standards:
1. Red and white marks shall be placed alternately on the towing line at 20-m intervals.
2. Assign a contact person on the ground.
Article 184 (Prohibition on Visual Flight)

(1) In case the ceiling of the airport is below 450 m (1,500 ft), or if ground visibility is less than 5 km, an aircraft flying based on visual flight rules (VFR) shall not take off from or land on an airport within the control zone or enter the
control zone: Provided, That this shall not apply in case of approval by the relevant air traffic control unit.
(2) An aircraft on VFR flight at night shall observe the stipulations prescribed by the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration or operator of the airport in question.
(3) Under any of the following conditions, an aircraft shall fly in accordance with the instrument flight rules (IFR) regardless of the meteorological condition: Provided, That this shall not apply in case of approval by the relevant air tr
affic control unit.
1. When an aircraft flies at an altitude of more than 6,100 m (20,000 ft) from the mean sea level
2. When an aircraft flies at transonic or supersonic speed
(4) In RVSM (Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum), airspace between 8,850 m (29,000 ft) and 12,500 m (41,000 ft) where minimum vertical separation of 300 m (1,000 ft) is applicable, any VFR flight shall not be allowed.
(5) An aircraft on VFR flight shall not fly at an altitude below the minimum flight level as per the items in subparagraph 1, Article 171: Provided, That this shall not apply under any of the following conditions:
1. During the take-off or landing of an aircraft
2. When approval is issued by the air traffic service unit
3. During an emergency when an aircraft is at an altitude that enables landing without risk to the persons or properties on the ground
Article 184-2 (Flight Based on Visual Flight Rules)

(1) When flying more than 900 m (3,000 ft) from the ground level or water level, an aircraft on VFR flight shall operate at the cruising level prescribed in Appendix 19-5: Provided, That this shall not apply in case of approval by the r
elevant air traffic control unit.
(2) Under any of the following conditions, an aircraft on VFR flight shall operate in accordance with the instructions given by the air traffic control unit:
1. When operating in Class B, C, or D airspace as prescribed in Appendix 16
2. When operating in the vicinity of a controlled airport or at a maneuvering area
3. When flying based on special visual flight rules
(3) An aircraft on VFR flight in the control zone shall maintain and listen to the air-to-ground communication with the air traffic service unit and report the position of the aircraft as necessary.
(4) When an aircraft on VFR flight attempts to change to IFR flight, the relevant air traffic control unit shall be notified of the changes in the flight plan.
Article 184-3 (Special Visual Flight)

(1) Notwithstanding Article 13 and subparagraph 3, Article 175 (1), the pilot of an aircraft receiving special visual flight permission from the relevant air traffic control unit for unavoidable reasons such as the sudden unexpected det
erioration of weather, etc., shall fly in accordance with the following standards:
1. An aircraft shall fly within the permitted control zone.
2. An aircraft shall avoid clouds.
3. An aircraft shall maintain flight visibility of 1,500 m or more.
4. An aircraft shall fly in a state wherein one can continuously see the ground level or water level.
5. When the pilot lacks the qualification for IFR flight or flies using an aircraft that is not equipped with the aircraft instruments specified in Article 134 (1), the aircraft shall fly only during the day. In the case of a rotorcraft, howeve
r, night flight is also possible.
(2) When making a special visual flight (excluding special visual flight by a rotorcraft), an aircraft can take off or land only under the following conditions based on the standards stipulated in paragraph (1):
1. Ground visibility shall be 1,500 m or more.
2. In case ground visibility is not reported, flight visibility shall be 1,500 m or more.
Article 184-4 (Flight Visibility and Clearance from Clouds)

Any aircraft on VFR flight shall not fly under meteorological condition below the flight visibility and clearance from clouds as prescribed in Appendix 3-2: Provided, That this shall not apply to cases wherein an aircraft is flying based
on special visual flight rules.
Article 185 (Standards for Simulated Instrument Flight)

Any person attempting to make a simulated IFR flight shall observe the following standards:
1. A fully operating dual control shall be installed.
2. A safety pilot shall be sitting on the pilot's seat.
3. Either the safety pilot has secured a proper view of the front and both sides of the aircraft, or there is an observer inside the aircraft who can supplement what the safety pilot sees.
Article 186 (Instrument Approach and Departure Procedure)

(1) The procedure for instrument flight can be classified as follows:
1. Non-precision approach procedure: An instrument approach procedure that uses the azimuth angle information of the runway instead of the electronic glide slope information
2. Precision approach procedure: An instrument approach procedure that uses the precision azimuth angle of the runway and glide slope information
3. Standard instrument arrival procedure: An instrument arrival procedure followed by any aircraft on IFR flight in conjunction with the non-precision approach procedure as per subparagraph 1 or precision approach procedure
as per subparagraph 2
4. Standard instrument departure procedure: An instrument departure procedure followed by any aircraft on IFR flight following take-off from an airport to join the airways
(2) The precision approach procedure as per subparagraph 2, paragraph (1) can be classified as follows depending on the decision height (DH: the highest level among the approved decision heights by the pilot-in-command and
aircraft in the approach procedure; the same shall apply hereinafter) and visibility or runway visual range (RVR):
Category Decision Height/DH Visibility or Runway Visual Range/RVR
Visibility of 800 m (1/2 mile)

Category 1 (Category ��) 60 m (200 ft) or higher
RVR of 550 m (1, 800 ft) or higher
30 m (100 ft) or higher RVR of 350 m (1,200 ft) or higher

Category 2 (Category ��)
less than 60 m (200 ft) less than 550 m (1,800 ft)
Category 3A (Category ��-A less than 30 m (100 ft) or N RVR of 200 m (700 ft) or higher
) o DH less than 350 m (1,200 ft)
Category 3B (Category ��-B less than 15 m (50 ft) or No RVR of 50 m (150 ft) or higher
) DH less than 200 m (700 ft)
Category 3C
No DH No RVR
(Category ��-C)
(3) The classification by category in the Table as per paragraph (2) shall follow that prescribed in Annex 14 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation.
Article 186-2 (Instrument Flight Rules)

(1) An aircraft flying based on instrument flight rules (IFR) shall not fly below the altitude prescribed in the items in subparagraph 2, Article 171: Provided, that this shall not apply for cases wherein an aircraft is taking off or landing,
or in case of approval by the relevant air traffic service unit.
(2) Any aircraft on IFR flight attempting to change to VFR flight shall notify the relevant air traffic service unit of the cancellation of an instrument flight and change of flight plan.
(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (2), an aircraft on IFR flight shall not cancel the IFR flight in case the meteorological condition for visual flight is expected to be temporary.
Article 186-3 (Instrument Flight Rules Within the Controlled Airspace)

(1) When flying within the controlled airspace, an aircraft on IFR flight shall comply with Articles 187-4, 189-2, 189-3, 190, and 190-2.
(2) An aircraft attempting to fly on IFR flight plan within the controlled airspace shall fly at the cruising level prescribed in Appendix 19-5: Provided, That this shall not apply in case of a separate instruction from the relevant air traffic
service unit.
Article 186-4 (Instrument Flight Rules in Uncontrolled Airspace)

(1) Any aircraft intending to fly on IFR flight plan in an uncontrolled airspace shall fly at the cruising level prescribed in Appendix 19-5: Provided, That this shall not apply when the aircraft is instructed by the relevant air traffic servic
e unit to fly at an altitude of 900 m (3,000 ft) or less.
(2) Any aircraft on IFR flight in an uncontrolled airspace shall maintain bidirectional air-to-ground radio communication with the air traffic service unit providing flight information and report the position of the aircraft in accordance wit
h Article 189-3.
Article 186-5 (Flight, Approach, Landing, and Take-off Based on Instrument Flight Rules(IFR))
(1) The pilot of an aircraft on IFR flight approaching land shall fly in accordance with the following standards:
1. The pilot shall observe the instrument approach procedure established at the airport.
2. When the meteorological condition is below the meteorological minima for landing of the instrument approach procedure, do not attempt approach for landing at an altitude lower than the decision height (DH) or minimum des
cent altitude (MDA: the highest level of the approved descent altitudes by the pilot or aircraft in the non-precision approach procedure; the same shall apply hereinafter): Provided, That this shall not apply under any of the following
conditions:
(a) The aircraft shall be in a position to descend for landing on the runway in accordance with the normal descent rate and in a normal manner.
(b) Flight visibility shall be better than that prescribed in the instrument approach procedure.
(c) The pilot shall be able to see and identify clearly more than one of the following visual references related to the runway in question (excluding the case wherein the precision approach procedure corresponds to category 2 or c
ategory 3 as per Article 186 (2)):
(i) Approach lights system (ALS): In case the pilot cannot clearly identify red side row bars or red terminating bars among the components of the approach lights, the aircraft shall not descend to an altitude below 30 m (100 ft) fro
m the surface of the touchdown zone of the runway.
(ii) Threshold
(iii) Threshold markings
(iv) Threshold lights
(v) Threshold identification lights
(vi) Visual Approach Slope Indicator (VASI) or Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI)
(vii) Touchdown zone or Touchdown zone markings
(viii) Touchdown zone lights
(ix) Runway or runway markings
(x) Runway lights
3. If any of the following conditions occurs, but none of the requirements of item (c), paragraph (2) are satisfied, or in case the airport cannot be identified with the naked eye during the circling at an altitude above the minimum d
escent altitude (MDA), the pilot shall execute a missed approach (i.e., a flight approach established for the aircraft attempting an instrument approach but failing to land; the same shall apply hereinafter) immediately:
(a) When the aircraft is flying at an altitude lower than MDA
(b) When the aircraft reached the location for a missed approach (including the determined decision height ; the same shall apply hereinafter)
(c) When making a touchdown on the runway at the location of a missed approach
(2) When flight visibility is below that stipulated in the instrument approach procedure of the target airport for landing, the pilot shall not land: Provided, That this shall not apply to the aircraft used by the military as per Article 2-3 (1)
and aircraft to be used by the United States of America as per paragraph Article 2-3 (3).
(3) The pilot shall take off only when the meteorological condition is above the meteorological minima for take-off as prescribed by the civilian airport concerned: Provided, That this shall not apply in case of permission from the He
ad of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
(4) In the case of a radar vector for the final approach course or fix, a timed approach from a holding fix, or an approach for which the procedures specify "no procedure turn" as per subparagraph 2, paragraph (5), no pilot may ma
ke a procedure turn unless cleared to do so by the relevant air traffic control unit.
(5) The procedures for airway navigation and radar use other than the instrument approach procedure as per subparagraph 1, paragraph (1) are as follows:
1. Radars for air traffic control can be used for surveillance approach or precision approach or used together with the instrument approach procedure that uses another radio system for navigation safety.
2. Radio vectors can be used for the course guide to enable the aircraft to approach the final approach course or fix.
3. When flying an airway that is not established, or if an approach by radar vectors is permitted, the pilot shall observe the altitude prescribed in Article 171 until the aircraft reaches the announced airway or the flight sector for in
strument approach procedure. In case no altitude is finally announced by the air traffic control unit, priority shall be given to such notification.
4. In case an altitude was finally received from the relevant air traffic control unit as per paragraph (3), the pilot shall descend at an altitude approved for the airway once the aircraft approaches the announced airway or the flight
path for the instrument approach procedure.
5. When arriving at the final approach course or fix, the pilot can implement instrument approach according to the procedure approved for the system or continue the surveillance radar approach or precision radar approach until
the landing.
(6) The Instrument Landing System (ILS) shall be made up of the following:
1. The Instrument Landing System (ILS) shall consist of a localizer (LLZ), a glide scope (GP), an outer marker, a middle marker, and an inner marker.
2. For CAT-1 precision approach system, an inner marker may not be installed.
3. The outer marker and middle marker may be replaced by distance measuring equipment (DME).
4. When the inner marker shall not be installed in CAT-II or CAT-III precision approach system, the reason shall be specified in the Application for Permission to Install Navigation aid.
(7) During take-off or landing or flying the airspace controlled by the military unit, the pilot shall observe the instrument flight procedure or air traffic control instructions prepared by the military Aerodrome or the military unit concern
ed: Provided, That this shall not apply in case of a stipulation to the contrary by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority in consultation with the head of the military Aerodrome or military unit concerned.
(8) When flying in accordance with the precision instrument approach procedure of CAT-II or CAT-III instrument landing system (ILS), any of the following requirements shall apply (for the aircraft of an air traffic businessman as per
Articles 112, 132, and 147 of the Act, however, the stipulations of subparagraphs 2 and 3 do not apply):
1. Any pilot flying in accordance with the precision instrument procedure with decision height (DH) of CAT-II or CAT-III instrument landing system (ILS) shall not attempt to land at an altitude lower than the approved decision hei
ght (DH): Provided, That this shall not apply if the approach was approved by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or under any of the following subparagraphs:
(a) When the pilot is in a location to descend on a touchdown zone of the runway in accordance with the normal descent rate and in a normal manner
(b) When the pilot can identify any of the following visual references on the runway with the naked eye:
(i) Approach lights system; when the pilot can identify approach lights only but not red side row bars or red terminating bars among the components of the approach lights system, however, the aircraft shall not descend to an alti
tude below 30 m (100 ft) from the surface of the runway
(ii) Threshold
(iii) Threshold markings
(iv) Threshold lights
(v) Touchdown zone or touchdown markings
(vi) Touchdown zone lights
2. Any pilot willing to fly in accordance with the precision instrument approach procedure of CAT-III instrument landing system (ILS) without decision height (DH) shall obtain approval from the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Au
thority in advance.
3. The following are the general standards for operation of the precision instrument approach procedure of CAT-II and CAT-III instrument landing system (ILS):
(a) A pilot using the precision instrument approach procedure of CAT-II or CAT-III instrument landing system (ILS) shall comply with the following standards:
(i) The pilot-in-command and co-pilot using the precision instrument approach procedure of CAT-II instrument landing system (ILS) shall obtain approval from the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration for the oper
ation of the precision instrument approach procedure of CAT-II instrument landing system (ILS).
(ii) The pilot-in-command and co-pilot using the precision instrument approach procedure of CAT-III instrument landing system (ILS) shall obtain approval from the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration for the ope
ration of the precision instrument approach procedure of CAT-III instrument landing system (ILS).
(iii) The pilot shall be familiar with the precision instrument approach procedure of the instrument landing system (ILS) and aircraft that he/she is using.
(b) The aircraft control panel in front of the pilot shall have the equipment required to implement the precision instrument approach procedure of the instrument landing system (ILS).
(c) The airport and aircraft shall have the ground equipment for the precision instrument approach of the instrument landing system (ILS) and equipment required for the aircraft as prescribed in Appendix 19-6.
4. When the aircraft of the Air operator as per Articles 112, 132, and 147 of the Act flies in accordance with the precision instrument approach procedure of CAT-II or CAT-III instrument landing system (ILS), the standards prescri
bed in Appendix 19-6 shall be observed.
(9) When the standards for items (a) and (b) of subparagraph 1, paragraph (8) are not observed, the pilot shall execute a missed approach before making a touchdown on the runway: Provided, That this shall not apply in case of
approval by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
Article 187 (Submission of Flight Plan)

(1) Any person willing to fly in the Flight information region shall establish a flight plan for submission to the relevant air traffic service unit prior to the flight: Provided, That if any flight plan that cannot be submitted before starting th
e flight due to emergency mobilization, etc., it may be submitted during the flight
.
(2) The flight plan as per paragraph (1) can be submitted orally or telephonically, in writing, or via telegram, fax, or telecommunications network. When submitting the flight plan in writing or via telegram, fax, or telecommunications
network, Flight Plan (Form 44) shall be used.
(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (2), Repetitive Flight Plan Listing (Form 44-2) can be submitted to the director of the Air Traffic Center when submitting the flight plan for an aircraft used for the Air operation Service.
(4) In case the person who should submit a flight plan as per paragraph (1) flies more than two countries or provides commercial transport of passengers or freight, General Declaration (Form 43-2) shall be submitted prior to the ai
rcraft's departure.
Article 187-2 (Matters to be Included in the Flight Plan)

A flight plan shall include the following matters (note, however, that matters specified in subparagraphs 9~14 shall be limited to the cases wherein they are required by the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration or th
e director of the Air Traffic Center or deemed necessary by the person submitting the flight plan):
1. Identification mark of the aircraft
2. Flight rules and categories
3. Number, type, and maximum take-off mass class of the aircraft
4. Equipment mounted
5. Aerodrome for departure and estimated time of departure (ETD)
6. Cruising speed, cruising level, and estimated airway
7. Aerodrome for the intended landing and estimated total required flight time
8. Alternate aerodrome (excluding cases wherein a flight based on visual flight rules (VFR) is attempted and cases falling under the proviso of parts other than each of the subparagraphs of Article 188 (3) or its subparagraphs)
9. Fuel capacity displayed by time
10. In cases wherein a change of flight plan is expected due to fuel capacity prior to departure, matters related to the destination aerodrome to be changed to and the flight path
11. Total number of passengers (in case of unavoidable reasons in relation to the boarding procedures, however, this can be submitted immediately after the take-off of the aircraft)
12. Emergency radio frequency and rescue equipment
13. Name of the pilot-in-command (in the case of a formation flight, name of the pilot-in-command of the formation flight)
14. Matters related to parachute descent as applicable
15. Other matters that can serve as references to air traffic control and search and rescue
Article 187-3 (Observance of Flight Plan)

(1) An aircraft shall observe the flight plan submitted upon flight: Provided, That this shall not apply when a change in the flight plan was given an air traffic control clearance or if an emergency situation requiring an emergency me
asure occurs. In this case, the relevant air traffic control unit shall be notified immediately of the emergency measure taken when the flight plan cannot be observed due to the occurrence of an emergency situation.
(2) An aircraft shall fly along the center line of the airway or the straight line between the Navigation aid and specified points of the airway in case the airway is not established: Provided, That this shall not apply to cases wherein th
e aircraft follows the decision especially made by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or a separate instruction is received from the relevant air traffic control unit.
(3) In case the stipulation of paragraph (2) cannot be observed, the aircraft shall notify the relevant air traffic control unit accordingly.
(4) An aircraft flying the airway established by the VHF omnidirectional range (VOR) shall change the frequency from the Navigation aid of the aircraft's rear to that of the aircraft's front at the position of change or the closest appro
ximation in case a position for frequency change is established.
혻
(5) In case a controlled aircraft making deviations from the flight plan due to negligence, any of the following measures shall be taken:
1. When the aircraft deviates from the airway, the nose of the aircraft shall be adjusted to enable immediate return to the airway.
2. In case of a difference between the true airspeed of the aircraft and mean true airspeed among the report positions at the cruising level, or if the true airspeed is expected to fall short of or exceed the true airspeed in the flight
plan by 5%, the relevant air traffic service unit shall be notified accordingly.
3. In case of an error of 3 minutes or more in the estimated time of arrival at the nearest area among the next fix, Flight information region boundary position, or destination aerodrome, the relevant air traffic service unit shall be
notified of the new estimated time of arrival.
(6) In case the meteorological condition deteriorates to a state below the visual meteorological condition, an aircraft on VFR flight shall take one of the following measures if operation by VFR is no longer deemed possible:
1. Request for either a revised air traffic control clearance to fly to the destination aerodrome or an alternate aerodrome while maintaining visual meteorological condition or a revised air traffic control clearance to deviate from th
e controlled airspace and fly.
2. In case the air traffic control clearance as per paragraph (1) is not received, notify the relevant air traffic control unit that the aircraft will take measures to deviate from the controlled airspace or to land at a nearby aerodrome
while maintaining the visual meteorological condition.
3. Request the relevant air traffic control unit for an operation permit based on special visual flight rules (SVFR) (limited to the case wherein the aircraft is flying inside the control zone).
4. Request the relevant air traffic control unit for an operation permit based on instrument flight rules (IFR).
Article 187-4 (Change of Altitude, Airway, etc.)

An aircraft willing to change matters related to the altitude, airway, or destination aerodrome as included in the flight plan shall notify the relevant air traffic control unit of the following:
1. Change in the cruising level: Identification mark of the aircraft, desired cruising level and speed, next flight information zone boundary, and estimated time of arrival
2. Change of airway: Identification mark of the aircraft, flight rules, desired airway, new estimated time of arrival, and other information necessary for the change of the airway
3. Change of destination aerodrome: Call sign of the aircraft, flight rules, new airway to the destination aerodrome, new estimated time of arrival, alternate aerodrome, and other information necessary for the change of the airwa
y
Article 188 (Alternate Aerodrome)

(1) Any person willing to operate an aircraft used for the Air Transportation Service shall designate an alternate aerodrome based on the following classification as per subparagraph 8, Article 187-2:
1. When the meteorological condition of the origin aerodrome is below the aerodrome operating minima, or when an aircraft cannot return to the origin aerodrome for other reasons: Alternate take-off aerodrome
2. When a person wishes to operate a route containing a position that takes more than one hour to fly and land on the nearest airport at the cruising speed when one engine of a twin-engine aircraft (described in paragraph (1) o
f Article 204-2) becomes inoperative: Alternate en-route aerodrome to be located in an area that is within the maximum return time as approved as per paragraph (3), Article 204-2
3. When a person wishes to fly based on instrument flight rules (IFR): One or more alternate destination aerodromes: Provided, That this shall not apply under any of the following conditions:
(a) The meteorological condition of the aerodrome for the intended landing is expected (and guaranteed) to change for the better during the flight or by the estimated time of arrival, and approach and landing are expected (and g
uaranteed) to be possible for a certain period before or after the estimated arrival time under the visual meteorological condition.
(b) The aerodrome for the intended landing is located in a remote area, and there is no appropriate alternate destination aerodrome.
(2) An alternate take-off aerodrome as per subparagraph 1, paragraph (1) shall satisfy the following requirements:
1. In the case of a twin-engine aircraft, the alternate take-off aerodrome shall be located within a 1-hour flight distance from the origin aerodrome at the cruising level speed when one of the twin engines is not operating.
2. In the case of a three-engine (or more) aircraft, the alternate take-off aerodrome shall be located within a 2-hour flight distance from the origin aerodrome at the cruising level speed when one of the engines is not operating.
(3) When a person wishes to operate an aircraft other than those used in the Air Transportation Service based on instrument flight rules (IFR), more than one alternate destination aerodrome shall be designated: Provided, That thi
s shall not apply to any of the following cases:
1. The meteorological condition of the aerodrome for the intended landing is expected (and guaranteed) to change for the better during the flight or by the estimated time of arrival, and approach and landing are expected (and g
uaranteed) to be possible for a certain period before or after the estimated arrival time under the visual meteorological condition.
2. The aerodrome for the intended landing is located in a remote area, and there is no appropriate alternate destination aerodrome.
(4) In case the alternate destination aerodrome is not required as per the proviso of parts other than the subparagraphs of paragraph (3) and its subparagraphs, the flight shall not start when the following standards are not observe
d:
1. Standard instrument approach procedures shall be established at the aerodrome for the intended landing.
2. The meteorological condition two hours prior to and two hours after the estimated time of arrival shall be forecasted as follows:
(a) The ceiling shall be 300 m (1,000 ft) or more than the minimum of the instrument approach procedures.
(b) Visibility shall be 5,500 m or more or 4,000 m or more than the minimum of the standard instrument approach procedures.
(5) When a person wishes to operate rotorcraft used in the Air Transportation Service shall designate more than one appropriate alternate heliport under the following cases:
1. The meteorological condition of the heliport for the intended landing is under the heliport operating minima : more than one take-off alternate heliports
2. When a person wishes to operate rotorcraft based on instrument flight rules (IFR) : moe than one destination alternate heliport. Provided, That this shall not apply to any of the following cases
(a) The meteorological condition of the heliport for the intended landing is expected (and guaranteed) to change for the better during the flight or by the estimated time of arrival, and approach and landing are expected (and guara
nteed) to be possible for a certain period before or after the estimated arrival time under the visual meteorological condition.
(b) The heliport for the intended landing is located in a remote area, and there is no appropriate alternate heliport. In this case, the flight plan shall be marked with the point of no return point
3. The forecasted meteorological condition of the heliport for the intended landing is under the heliport operating minima: more than two destination alternate heliports. In this case, the heliport operating minima of the first altern
ate heliport shall be higher than that of the heliport for the intended landing and the second alternate heliport shall be higher than that of the alternate heliport.
(6) The alternate heliport prescribed in above (5) shall be designated after certifying information such as available time of heliport or heliport operating minima of heliport to be used as alternated heliport.
(7) In case of an operation of rotorcraft other than those used in the Air Transportation Service based on the instrument flight rules (IFR), more than one appropriate alternate heliport shall be designated: Provided, That this shall n
ot apply to the following cases:
1. In case the meteorological condition of the heliport for the intended landing is forecast as follows two hours prior to and two hours after the estimated time of arrival as well as from the actual time of departure to two hours afte
r the estimated time of arrival (whichever is shorter):
(a) The ceiling shall be 120 m (400 ft) or more than the minimum of the instrument approach procedures.
(b) Visibility shall be 1,500 m or more than the minimum of the instrument approach procedures.
2. Under any of the following cases:
(a) The heliport for the intended landing is located in a remote area, and there is no appropriate alternate heliport.
(b) The instrument approach procedures are established at the heliport for the intended landing.
(c) The alternate heliport to return to cannot be designated because the destination heliport is located offshore.
(8) In case the alternate heliport as per paragraphs (5) and (7) is an offshore alternate heliport, the following requirements shall be satisfied (in case fuel capacity is sufficient to fly to the onshore alternate heliport, however, the offs
hore heliport may not be designated):
1. An offshore alternate heliport shall be designated at a point beyond the point of no return; up to the point of no return, an onshore alternate heliport shall be designated.
2. When determining an appropriate alternate heliport, the major control systems and parts shall be reliable.
3. Even when one of the engines becomes inoperative before a rotorcraft arrives at the alternate heliport, securing sufficient performance should be possible to fly to the alternate heliport.
4. The use of a deck shall be guaranteed.
5. The weather information shall be accurate and reliable.
(9) In case the designation of an alternative heliport is not required as per the proviso of parts other than the subparagraphs of paragraph (5)-2. and its subparagraphs, the flight shall not start when the standards in subparagraph 1
, paragraph (7) are not observed.
Article 188-2 (Meteorological condition of the Aerodrome for the Intended Landing)
(1) The meteorological condition of the alternate take-off aerodrome as per subparagraph 1, Article 188 (1) shall be above the aerodrome operating minima at the estimated time of arrival of the aircraft.
(2) In case the weather information of the aerodrome for the intended landing as per subparagraph 3, Article 188 (1) can be used, or the designation of an alternate destination aerodrome is required, the flight shall start when the
meteorological condition of at least one alternate destination aerodrome is above the aerodrome operating minima at the estimated time of arrival.
(3) In case the designation of an alternate destination aerodrome as per Article 188 (3) is required, the flight shall start when the meteorological condition of the aerodrome for the intended landing and that of at least one alternate
destination aerodrome are above the aerodrome operating minima at the estimated time of arrival.
(4) In case the weather information for the heliport for the intended landing as per Article 188 (5) can be used, or the designation of an alternate heliport is required, the flight shall start when the meteorological condition of at least
one alternate heliport is above the heliport operating minima at the estimated time of arrival.
(5) In case the designation of an alternate heliport is required as per Article 188 (6), the flight shall start when the meteorological condition of the heliport for the intended landing and that of at least one alternate heliport are above t
he heliport operating minima at the estimated time of arrival.
Article 188-3 (Termination of the Flight Plan)

(1) As soon as it lands on the arrival aerodrome, an aircraft shall send an arrival report containing the information listed below to the relevant air traffic service unit (or to the nearest air traffic service unit in the absence of a relevant
air traffic service unit): Provided, That this shall not apply in case of a stipulation to the contrary by the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration or the director of the Air Traffic Center.
2. Origin aerodrome
3. Arrival aerodrome
4. Destination aerodrome (limited to the case wherein there is a separate destination aerodrome)
5. Time of landing
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), in case the appropriate communication facilities are not provided for arrival reporting after landing on the arrival aerodrome, the arrival report shall be sent to the relevant air traffic service unit im
mediately before landing.
Article 189 (Application for Approval of Precision Approach Operation Plan)

(1) Any person willing to land on the runway equipped with CAT-II and CAT-III precision approach facilities using the precision approach procedures in the categories specified in Article 186 (2) shall submit to the Administrator of th
e Regional Aviation Administration an Application for Approval of Precision Approach Operation Plan containing the following information:
1. Name and address
3. Category of precision approach
4. Equipment list and maintenance procedures of the aircraft
5. Description of the precision approach facilities installed in the aerodrome in use
6. Name and qualification of the precision approach pilot
7. Content of education and training for the aircraft pilot
8. Content of the operation test implemented
9. Other references
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), any foreigner operating a foreign aircraft, obtaining an approved CAT-II or CAT-III precision approach operation plan from that foreign country, and wishing to land on a Korean runway equipped
with the precision approach procedures of the same category shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration an Application for Approval of Precision Approach Operation Plan containing the following infor
mation together with a copy of the Approved Precision Approach Operation Plan obtained from said foreign country and a document containing the precision approach operation procedures written in Korean or English:
1. Name and address
3. Other references
(3) The procedures for approval of the CAT-II and CAT-III precision approach operation plan pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be determined by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
Article 189-2 (Communication)

(1) An aircraft making a controlled flight shall maintain air-to-ground two-way radio communication with the relevant air traffic control unit and shall monitor voice communication with the unit.
(2) Any aircraft that cannot maintain radio communication pursuant to paragraph (1) (hereinafter referred to as aircraft that lost communication) shall follow the communication procedure announced by the Head of the Civil Aviatio
n Safety Authority. Any aircraft operating on the maneuvering area of the controlled aerodrome or its vicinity shall continuously monitor the instructions based on the visual signals from the control tower.
(3) In the case of visual meteorological condition, any aircraft that lost communication shall continue the VFR flight and land on the nearest aerodrome and immediately notify the relevant air traffic control unit accordingly.
(4) In the case of instrument meteorological condition, or if flight is impossible pursuant to paragraph (3), an aircraft that lost communication shall operate in accordance with the following standards:
1. Any aircraft that cannot report its position at the specified fix of airspace where radar for air traffic service is not operated shall fly at the minimum flight altitude of the route or altitude last assigned by the relevant air traffic cont
rol unit (whichever is higher) and maintain the speed last assigned by the relevant air traffic control unit for 20 minutes before changing to the altitude and speed specified in the flight plan.
2. Any aircraft that cannot report its location at the specified fix of airspace where radar for air traffic service is operated shall maintain the minimum flight altitude of the route or altitude last assigned by the relevant air traffic cont
rol unit (whichever is higher) from the latest time based on the following items and maintain the speed last assigned by the relevant air traffic control unit for 7 minutes before changing to the altitude and speed specified in the flight
plan:
(a) Time when the aircraft reached the last assigned altitude or minimum flight altitude
(b) Time when the transponder code was adjusted to 7600
(c) Time when reporting the location failed at the specified fix
3. Any aircraft being guided by radar or whose clearance limit is not assigned and deviating from the airway using Area Navigation (RNAV) shall return to the route specified in the flight plan before reaching the next FIX conside
ring the minimum flight altitude.
4. Fly to the Navigation aid of the destination aerodrome along the route assigned in the last clearance received from the relevant air traffic control unit or route to be expected in further clearance as advised by the relevant air tr
affic control unit (route filed in the flight plan in the absence of an assigned route or route to be expected in further clearance as advised by the relevant air traffic control unit) prior to radio communication failure and hold over it.
5. Commence descent from the Navigation aid of the destination aerodrome at the expected approach time (or estimated arrival time specified in the flight plan in case the expected approach time is not received) last assigned
by the relevant air traffic control unit prior to radio communication failure or start making an approach in accordance with the instrument approach procedures of the aerodrome for landing.
6. As much as possible, land within 30 minutes of the expected approach time or estimated arrival time, whichever is later, pursuant to paragraph (5).
Article 189-3 (Location Report)

(1) An aircraft making a controlled flight shall report the following information (hereinafter referred to as location report) to the relevant air traffic control unit as promptly as possible at the fix as prescribed by the Head of the Civil Avi
ation Safety Authority: Provided, That this shall not apply in case the aircraft is controlled by a radar, and in the absence of a request for a separate location report from the relevant air traffic control unit.
2. Time crossing fix and altitude
3. Other matters that can affect the safe navigation of the aircraft
(2) When requested by the relevant air traffic control unit to send a location report during a flight, an aircraft making a controlled flight shall comply with such request immediately.
(3) When the fix pursuant to paragraph (1) is not established, the location of the aircraft shall be reported at intervals specified by the relevant air traffic control unit.
(4) In case an aircraft making a controlled flight reports its location using datalink communication, the reporting of locations shall be carried out using voice communication as requested from the relevant air traffic control unit.
Article 190 (Air Traffic Control Clearances)

(1) Any person wishing to make a controlled flight shall start operation after obtaining air traffic control clearance (hereinafter referred to as ATC clearance) from the relevant air traffic control unit.
(2) Any person wishing to obtain priority in ATC clearance shall notify the relevant air traffic control unit of the reasons.
(3) An airplane operating in a controlled aerodrome shall observe the ATC instructions and shall refrain from moving in the maneuvering area without ATC clearance.
(4) In case of conflict between the ATC instructions of the air traffic control unit and instructions of the airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS) mounted on the aircraft, the ACAS instructions shall have precedence. <Newly Ins
erted as of Jun. 29, 2007>
Article 190-2 (Termination of Control)

Upon the resolution of a situation requiring air traffic control service, an aircraft making a controlled flight shall immediately notify the relevant air traffic control unit accordingly: Provided, That this shall not apply in case an aircraft is
landing on a controlled aerodrome.
Article 190-3 (Signals)

(1) Upon recognizing or receiving the signals prescribed in Appendix 19-7, an aircraft shall take the measures required by such signals.
(2) No one shall use signals that can be misunderstood as signals pursuant to paragraph (1).
(3) A signalman shall display guidance signals clearly as prescribed in subparagraph 6 of Appendix 19-7.
Article 190-4 (Time)

(1) Any person intending to propagate or report the time related to the operation of an aircraft shall use the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The time shall be expressed using midnight as the base; the 24 hours in a day shall b
e expressed in hours and minutes and up to seconds as a unit when necessary.
(2) Any person wishing to make a controlled flight shall check the time before starting the controlled flight and during the controlled flight when necessary.
(3) Any person wishing to use the time in accordance with the datalink communication shall maintain no more than one second of accuracy using UTC as the base.
Article 190-5 (Interception)

(1) The pilot-in-command of an aircraft intercepting a civilian aircraft shall follow the visual signal interception procedures and interception rules prescribed in subparagraph 3 of Appendix 19-7.
(2) The pilot-in-command of the aircraft being intercepted shall understand and respond to the visual signals prescribed in subparagraph 3 of Appendix 19-7 and respond to the interception in compliance with the interception proce
dures and rules. When flying in an area controlled by a foreign government instead of the Republic of Korea, however, the aircraft shall respond to the interception in compliance with the procedures and rules prescribed by such st
ate. <Amended as of Jun. 29, 2007>
Article 191 (Application for Permission to Drop or Scatter Objects <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>)
Any person wishing to drop or scatter objects from a flying aircraft as per the provisions of Article 55 of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration an Application for Permission to Drop or Scatt
er Objects containing the following information: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Name and address
2. Type and registration mark
3. Purpose, time and date, route, and altitude of the flight
4. Purpose of dropping objects
5. Description of objects to be dropped and dropping place
7. Other references
Article 192 (Application for Parachute Descent Permit)

Any person wishing to descend by parachute as per the provisions of Article 55 of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration an Application for Parachute Descent Permit containing the followi
ng information except in case of an emergency situation:
1. Name, address, and contact place (communication means available in real time)
3. Outline of flight plan (purpose, date and time, route, and altitude of the flight to be recorded)
4. Purpose, time and date, and place of parachute descent
6. Type of parachute and other necessary matters regarding the parachute
7. Description of person or objects to descend by parachute
8. Other references
Article 193 (Aerobatics)

Aerobatics as per subparagraph 4, Article 55 of the Act includes the following: <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Inverted flight
2. Flying sideways or spinning
3. Descending or climbing rapidly
4. Spiral diving or stalling
5. Flight of aircraft involving abnormal changes in flight attitude, altitude, or speed aside from those described in subparagraphs 1~4
Article 194 (Areas where Aerobatics is Prohibited <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>)
The following are the areas where aerobatics is prohibited as per subparagraph 4, Article 55 of the Act: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Skies of an area that is densely populated with people or buildings
2. Control area and control zone
3. Area between the ground surface and altitude of less than 450 m (1,500 ft)
4. Area between the top of the highest obstacle located in an area of 500-meter radius surrounding the aircraft and altitude of 500 m or less (excluding cases involving gliders)
5. In the case of a glider, area between the top of the highest obstacle located in an area of 300-meter radius surrounding the glider and altitude of 300 m or less
Article 195 (Flight Visibility Required for Aerobatics)

The following flight visibility is required for aerobatics as per the provisions of Article 193: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Zone below 3,050 m (10,000 ft) of flight altitude: not less than 5,000 m
2. Zone of 3,050 m (10,000 ft) or more of flight altitude: not less than 8,000 m
Article 196 (Application for Aerobatic Flight Permit)

Any person wishing to make an aerobatics as per the provisions of Article 55 of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration an Application for Aerobatics Permit containing the following informati
on: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Name and address
3. Outline of the flight plan (purpose, date and time, and route of the flight to be recorded)
4. Description, reason, date and time, and place of aerobatic flight
6. Information on fellow passengers and purpose of accompaniment
7. Other references
Article 196-2 (Application for Flight Permit for Unmanned Aircraft)

(1) Any person wishing to fly an aircraft equipped with devices as well as the ability to fly without any flight crew including a pilot (hereinafter referred to as unmanned aircraft) as per the provisions of Article 55 of the Act shall submi
t to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration an Application for Flight Permit for Unmanned Aircraft containing the following information 5 days prior to the scheduled flight:
1. Name, address, and contact place
2. Type and registration mark of the unmanned aircraft
3. Purpose, date and time, route, and altitude of the flight
4. Name and contact place of the operator of the unmanned aircraft
5. Other references related to the flight permit of the unmanned aircraft
(2) The administrator of the relevant Regional Aviation Administration shall review the received Application as per paragraph (1) and issue approval when he/she believes that the safety of air traffic is not hindered.
(3) Any person wishing to fly an unmanned aircraft shall observe the following requirements:
1. Any flight feared to pose a risk to human life or property shall not be made.
2. No flight shall be made in skies over an area that is densely populated or a place where many people are gathered.
3. No flight shall be made in a controlled airspace, a prohibited or a restricted area, or other special designated areas as per Article 38 (2) of the Act without approval from the air traffic control unit.
4. No flight shall be made under a condition wherein objects on the ground cannot be identified with the naked eye due to fog, etc.
5. No flight shall be made in violation of the flight visibility and cloud clearance requirements prescribed in Appendix 3-2.
6. No flight shall be made during the night.
7. No flight shall be made using other abnormal methods.
Article 197 (Application for Flight Permit for Unmanned Free Balloon)
(1) Any person intending to fly an unmanned free balloon as per the provisions of Article 55 of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration an Application for Flight Permit for Unmanned Free Bal
loon containing the following information 5 days prior to the scheduled flight:
2. Class, quantity, use, and identification markings of the air balloon
3. Flight and recovery places
4. Estimated flight time and time of recovery (completion)
5. Flight direction, climbing speed, and maximum altitude
6. Estimated passage and arrival time at 18,000 m (60,000 ft) altitude and locations
7. Other references related to the flight of an unmanned free balloon
(2) The administrator of the relevant Regional Aviation Administration shall review the received Application as per paragraph (1) and issue approval when he/she believes that the safety of air traffic is not hindered.
(3) Any person obtaining a flight permit for an unmanned free balloon from the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration pursuant to paragraph (2) shall fly the unmanned free balloon in accordance with the unmanned
free balloon operation procedures as determined and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
Article 198 (Designation of Emergency Aircraft/aircraft for special purposes)

(1) For the purpose of Article 56 (1) of the Act, the term "urgent affairs as determined by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to any of the following activities:
1. Search and rescue related to calamity and disaster
2. Rescue and first-aid activities such as evacuation of emergency patients
3. Putting out of a fire
4. Other emergency restoration during the occurrence of a natural calamity
(2) The aircraft owner, etc., wishing to use the aircraft to implement urgent affairs as per paragraph (1) pursuant to Article 56 (3) of the Act shall have the aircraft designated as an emergency aircraft by the Administrator of the Regi
onal Aviation Administration.
(3) Any person wishing to have his/her aircraft designated as per paragraph (2) shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration an Application for Designation as Emergency Aircraft containing the following
information:
1. Name and address
3. Type of urgent business
4. Business regulations on the implementation of urgent business and equipment mounted on the aircraft
5. Content of education and training for pilots and those implementing urgent business
6. Other references
Article 199 (Operation Procedures for Emergency Aircraft)

(1) Any person obtaining a designation for his/her aircraft and intending to operate the aircraft as emergency aircraft pursuant to Article 198 shall notify the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration of the following infor
mation orally or in writing before commencing operation:
1. Type, registration mark, and identification mark of the aircraft
2. Type of urgent business
3. Name, title, and address of the person requesting for the operation of an emergency aircraft
4. Date and time of flight, origin aerodrome, flight sector, and landing place
5. Fuel capacity displayed by time
6. Other matters required for the operation of an emergency aircraft
(2) Any person operating an emergency aircraft pursuant to paragraph (1) shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration a Report of Operation Result of Emergency Aircraft containing the following inform
ation within 24 hours of operation completion:
1. Name and address
3. Summary of operation (date and time of take-off and landing, place, purpose, and route of the flight, etc.)
5. Personal information on passengers other than the pilot
6. Documents verifying the evacuation of emergency patients (limited to cases of evacuation of emergency patients)
7. Other references
Article 200 (Approval for the Transport of Dangerous Goods)

(1) For the purpose of Article 59 (1) of the Act, the term "dangerous goods prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to the following:
1. Explosive material
2. Gases
3. Flammable liquid
4. Combustible materials
5. Oxidizing materials
6. Toxic materials
7. Radioactive materials
8. Corrosive materials
9. Other materials determined and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
(2) Any person intending to transport dangerous goods via an aircraft as per paragraph (1) shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority an Application for Permission to Transport Dangerous Goods containing the
following information and obtain permission thereof:
1. Flight name of the aircraft
2. Type and class of dangerous goods
3. Packaging method for the dangerous goods
4. Quantity of dangerous goods
5. Origin airport and destination airport
6. Addresses of the sender and receiver
(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (2), any regular Air operator obtaining a Certificate for Operations as per Article 115-2 of the Act, prescribing the following matters in the Operations Manual as per Article 116 of the Act, and transport
ing the dangerous goods referred to in paragraph (1) shall be deemed to have obtained permission for the transport of dangerous goods.
1. Description of measures to be taken in case an abnormal condition occurs related to the dangerous goods
2. Transmission method for the load information of the dangerous goods
3. Education and training for the aircrew and handler of dangerous goods
(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (2), any aircraft belonging to a state organization, etc., as per subparagraph 1-2, Article 2 of the Act and transporting the dangerous goods specified in paragraph (1) for the implementation of its busi
ness shall be considered to have obtained permission for the transport of dangerous goods.
(5) Specific types of dangerous goods and specific content of each type as classified in paragraph (1) shall be determined and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
Article 201 (Designation of Package and Inspection of Receptacles Institution for Dangerous Goods)
(1) Any person wishing to be designated as a package and Inspection of Receptacles institution for dangerous goods as per Article 60-3 of the Act shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority Application for Desig
nation as Package and Inspection of Receptacles Institution for Dangerous Goods (Form 44-3) together with the following documents:
1. Documents verifying that facilities for the inspection of packages and containers for dangerous goods (including a list of facilities, machinery, and tools and the arrangement plan) have been secured
2. Business plan
3. Regulations on inspection work including matters required for the implementation of inspection such as management of facilities and technology personnel and execution procedures of inspection
(2) The designation standards for inspection equipment and personnel of the package and container inspection institution for dangerous goods as per Article 60 (4) of the Act are prescribed in Appendix 19-8.
(3) For the operation of package and container inspection institutions as per Article 60 (4) of the Act, the General Standards for the Operation of the Korean Industrial Standard Inspection Institution (A 17020) as per Article 12 of th
e Industrial Standardization Act shall apply.
(4) The Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall receive the Application as per paragraph (1) and issue to the applicant Certificate of Designation as Inspection Institution for Dangerous Goods Handling or Containers (Form
44-4) and publish the corresponding notice when its content is deemed to satisfy the standards for designation and operation as stipulated in paragraphs (2) and (3).
(5) In case of a change in any of the matters in paragraph (1), the inspection institution designated as a package and container inspection institution for dangerous goods as per paragraph (4) shall report its contents to the Head of
the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
(6) Every year, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall review whether the inspection institution designated as a package and container inspection institution for dangerous goods complies with the standards specified i
n paragraphs (2) and (3).
Article 201-2 (Revocation for the designation of packagings and receptacles inspection institution)
(1) Revocation and suspension standards for the designation of packagings and receptacles inspection institution under provisions of Article 60 (6) of the Act are prescribed in Appendix 19-9.
(2)The Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority may lighten or increase the penalty within the range of 1/2 of the suspension period of airport operation as prescribed in Appendix 19-9 considering the degree and number of viola
tions. Even if the penalty is increased, however, the period shall not exceed 6 months.
Article 202 (Designation of Approved aviation training institution for the Handling of Dangerous Goods)
(1) Any person wishing to obtain for his/her organization the designation as a Approved aviation training institution in accordance with Article 61 (3)of the Act shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority Application
for Designation as Approved aviation training institution for Dangerous Goods (Form 44-5) together with an Education Plan containing the following:
1. Curriculum and education method
2. Current status of the instructor�셲 qualification, career, and prescribed number
3. Overview of educational facilities and equipment
4. Method for educational evaluation
5. Annual education plan
6. Regulations on education as referred to in subparagraph 2, paragraph (4)
(2) The standards for designation as Approved aviation training institution for dangerous goods as per the provisions of Article 61 (4) of the Act are prescribed in Appendix 19-10.
(3) The Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall review the received Application as per paragraph (1) and issue to the applicant Certificate of Designation as Approved aviation training institution for Handling Dangerous Go
ods (Form 44-6) and publish the corresponding notice if the standards of paragraph (2) are deemed to have been satisfied.
(4) The institution designated as a Approved aviation training institution for handling dangerous goods as per paragraph (3) shall implement education and evaluation as follows:
1. The education shall be divided into basic education and regular education for implementation.
2. A Approved aviation training institution for handling dangerous goods shall establish and operate regulations on education considering the educational contents published as per Article 61 (2) of the Act and obtain approval fro
m the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority in case it wishes to change the regulations on education.
3. Educational evaluation shall be based on the following methods:
(a) Test subjects, guidelines for implementing the test, judgment criteria, setting of test questions, managing the test methods, safekeeping of test papers, testing room, test supervisor, grading, etc., shall be determined in-house b
y the head of the Approved aviation training institution for dangerous goods considering the situation of the educational institution.
(b) The trainees shall complete at least 90% of the total training hours and garner scores of at least 80 out of 100 points to be considered to have completed the education.
4. In case the test method is computer-based (CBT), the Approved aviation training institution for dangerous goods shall obtain the corresponding approval from the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority in advance.
5. The head of the Approved aviation training institution shall establish an annual education plan for reporting to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
(5) Upon completion of education, the specialized educational institution for handling dangerous goods shall retain a list of successful graduates and the evaluation result ,and shall submit them to the Head of the Civil Aviation Saf
ety Authority, whenever the Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority requests
(6) In case of a change in any of the subparagraphs in paragraph (1) (excluding subparagraph 6), the Approved aviation training institution shall report the details to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority immediately.
(7) The Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall review every year whether a Approved aviation training institution for handling dangerous goods complies with the standards in paragraph (2).
Article. 202-2 (Revocation for the designation of specialized training institution)

(1) Revocation and suspension standards for the designation of packagings and receptacles inspection institution under provisions of Article 61 (6) of the Act are prescribed in Appendix 19-11.
(2) The Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority may lighten or increase the penalty within the range of 1/2 of the suspension period of airport operation as prescribed in Appendix 19-11 considering the degree and number of viol
ations. Even if the penalty is increased, however, the period shall not exceed 6 months.
Article 203 (Restrictions on the Use of Electromagnetic Devices)

The following lists the aircraft where the use of electromagnetic devices is prohibited during the flight and the prohibited electromagnetic devices as per Article 61-2 of the Act:
1. Aircraft falling under any of the following categories:
(a) Aircraft in flight for the Air Transportation Service
(b) Aircraft on an IFR flight
2. Electromagnetic devices other than the following:
(a) Portable voice recorder
(b) Hearing aid
(c) Pacemaker
(d) Electric shaver
(e) Other portable electromagnetic devices deemed to have no electromagnetic impact (waves)on the aircraft by the Air operator or pilot-in-command at the recommendation, etc., of the aircraft manufacturer
Article 204-2 (Approval for Operation of Twin-Engine Aircraft)

(1) For the purpose of Article 69-2 (1) of the Act, the term "aircraft prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to a twin-turbo engine airplane used for the Air Transportation Service whose maximum certified
passenger seating capacity is 20 seats or more and whose maximum take-off mass is 45,360 kg or more. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) For the purpose of Article 69-2 (1) of the Act, the term "time prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" means one hour. <Newly Inserted as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(3) Any Air operator intending to operate a twin-engine airplane as per the stipulation of paragraph (1) for an air route including a spot where the time required to land exceeds one hour as per paragraph (2) shall obtain approval fr
om the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration according to the airplane type (registration mark), air route to operate, and maximum return time (i.e., time required to l
and on the nearest airport by making a flight at cruising speed when one of the engines fails to operate; the same shall apply hereinafter). <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(4) Any Air operator intending to obtain approval as per the stipulation of paragraph (3) shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Application for Oper
ation Approval for Twin-Engine Airplane (Form 45) together with documents verifying the airplane�셲 compliance with the operational technology criteria published in accordance with the provisions of Article 74-2 of the Act 20 da
ys prior to the estimated starting date of operation. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 204-3 (Aircraft Operation within Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum Airspace) <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>)
(1) Any person wishing to obtain approval from the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs as per the provisions of Article 69-3 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or the Administrat
or of the Regional Aviation Administration Application for Approval to Operate in Reduced Vertical Separation Airspace or Required Specific Navigation Performance Airspace or Required Specific Communication Performance Air
space(Form 45-2) together with documents verifying the aircraft's compliance with the operational technology criteria published in accordance with the provisions of Article 74-2 of the Act, 20 days prior to the estimated starting dat
e of operation.
<Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
(2) For the purpose of the proviso of Article 69-3 (1) of the Act, the term "case prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to any of the following:
1. An aircraft is operated urgently for the search and rescue of persons, etc., due to an aircraft accident, a calamity, or other accidents.
2. An aircraft that is newly introduced to Korea is operated.
3. There is trouble in the aircraft that has obtained approval to operate in Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum Airspace.
e, and the aircraft is operated in a place for maintenance work, etc.
4. An aircraft used for military or customs or police work is operated.
Article 205 (Area where Air Traffic Services are Provided)

(1) Air traffic services shall be provided as per Article 70 of the Act in the aerodrome and airspace specified by the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs.
(2) The provision of air traffic services in open sea airspace within a flight information region shall be based on the regional multilateral agreement (hereinafter referred to as regional air navigation agreement) approved by the Inter
national Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) for the efficient operation of the aircraft.
Article 205-2 (Purpose of Air Traffic Services)

(1) The main objectives of air traffic services as per Article 70 of the Act are described in the following subparagraphs:
1. Prevention of collision among aircraft
2. Prevention of collision between an aircraft and the obstacles within the maneuvering area
3. Maintenance and promotion of order in air traffic flow
4. Provision of the necessary advice and information for the safe and efficient operation of the aircraft
5. Provision of information to the authorities concerned regarding the aircraft requiring search and rescue and cooperation
(2) Air traffic services are classified as follows:

1. Air traffic control service: The following services provided to implement the objectives of subparagraphs 1~3, paragraph (1):
(a) Approach control service: Air traffic control service provided to an aircraft making a controlled flight for take-off or landing within the controlled airspace
(b) Aerodrome control service: Air traffic control service other than the approach control service provided to aircraft operating in the movement area of an aerodrome in the vicinity of the aerodrome (including the apron control ser
vice providing ground guidance to the aircraft in the apron within a movement area)
(c) Area control service: Air traffic control service other than approach control service and aerodrome control service provided to the aircraft making a controlled flight within a controlled airspace
2. Flight information service: Service provided to aircraft operating within a flight information region to implement the objective of subparagraph 4, paragraph (1)
3. Alerting service: Service provided to implement the objective of subparagraph 5, paragraph (1)
Article 205-3 (Classification of Air Traffic Service Units)

Air traffic service units are classified as follows:
1. Flight information unit: Unit providing flight information service and alerting service within a flight information region
2. Air traffic control unit: Unit providing air traffic control service, flight information service, and alerting service within a control area, a control zone, and a controlled aerodrome
Article 205-4 (Rating of Air Traffic Control Service)

(1) Any person intending to carry out control service in an air traffic control unit shall have the control service where he may be engaged in rated under the conditions prescribed by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority: Pr
ovided, That this shall not apply in case the control service is carried out under direct supervision of a person rated for the relevant control service.
(2) The rating of a person who is rated in control service as per paragraph (1) but does not work for longer than six months in a relevant air traffic control unit shall lose its validity: Provided, That this shall not apply when the person
in question undergoes training in the relevant control service under the conditions prescribed by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
(3) Matters related to the rating of the control service of an air traffic controller as per paragraph (1) and those necessary in relation to specific criteria and procedures for the implementation of education and training and aircraft bo
arding training shall be determined and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
Article 206 (Consultation Between Air Traffic Service Units and Owners of Aircraft)
(1) Air traffic service units shall provide air traffic services considering the aircraft operator�셲 standards as prescribed in Annex 6 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation.
(2) Matters related to information exchange between the owners, etc., of the aircraft and air traffic service units for the safe operation of the aircraft shall be decided in consultation between the owners, etc., of aircraft and air traffic
service units.
Article 206-2 (Consultation Between Air Traffic Service Unit and Military Unit)
(1) The air traffic service unit shall maintain close cooperation with the military unit responsible for the actions of the military aircraft that may have an impact on the flight of the civilian aircraft.
(2) The air traffic service unit and military unit may conclude an agreement on the exchange of flight information of the aircraft for the safe and prompt operation of the civilian aircraft.
(3) The air traffic service unit shall establish procedures that can be used to take the necessary measures in case a civil aircraft approaches or enters an airspace where it will be in danger of being intercepted to enable the aircraft
to be identified and guided in order to avoid being intercepted in cooperation with the military unit.
Article 206-3 (Consultation on Potentially Risky Activities)

(1) Any person planning actions that pose a risk to the operation of civil aircraft (hereinafter referred to as potentially risky activities) shall hold consultations with the air traffic service unit on the plan for potentially risky activities to a
void posing a risk to the civil aircraft and to minimize interference in their normal operation.
(2) In case a consultation is held on the plan for potentially risky activities as per paragraph (1), the consultation shall be completed in advance to enable information on potentially risky activities to be published in a timely manner
as per Annex 15 of the International Civilian Aviation Agreement.
(3) In case the consultation on the plan for potentially risky activities is completed as per paragraph (2), the relevant air traffic service unit shall publish the plan in the Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) or Aeronautical Information Publicati
on.
(4) When establishing a plan on potentially risky activities, the following standards shall be observed:
1. The zone, number of times, and period of potentially risky activities shall be set such that closure or change of the airway, blockade of economic altitude, or flight delay of regularly operating aircraft, etc., is avoided as much a
s possible.
2. The size of the airspace used for potentially risky activities shall be as small as possible.
3. A direct telecommunications network with the relevant air traffic service unit shall be established in preparation for a situation that would necessitate stopping the risky activities due to an emergency situation facing a civil aircr
aft or other unpredictable situation.
(5) When potentially risky activities persist, and continuous consultation between the authorities concerned is deemed necessary, the air traffic service unit may set up a consultative body to discuss the matter.
Article 206-4 (Cooperation Between the Air Traffic Service Unit and Meteorological Service Unit)
(1) An air traffic service unit and a unit providing meteorological information for air navigation 혻(hereinafter referred to as Meteorological Service unit) shall consult on the following matters to provide the aircraft with the most recent
weather information required to operate the aircraft:
1. Matters related to the provision of the weather information observed by the person in charge of air traffic service or reported by the pilot other than acquired by the use of a weather display system
2. In case the weather information observed by the air traffic service personnel or reported by the pilot is not included in the aerodrome weather forecast, matters related to the provision of weather information
3. Matters related to the provision of information on volcanic activities prior to the eruption of a volcano, volcanic eruption, and situation involving volcanic ash and clouds
(2) In case of information on volcanic ash, the air traffic service unit and meteorological service unit shall cooperate closely to ensure that this information matches to that of Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) and Significant Meteorologica
l Information (SIGMET) .
Article 207 (Support for Emergency Aircraft)

(1) In case of an aircraft facing an emergency situation (including unlawful interference action), or if there is suspicion of such, the air traffic service unit shall give priority to such aircraft considering such situation.
(2) The air traffic service unit shall respond promptly to any received request for support from an aircraft facing unlawful interference, transmit information related to flight safety continuously, and take the necessary measures prom
ptly at all flight stages including the aircraft�셲 landing stage.
(3) Upon learning that an aircraft is subject to unlawful interference, the air traffic service unit shall not ask further questions regarding the unlawful interference via radio communication: Provided, that this shall not apply in case the
re is a prior notification from the pilot that the radio communication will not aggravate the situation.
(4) When communicating with an aircraft faced with an emergency situation or suspected of facing such situation, the air traffic service unit shall consider the environment and psychological state of the pilot who has to carry out op
erations urgently due to the emergency situation.
Article 207-2 (Measures for contingency)

Upon learning of a strayed aircraft (refers to an aircraft that deviated from its flight path or failed to report its position; the same shall apply hereinafter) or an unidentified aircraft (refers to an aircraft reporting that it operates at airspa
ce but not identified; the same shall apply hereinafter), the air traffic service unit shall take prompt measures in accordance with the following classification:
1. Strayed aircraft
(a) Attempt two-way communication with the strayed aircraft.
(b) Determine the position of the strayed aircraft using all possible methods.
(c) Notify the relevant air traffic service unit of the area where the aircraft is estimated to be strayed.
(d) In case a military unit is involved, notify such military unit of the flight plan of the strayed aircraft and related information.
(e) Request the units stated at (c) and (d) and other aircraft in flight to give support in communicating with the strayed aircraft and deciding the location of it.
(f) Once the location of the strayed aircraft is verified, notify the aircraft of its location, instruct it to return to the airway, and notify the relevant air traffic service unit and military unit concerned of the information if necessary.
2. Unidentified aircraft
(a) Attempt the necessary measures to identify the unidentified aircraft.
(b) Attempt to establish two-way communication with the unidentified aircraft.
(c) Ask for information on the unidentified aircraft to other air traffic service units and request for cooperation to establish communication with such aircraft.
(d) Try to obtain information on the unidentified aircraft from other aircraft in the area.
(e) In case the unidentified aircraft is identified, immediately notify the military unit concerned accordingly when necessary.
Article 207-3 (Measures for the Intercepted Civil Aircraft)

(1) Upon learning of the interception of an aircraft in the airspace under its jurisdiction, the air traffic service unit shall take the following measures:
1. Attempt to establish two-way communication with the aircraft being intercepted using emergency radio frequency (121.5 ��) or other available frequencies.
2. Notify the pilot of the aircraft being intercepted accordingly.
3. Provide information on the intercepted aircraft to the interception control unit maintaining communication with the intercepting aircraft.
4. When necessary, mediate in the communication between the intercepted aircraft and intercepting aircraft or interception control unit.
5. Cooperate closely with the interception control unit and take the necessary measures to secure the safety of the intercepted aircraft.
6. When the intercepted aircraft is deemed to have strayed to a neighboring Flight information region, notify the air traffic service unit having jurisdiction over such neighboring Flight information region of the situation.
(2) Upon detecting an intercepted aircraft in an area outside its jurisdiction, the air traffic service unit shall take the following measures:
1. Notify the air traffic service unit having jurisdiction over the airspace where interception is taking place accordingly and provide the necessary information for the recognition of the aircraft.
2. Mediate in the communication among the aircraft being intercepted, relevant air traffic service unit, and intercepting aircraft or interception control unit.
(3) To prevent the occurrence of interception of civilian aircraft, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall specify and manage the control area, control zone, and airway requiring a flight plan as well as two-way radio com
munication and location report.
Article 208 (Language Proficiency)

(1) An air traffic controller shall be able to speak and understand the language used in radio communication as determined by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
(2) Among the air traffic control units, English shall be used. In case of another agreement on the language to be used among the units concerned, however, such agreement shall have precedence.
Article 209 (Establishment and Implementation of Contingency Plan)

(1) The Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall determine the standards for establishing an contingency plan for air traffic services in preparation for the unexpected suspension of air traffic services and related support ser
vices.
혻
(2) The head of an air traffic service unit shall establish and implement an accidental plan for air traffic service in the airspace under his/her jurisdiction in compliance with the establishment standards referred to in paragraph (1).
Article 210 (Scope of Air Traffic Control Service.)

Air traffic control service shall be provided to the following aircraft:
1. All aircraft on IFR flight within the airspace classified as airspace classes A, B, C, D, and E as shown in Appendix 16
2. All aircraft on VFR flight within the airspace classified as classes B, C, and D as shown in Appendix 16
3. All aircraft on SVFR flight
4. All aircraft flying in the vicinity of a controlled aerodrome and the movement area
Article 210-2 (Implementation of Air Traffic Control Service)

(1) The air traffic control unit provides the following air traffic control services:
1. Receipt of estimated movement information, actual movement, and change information concerning an aircraft
2. Confirmation of each aircraft location based on the received information
3. Provision of permission and information for the prevention of collision among aircraft under control and promotion and maintenance of order in the air traffic flow
4. In case collision is expected between an aircraft under control and another aircraft being controlled by another air traffic control unit or before the control of an aircraft is transferred to another air traffic control unit, cooperation
for the ATC clearance required by the air traffic control unit
(2) Any person providing air traffic control service shall record information on the instructions given to an aircraft under his/her control or movement of the aircraft for proper separation among aircraft and maintenance of efficient air
traffic flow.
(3) An air traffic control unit shall issue ATC clearances to enable the separation among the following aircraft to be maintained:
1. All aircraft flying within the airspace classified as airspace classes A and B as shown in Appendix 16
2. Aircraft on IFR flight within the airspace classified as airspace classes C, D, and E as shown in Appendix 16
3. Aircraft on IFR and VFR flight within the airspace classified as airspace class C as shown in Appendix 16
4. Aircraft on SVFR and IFR flights within the control zone
5. Aircraft on SVFR flight within the control zone
(4) When carrying out control for the separation of aircraft as per paragraph (3), the air traffic control unit uses vertical, longitudinal, and lateral as well as mixed separation methods. In this case, when performing control service usi
ng the mixed separation method, an air traffic control unit may follow the relevant regional air navigation agreement.
(5) Separation minima among aircraft as per paragraph (3) shall be based on the Air Traffic Control Regulations and Regional Supplement Procedures as determined and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authorit
y.
Article 210-3 (Control Responsibility for the Aircraft)

(1) An aircraft making a controlled flight shall always be controlled by one air traffic control unit.
(2) Control responsibility for all aircraft flying in the controlled airspace shall be assumed by the air traffic control unit having jurisdiction over the controlled airspace: Provided, That this shall not apply in case of another agreement
on the subject with other air traffic control units concerned.
Article 210-4 (Establishment of Standard Procedures for Departure and Arrival)

(1) The air traffic control unit shall establish procedures for departure, arrival, and approach under any of the following conditions:
1. The maintenance and promotion of safety and order in air traffic flow are necessary.
2. Explanations on airways and procedures are necessary when an ATC clearance is issued to the aircraft making a controlled flight.
(2) Specific matters required for the establishment of standard procedures for departure, arrival, and approach shall be determined and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
Article 210-5 (Establishment of Airways)

When establishing airways, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall allow safety space on both sides of an airway and set the minimum en-route altitude considering the highest obstacle below the airway.
Article 210-6 (Read back of Aviation Safety Related Information)

(1) The pilot of an aircraft shall read back an aviation safety-related ATC clearance or instruction delivered by voice from an air traffic control unit. In this case, the following matters shall be read back:
1. Airway clearance
2. Permission or instruction for runway approach, landing, take-off, holding, crossing, and running in reverse direction
3. Runway in use, altimeter, assigned Mode3/A and Mode C SSR transponder, cleared altitude, assigned heading, instruction on speed, and transition altitude
(2) The pilot of an aircraft shall read back or respond in a clear manner that he/she understands the clearance or instruction from the relevant air traffic control unit and that he/she shall comply with such.
(3) For the permission or instruction as per paragraph (1), the air traffic controller shall listen to the read back to verify whether the pilot of an aircraft accurately understood and take corrective action immediately in case of any othe
r element in the read back
(4) In applying the stipulation of paragraph (1), voice read back may not be necessary in case the ATC permission or instruction is delivered via data communication (CPDLC) between the air traffic controller and the pilot unless sti
pulated otherwise by the relevant air traffic control unit.
Article 210-7 (Management of Air Traffic Flow)

(1) The air traffic flow shall be managed in accordance with the relevant regional aviation agreement or agreement between the authorities concerned in the airspace where the stipulated capacity of air traffic services for an identic
al time zone is exceeded or expected to be exceeded.
(2) Specific matters concerning the processing standards and methods for the management of air traffic flow as referred to in paragraph (1) shall be determined and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
Article 210-8 (Control of Persons and Vehicles Within the Aerodrome)

(1) The control tower shall control persons or vehicles moving in the maneuvering area of an aerodrome to secure safety for the aircraft moving on, taking off from, or landing on the ground.
(2) In case CAT-II or CAT-III operation is in progress in a low-visibility weather condition, restriction shall be imposed on persons or vehicles moving in the maneuvering area to protect the signal of the Localizer and Glide Slope of t
he Instrument Landing System (ILS).
혻
(3) The control tower shall give priority to emergency vehicles moving to rescue an aircraft in distress. In this case, the separation minima between the vehicles and aircraft moving on the ground shall be governed by the condition
s prescribed by the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration.
(4) Vehicles moving within the maneuvering area of an aerodrome as per paragraph (2) shall observe the following requirements (in case of another instruction from the control tower, however, such instruction shall have preceden
ce):
1. Yield the right of way to an aircraft moving on, taking off from, or landing on the ground.
2. A vehicle shall yield the right of way to another vehicle towing an aircraft.
3. A vehicle shall yield the right of way to another vehicle moving in compliance with an ATC instruction.
(5) Details on operating, controlling and safety management to persons or vehicles(including construction machines or equipment) accessing movable area within aerodrome shall be established and notified by the Head of Civil A
viation Safety Authority.
Article 211 (Implementation of Flight Information Service)

(1) The flight information service shall be implemented for all aircraft provide with the air traffic service.
(2) In case the air traffic control service and flight information service are implemented together by the same air traffic service unit, the air traffic control service shall have precedence.
Article 212 (Provision of Flight Information)

(1) The following flight information shall be provided by an air traffic service unit to the aircraft (note, however, that the information of subparagraph 8 shall be provided to an aircraft on VFR flight only, and the information of subpara
graphs 9~11, to an aircraft on IFR flight only):
1. Significant Meteorological Information (SIGMET) and Airmen�셲 Meteorological Information (AIRMET)
2. Information on volcanic activities, eruption of volcano, and volcanic ashes
3. Matters related to the dissemination of radioactive or toxic chemical materials in the air
4. Information related to the operational change of Navigation aid
5. Information related to snow, icing, or inundation within the movement area
6. Information related to the change of aerodrome facilities
7. Information related to unmanned free balloons
8. Information related to traffic information for an airway or weather condition
9. Weather condition or forecast of the departure, destination, or alternate aerodrome
10. Collision risk for aircraft flying within the airspace classified as airspace classes C, D, E, F, and G as prescribed in Appendix 16
11. Information on call sign, location, moving direction, speed, etc., of a ship navigating on the water level (limited to cases wherein information is available)
12. Other matters affecting aviation safety
(2) Upon receiving special air reports, the air traffic service unit shall disseminate them to other aircraft, meteorological offices, and other air traffic service units as soon as possible.
(3) Necessary matters concerning the flight information provided by air traffic service units and provision methods and procedures for flight information other than those provided in this Ordinance shall be determined and published
by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
Article 213 (Implementation of Alerting Service)

Alerting service as referred to in subparagraph 3, Article 205-2 (2) shall be implemented for the following aircraft:
1. Aircraft provided air traffic services as per subparagraphs 1 and 2, Article 205-2 (2)
2. All aircraft that have submitted flight plans to air traffic service units
3. Aircraft considered to be subjected to unlawful interference such as interception, terrorist acts, etc.
Article 213-2 (Implementation Procedures for the Alerting Service)

(1) Upon learning of an emergency situation faced by an aircraft under the following classifications, the air traffic service unit shall immediately notify the search and rescue service unit accordingly:
1. Uncertainty phase
(a) In the absence of contact within 30 minutes of the earlier time between the time contact should have been made by an aircraft and the time when the first communication attempt failed
(b) In case an aircraft failed to arrive within 30 minutes of the later time between the estimated arrival time notified by an aircraft for the last time and the arrival time estimated by the air traffic service unit; however, the case where
in the safety of an aircraft or passengers is not in doubt is excluded
2. Alert phase
(a) In case verifying the location of an aircraft via a communication attempt with the aircraft in the uncertainty phase or inquiries made to various units concerned is difficult
(b) In case radio communication with an aircraft that failed to land within 5 minutes of the estimated landing time after landing permission was given is impossible
(c) In case an aircraft lost the capability to fly, but information suggesting there is no possibility for emergency landing was received; however, the case wherein there is clear evidence that the safety of the aircraft or the passenger
s is not feared is excluded
(d) When an aircraft is recognized to be subjected to unlawful interference such as interception or terrorist acts
3. Distress phase
(a) In case a communication attempt with an aircraft failed in the alert phase, and the aircraft is in possible distress as a result of inquiries made to the various units concerned
(b) In case fuel runs out, and the safety of the aircraft is difficult to maintain
(c) In case information suggesting that an aircraft lost its capacity to fly and that the aircraft possibly made an emergency landing is obtained
(d) In case information that an aircraft is making or has made an emergency landing is deemed accurate; however, the case wherein there is clear evidence that the aircraft and passengers are not in serious and imminent dange
r and are not in need of urgent help is excluded
(2) Any air traffic service unit implementing the alerting service as per paragraph (1) shall notify the search and rescue unit of the following matters as a rule:
1. Terms by emergency situation such as uncertainty phase (INCERFA), alert phase (ALERFA), or distress phase (DETRESFA)
2. Title of the notifying unit and name of notifier
3. Description of the emergency situation
4. Important elements of the flight plan
5. ATC unit with which communication was attempted for the last time, time such attempt was made, and frequency used
6. Position where the final location was reported
7. Color and special feature of the aircraft
8. Status of loading of dangerous goods
9. Measures taken by the notifying unit
10. Other references that can be of use for search and rescue activities
(3) Even after an emergency situation is notified as per paragraph (2), an air traffic service unit shall continue the investigation related to the emergency situation and immediately notify the unit in charge of search and rescue of th
e related information in case the emergency situation worsens or ends.
(4) An air traffic service unit shall try to obtain information on the aircraft facing an emergency situation and attempting radio communication with it when necessary using all communication facilities.
Article 213-3 (Notification to the Aircraft Owner)

The air traffic service unit shall notify the owner, etc., in case an aircraft is deemed to be facing an uncertainty or an alert phase. In this case, the matters referred to in the subparagraphs of Article 213-2 (2) shall be included in the
notification as a rule.
Article 213-4 (Notification to Aircraft Operating in the Vicinity of an Emergency Aircraft)

When an aircraft is believed to be facing an emergency situation, the air traffic service unit shall notify the other aircraft operating in the vicinity of such aircraft as promptly as possible.
Article 214 (Required Information for Air Traffic Service)

(1) The Air Traffic Service Unit shall be able to provide information on up-to-date meteorological condition and meteorological forecast.
(2) An air traffic service unit shall maintain a close cooperation system with meteorological service unit and aircraft operators concerned to provide the aircraft with detailed information on the type, location, vertical range, moving di
rection, and speed of the meteorological phenomena that can impede the operation of aircraft such as information on the vicinity of an Aerodrome, area for take-off/climbing and descent of aircraft, sudden gust within the approach
control area, etc.
(3) The airport operator, Navigation aid operator, operator of an unmanned free balloon, or manufacturer and users of chemical materials shall notify the relevant air traffic service unit immediately of the following matters to secure
the safety of air traffic:
1. Matters concerning the establishment and operation of facilities or obstacles that impede the take-off and landing of aircraft in the maneuvering area of an Aerodrome
2. Matters concerning the operation of Navigation aid such as aeronautical ground lighting as necessary for movement on the ground, take-off, approach, and landing of aircraft
3. Matters concerning the flight of unmanned free balloons
4. Matters concerning volcanic activities before eruption, volcanic eruption, and volcanic ash that can affect flight paths within the area under its jurisdiction
5. Matters concerning the emission of radioactive materials and toxic chemical materials into the atmosphere and its effect on the airspace under its jurisdiction
6. Other matters impeding the safety of air traffic
Article 215 혻Deleted <by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
Article 216 (Aeronautical Information Services)

(1) The following are the contents of aeronautical information service as per the provisions of Article 73 (1) of the Act: <Amended as of Jan. 19, 1999, Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 3, 2004, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Matters concerning the commencement, suspension, resumption, and discontinuation of the joint use of any Aerodrome and Navigation aid
2. Matters concerning the major change and operation of any Aerodrome and Navigation aid
3. Matters impeding the operation of aircraft during the use of any Aerodrome
4. Matters concerning the establishment and change of flight method, decision height, minimum descent altitude, meteorological minima for take-off and landing, etc.
5. Matters concerning the air traffic service
6. Matters concerning the firing of rockets, fireworks, lasers and other articles, mooring and floating of unmanned balloons (excluding any balloon used for weather observation and toy balloon), and parachute jump in the followi
ng airspaces:
(a) Airspace whose height exceeds the approach surface, horizontal surface, conical surface, or transition surface
(b) Airspace whose height exceeds 150 m in the airway
(c) Other airspace whose height exceeds 250 m
7. Other matters deemed useful to the operation of aircraft
(2) The measurement unit used in aeronautical information is based on any of the following methods: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Altitude: Meter (m) or feet (ft)
2. Visibility: Kilometer (km) or mile (SM); in this case, visibility below 5 km is expressed in m unit
3. Frequency: Hertz (HZ)
4. Speed (velocity, speed): Meter per second (節�/s)
5. Temperature: Centigrade (��)
(3) The aeronautical information referred to in paragraph (1) shall be provided based on any of the following methods: <Newly Inserted as of Jul. 3, 2004, Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP)
2. Notice to Airmen (NOTAM)
3. Aeronautical Information Circular (AIC)
4. Data recording pre-flight and post-flight information
5. Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>
(4) The following items are provided in an Aeronautical Chart as per the provisions of Article 73 (2) of the Act: <Newly Inserted as of Jul. 3, 2004, Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Aerodrome Obstacle Chart
2. Precision Approach Terrain
3. Enroute Chart
4. Area Chart
5. Standard Departure Chart -- Instrument
6. Standard Arrival Chart -- Instrument
7. Instrument Approach Chart
8. Visual Approach Chart
9. Aerodrome/Heliport Chart
10. Aerodrome Ground Movement Chart
11. Aircraft Parking/Docking Chart
12. World Aeronautical Chart
13. Aeronautical Chart
14. Aeronautical Navigation Chart
15. Radar Minimum Altitude Chart
16. Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>
(5) Detailed matters related to the provision of aeronautical information and publishing, etc., of aeronautical charts as referred to in paragraphs (1)~(4) shall be prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Auth
ority. <Newly Inserted as of Jul. 3, 2004, Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 217 (Notification)

(1) Deleted. <Jan. 19, 1999>
(2) Any person wishing to act as described in subparagraph 6, Article 216 (1) shall notify the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration of the following information 10 days prior to the expected date of action: Provided,
That this shall not apply in case approval is obtained from the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
2. Date, time, and place of expected action
3. Description of expected action
4. Other references
Article 218 (Boarding Crew Members) <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>)

(1) Crew members boarding an aircraft as per the provisions of Article 74 (1) of the Act shall be classified as follows: <Amended as of Jul. 1, 2005, Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Flight crew as prescribed in the table based on aircraft type
Aircraft Flight crew onboard
Aircraft requiring two or more pilots for operation according

Pilots (PIC and co-pilot)
to the Flight Manual
Aircraft used for passenger transportation
Twin-engine rotorcraft performing special tasks such as res

Pilots (PIC and co-pilot)
cuing human lives or putting out forest fire
Aircraft that cannot handle engines and airframe completel

Flight engineer
y by itself due to its structure
One pilot with a certificate of technology q

Aircraft with wireless equipment pursuant to Article 40 of th ualification for wireless equipment and wh
e Act o can operate wireless equipment pursua
nt to the Radio Regulation Law
Aircraft that can fly a section of 550 km or more without lan

ding (excluding aircraft with Inertial Navigation System or P
recision Doppler Radar that are deemed capable of utilizin Airline
g ground marks or Navigation aid at any time during the flig
ht)
2. In case passengers are transported by an aircraft used for passenger transportation, the number of cabin crew in the cabin exceeding that prescribed in the following table depending on the number of seats for passengers a
s mounted in the aircraft:
Number of seats mounted Number of cabin crew
20 ~ 50 seats 1 person
51 ~ 100 seats 2 persons
5 persons for more than 200 seats

More than 200
1 person added for every 50 seats
(2) In case the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority acknowledges that the duty of a flight crew member as stipulated in subparagraph 1, paragraph (1) can be performed by another flight crew member without any problem, t
he flight crew member in charge may not be required to board the aircraft. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(3) An Air operator or an aircraft-using businessman shall establish an education and training plan on the following matters for the flight crew who will be boarding the aircraft as stipulated in subparagraph 1, paragraph (1) and impl
ement the plan at least once a year: <Amended as of Jul. 1, 2005, Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Theoretical education and flight training for the relevant aircraft type
2. Matters concerning all cases of emergency response procedures in case of emergencies caused by the malfunction of the engine, airframe, or systems of the relevant aircraft type, fire, and other abnormal situations and matt
ers concerning cooperation among the flight crew members
3. Matters concerning knowledge and technology related to human performance and transportation of dangerous goods as prescribed in Annex 18 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation
4. Training on procedures that can help the trainees familiarize themselves with the relationship between the duty of each flight crew member and those of other flight crew members in case of an emergency situation such as a
n abnormal situation, e.g., failure of an aircraft of the relevant type and fire
(4) As per the provisions of subparagraph 2, paragraph (1), cabin crew members shall have the knowledge and ability to take the necessary measures using emergency equipment or first-aid kit in case of emergency in the aircraft
or if emergency exit is required.
(5) An air traffic businessman shall establish an education and training plan on the following matters for the cabin crew who will be boarding the aircraft as stipulated in subparagraph 2, paragraph (1) and implement the plan at leas
t once a year: <Amended as of Jul. 1, 2005, Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Measures to take in case of an emergency in the aircraft or if emergency exit is required
2. Matters concerning the use of the life jacket, life raft, escape slide, emergency exit, fire extinguisher, oxygen equipment, first-aid kit, etc.
3. In case the cabin crew work in an aircraft operating at an altitude of 3,000 m or higher from the mean sea level, matters concerning the physiological phenomena caused by the effect of oxygen deficiency within the aircraft an
d loss of air pressure in the cabin of an aircraft equipped with a pressurization device
4. Matters concerning the type of dangerous goods that can be loaded in the cabin and those that cannot be loaded as prescribed in Annex 18 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation and training program on dangerou
s goods
5. Matters concerning the duty of each cabin crew member and those of other cabin crew members in case of an emergency situation in the aircraft
6. Matters concerning human performance for the safety of the cabin including matters of cooperation between the flight crew and cabin crew
Article 218-2 (Carrying their license and medical certificate <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>)
The following are the targets for carrying their license and medical certificate as per the provisions of Article 74 (2) of the Act and matters to be observed: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. A flight crew member shall carry license and medical certificate or keep them in an easily accessible place inside the aircraft.
2. An air traffic controller shall carry license and medical certificate or keep them in an easily accessible place inside the office of aviation work.
3. An airman other than a flight crew member and an air traffic controller such as an aircraft mechanic, an aircraft shop mechanic, or a flight dispatcher shall carry license and medical certificate or keep them in an easily accessi
ble place inside the workplace where aviation work is performed.
[New Inserted as of Jul. 3, 2004][ Article 218-2 moved to Article 218-3 <Jul. 3, 2004>]
Article 218-3 (Flight Safety Regulations for safe aircraft operation)

For the purpose of subparagraph 6, Article 74-2 of the Act, the term "Other matters required for safe operation under the conditions prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to the following: <Amended as
of Jul. 3, 2004>
1. Certification and operation of an aviation training institute
2. Aircraft registration and registration mark
3. Airworthiness of aircraft
4. Certification as a maintenance organization
5. Matters concerning the air transportation of dangerous goods
6. Admission of leasing or leased aircraft(including foreign-registered aircraft)
[Newly Inserted as of Sept. 24, 2001][Moved from Article 218-2. <Jul. 3, 2004>]
< Amended by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>

CHAPTER V AVIATION FACILITIES
Section 1 Aerodrome and Navigation aid <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>
Article 219 (Application for Permission to Install Aerodrome))

(1) Any person intending to install aerodrome as per the provisions of Article 75 (2) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Application for Permission to Install aerodrome (Form 46) (inclu
ding application in electronic document) together with the following documents (including electronic documents; in this case, the public official in charge shall verify a Copy of Corporate Register (limited to cases wherein the applic
ant is a juridical person) using the joint use of administrative information pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the Act on the Promotion of the Digitalization of Administrative Affairs, etc., for the Creation of Electronic Government and have th
e relevant documents attached in case the applicant raises an objection to the verification): <Amended as of Nov. 29, 2004, Jul. 1, 2005, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Implementation plan
2. Deleted. <Nov. 30, 1994>
3. Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>
4. Documents verifying the existence of ownership or right to use the aerodrome site
5. Design documents (including design drawings, specifications, design budget, and calculation sheet for the quantity)
6. Surveyed map (including ground plan, longitudinal section of the Runway strip, cross section of the Runway strip, and vicinity plan)
7. Land and object record (name and address of the owners to be recorded)
(2) The implementation plan referred to in subparagraph 1, paragraph (1) shall include the following: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Overview of the facilities and objective of installation
2. Name, location, elevation, and reference point of an aerodrome
3. Detailed promotion plan of the project
4. Program for the procurement of financial resources
5. Kind and type of aircraft to be used
6. Landing based on instrument flight rules (IFR) or reason in case of aerodrome used for night landing
7. Category of aerodrome and classification of the Runway strip
8. Strength of runway (limited to land aerodrome and land heliport)
9. Depth of Runway strip (limited to water aerodrome and water heliport)
10. Wind direction and wind speed (the wind speed of the estimated water level of the estimated aerodrome site or its vicinity shall be prepared based on data for the past one year or more)
11. Type of air traffic service
12. Visual or instrument flight take-off and landing procedure of aerodrome
13. Required airspace drawings and current status of neighboring airspaces
14. Drawings explaining the correlations with the flight procedures of neighboring airports
(3) Any person intending to install a rooftop heliport shall attach the following documents in addition to the documents referred to in paragraph (1):
1. Structural drawings and calculation sheet of the structure for the building or structure
2. Note of technology confirmation verifying safety regarding the structure during the operation of the aircraft to be used and calculation of the structure
3. Arrangement drawing or projection drawing displaying the height of a building or a structure inside a zone that matches the projection plane of the approach surface, transition surface, horizontal surface, and conical surface (l
imited to those higher than the Runway strip)
4. Design documents for facilities and equipment as referred to in subparagraph 7, Article 222
Article 220 (Surveyed Map)

A surveyed map as referred to in subparagraph 6, Article 219 (1) shall be prepared as follows:
1. The ground plan shall contain the following items:
(a) Map scale (1:5,000 or larger) and directions
(b) Aerodrome and boundaries
(c) Topography and names of places within a zone of 100 m or more surrounding aerodrome
(d) Estimated locations of aerodrome facilities
(e) Main roads, city streets, and roads leading to other transportation facilities
2. The longitudinal section of the Runway strip shall contain the following information:
(a) Map scale (widthwise 1: 5,000 or larger; lengthwise 1: 500 or larger)
(b) Measuring point numbers, distance between measuring points (suggested: 100 m), and additional distance
(c) Land surface of the center line, formation level, height of banking, and depth of cutting at each measuring point
3. The cross section of the Runway strip (i.e., both ends of a runway and three central locations) shall contain the following information:
(a) Map scale (widthwise 1: 1,000 or larger; lengthwise 1: 50 or larger)
(b) Measuring point numbers and distance between measuring points
(c) Land surface, formation level, height of banking, and depth of cutting at each measuring point
4. The vicinity plan shall contain the following information:
(a). Map scale of 1: 10,000 (if unavailable, scale of 1: 25,000 or 1: 50,000)
(b) In case of a building or a structure in a zone that matches the projection planes of the approach surface, transition surface, horizontal surface, and conical surface as referred to in subparagraph 3, Article 219 (3), the location, t
ype, degree of obstacle, etc., of the building or structure in the drawing at a scale of 1: 5,000 or larger
Article 221 (Class of Runway Strip)

The classes of runway strip as per the provisions of subparagraph 3, Article 16 (2) of the Decree shall be classified depending on the length of the runway in the case of a land aerodrome and depending on the length of the runwa
y strip in the case of a water aerodrome as prescribed in Appendix 20.
Article 222 (Standards for Aerodrome Installation)

The following are the standards for the installation of the runway, of runway strip, taxiway, etc., as per the provisions of subparagraph 3, Article 16 (2) and Article 16 (3) of the Decree: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999,
Sept. 30, 2002, Nov. 22, 2003, Jul. 3, 2004, Mar. 11, 2005, Jul. 1, 2005, and Aug. 18, 2006>
. A land aerodrome shall be equipped with runway, of runway strip, and taxiway complying with the installation standards of Appendices 1, 21-2, and 21-3: Provided, That this shall not apply in case aerodrome is deemed not to i
mpede the safe operation of the aircraft considering the topographical conditions, etc., by the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs.
2. A land heliport shall be equipped with runway, of runway strip, and taxiway (limited to cases wherein a taxiway is provided) complying with the specifications of Appendix 1-2: Provided, That this shall not apply in case aerodro
me is deemed not to impede the safe operation of the aircraft considering the topographical conditions, etc., by the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs.
3. The runway, taxiway, and apron (referring to the open space of the hangar; the same shall apply hereinafter) installed in the land aerodrome and land heliport shall have sufficient strength to withstand the operation of the air
craft.
4. The runway and taxiway of the land Aerodrome or land heliport shall be able to maintain their distance from each other as well as the angle and shape at the contact point as prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil
Aviation Safety Authority for the safety of navigation of the aircraft.
5. In the land aerodrome and land heliport, shoulders shall be installed on both sides of the runway and taxiway and on the rim of the apron whose width, strength, and surface are prescribed and published by the Head of the C
ivil Aviation Safety Authority.
6. In the land heliport and water heliport, there shall be a place where a helicopter flying in the departure path, approach path, or traffic pattern with a failed powerplant can land without posing a risk to persons and objects on th
e land or on the water.
7. The elevated heliport installed on top of a building or a structure shall be provided with the following facilities or equipment in addition to the standards referred to in subparagraphs 2~6 however, the facilities and equipment ot
her than the runway strip can be substituted by the facilities and equipment of the building or structure concerned as long as they do not impede the operation of the heliport.
(a) 혻Of runway strip complying with the following specifications:
(i) The length and width of the runway shall be at least 1.2 times the length and width of the aircraft's airframe, provided the length is at least 15 meters.
(ii) The width of the shoulder shall be 3 meters or more on both sides of the runway along its length.
(iii) The structure and materials of the runway strip shall be able to withstand the impact and wind at the time of the helicopter's take-off or landing and weight of the snowfall and shall not be flammable.
(iv) The surface of the runway strip shall be able to absorb impact and adapt to the change of weather easily.
(v) In case a separate structure is installed on the rooftop of a building or a structure to be used as the runway strip, safety stairs and safety net for fall prevention shall be installed (the net attached to the underside of the Runwa
y strip shall have a width of 1.5 meters or more and a height of not more than that of the runway strip surface).
(b) Facilities for the prevention of the aircraft's fall: Provided, That this shall not apply in case there is a safety net for fall prevention as referred to in item (a)-(v).
(c) Facilities for the prevention of fuel leakage
(d) Security facilities for controlling the access of the general public
(e) Firefighting and safety facilities and other facilities or equipment prescribed by the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs
8. A water aerodrome shall be equipped with a turning zone and a taxiing waterway in the runway strip in compliance with the specifications as prescribed in Appendix 1-3 by Runway strip class.
9. A water heliport shall be equipped with a runway strip and a taxiing waterway (limited to cases wherein a taxiing waterway is installed) in compliance with the specifications as prescribed in Appendix 1-4 by runway strip class.
10. The turning zone and taxiing waterway in the runway strip of a water aerodrome or a water heliport shall have sufficient depth during ebb tide; the state of this water level shall be appropriate for the safe navigation of the air
craft.
10-2. Helidecks shall be provided together with a obstacle-free sector and runway strip as prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
11. Aerodrome identification facilities prescribed by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall be installed.
12. The main base of a helicopter used for the Air Transportation Service for passengers (i.e., airport of aircraft registration; the same shall apply hereinafter) shall be equipped with facilities and equipment that comply with the i
nstallation standards as prescribed in Appendix 25 except when decided otherwise by the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs.
13. Aerodrome providing air traffic services shall be equipped with the following facilities:
(a) Radio Navigation & Surveillance facilities: Facilities that fit the conditions of aerodrome to secure aviation safety and to lower the cancellation rate
(b) aeronautical ground lighting aids: Facilities that comply with the separately prescribed and published standards by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
(c) The following communication facilities for air traffic control and flight information:
(i) Very High Frequency(VHF) Aeronautical Mobile communications facilities as required for communication with aircraft and vehicles within aerodrome; when necessary, however, such facilities shall include Ultra-High Frequen
cy (UHF) Aeronautical Mobile communications facilities
(ii) VHF 121.5 �� and UHF 243.0 �� Aeronautical Mobile communications facilities as necessary in communicating with the aircraft and vehicles within aerodrome during an emergency such as distress
(iii) Aeronautical fixed communications facilities such as aeronautical fixed telecommunications network (AFTN) or ATS Direct Speech Circuit and Network that can transmit and receive aeronautical information to and from relat
ed air traffic units and aviation weather-related units
(iv) Automatic Terminal Information System (ATIS) or Digital Automatic Terminal Information System (D-ATIS) (limited to aerodrome that are separately prescribed by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority)
(v) Communication facilities for aerodrome air traffic control including aeronautical mobile communications facilities that enable direct, rapid and static-free two-way communications 혻between the control tower and aircraft within
45 km from aerodrome as well as a separate communication channel for the control of aircraft operating within the maneuvering area
(vi) Communication facilities for the approach control service including aeronautical mobile communications facilities that enable direct, rapid and static-free two-way communications with the aircraft under its control and exclusiv
e communication channel in case the control unit is an independent one
(vii) Communication facilities for area control service including aeronautical mobile telecommunications facilities that enable direct, rapid and static-free two-way communications with aircraft flying within the flight information zon
e and air/ground voice communication channel that enables direct communication between a pilot and an air traffic controller
(viii) Communication facilities for flight information service including aeronautical mobile telecommunications facilities that enable direct, rapid and static-free two-way communications with aircraft flying in the flight information zo
ne
(ix) All channels to be provided with recording facilities in case the aeronautical mobile communications facilities (wireless telephone and datalink) referred to in sub-items (i)~(viii) are used for air traffic control service
(d) The following aviation weather facilities:
(i) Measurement and reporting facilities for wind (wind direction and wind speed), atmospheric pressure, humidity, temperature, rainfall, snowfall, visibility, cloud cover, ceiling, other weather and climate conditions, etc.
(ii) Aviation weather forecast facilities as required for the operation of aircraft using aerodrome concerned
(e) Control facilities for the ground movement of aircraft, etc. [Airport Surface Detection Equipment (ASDE), Surface Movement Guidance and Control System (SMGCS), and Bright Radar Indicator Tower Equipment (BRITE), etc.
, limited to the separately prescribed aerodrome by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority]
(f) Tower facilities (limited to cases wherein a control zone is specified)
(g) Approach control office facilities (limited to separately prescribed aerodromes or places by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority)
(h) Aircraft Situation Display System (ASDS) (limited to separately prescribed aerodromes or places by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority)
(i) Other facilities required for the implementation of air traffic services as separately prescribed by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
14. The installation shall comply with the stormproof design standards and earthquake-resistant design standards for airport facilities as prescribed and published by the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs pursuant
to the provisions of Articles 20 and 24 of the Countermeasures against Natural Disasters Act.
15. Other facilities deemed necessary for the installation of aerodrome and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall be provided.
Article 223 (Application for Permission to Install aeronautical lights)

Any person wishing to install aeronautical lights as per the provisions of Article 75 (2) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Application for Permission to Install Aeronautical lights (Form
46) (including application in electronic document) together with the following documents (including electronic documents; in this case, the public official in charge shall verify a Copy of Corporate Register (in case the applicant is a j
uridical person) through the joint use of administrative information pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the Act on the Promotion of the Digitalization of Administrative Affairs, etc., for the Creation of Electronic Government and have the doc
ument in question attached in case the applicant raises an objection to the verification. <Amended as of Nov. 29, 2004, Jul. 1, 2005, and Aug. 7, 2006>
2. Deleted. <Nov. 30, 1994>
3. Deleted. <Aug. 7, 2006>
4. Documents verifying the existence of ownership or right to use the aeronautical ground lighting aids site
5. Copy of the Written Permission to Install Aerodrome (limited to cases wherein the aeronautical ground lighting aids are to be installed within the Aerodrome)
Article 224 (Application for Permission to Install Navigation Aids <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 3, 2004>)
Any person wishing to install Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or Aeronautical communications facilities as per the provisions of Article 75 (2) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administrati
on or the Director General of Air Traffic Centre Application for Permission to Install Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or Aeronautical communications facilities (Form 46) (including application in electronic document) togethe
r with the following documents (including electronic documents; in this case, the public official in charge shall verify a Copy of Corporate Register (in case the applicant is a juridical person) through the joint use of administrative inf
ormation pursuant to Article 21 (1) of 혻the the e-Government law and have the document in question attached in case the applicant raises an objection to the verification. <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 3, 2004, Nov. 29, 200
4, Jul. 1, 2005, and Aug. 7, 2006; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.6, 2008>
2. Deleted. <Nov. 30, 1994>
3. Deleted. <Aug. 7, 2006>
4. Documents verifying the existence of ownership or right to use the site for Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or Aeronautical communications facilities
5. Copy of the Written Permission to Install aerodrome (limited to cases wherein the aeronautical ground lighting aids are to be installed within aerodrome
Article 225 (Installation of Navigation Aid and Technical Standards)

(1) The technical standards for the brightness and color of aeronautical ground lighting aids as per the provisions of subparagraph 1 (c), Article 17 (2) of the Decree are prescribed in Appendix 25-2.
(2) The installation and technical standards for Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities as per the provisions of subparagraph 2 (g), Article 17 (2) of the Decree are prescribed in Appendix 28. <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004>
(3) The installation and technical standards for Aeronautical communications facilities as per the provisions of subparagraph 4 (d), Article 17 (2) of the Decree are prescribed in Appendix 28-2. <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004>
(4) Detailed matters other than those set forth in this Ordinance concerning the installation and technical standards for Navigation aid shall be prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
[Wholly Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002
Article 226 (Publication of Aerodrome)

For the purpose of Article 76 (1) of the Act, the term "Other matters prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to the following: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>
1. Purpose of installation
2. Name and address of the person planning the installation
3. Overview of the Aerodrome or Navigation aid
4. Elevation and reference point of the Aerodrome
5. Location of the estimated Aerodrome site or estimated water level and name and address of the owner
6. Kind of Aerodrome and class of runway strip
7. Strength of the runway (limited to land Aerodrome and land heliport) or depth of the runway strip (limited to water Aerodrome and water heliport)
8. Visual flight or instrument flight take-off/landing procedures
Article 227 (Application for the Completion Inspection of Aerodrome Construction)

(1) Any person intending to undergo the inspection of completion of aerodrome construction as per the provisions of Article 77 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Application for th
e Completion Inspection of Aerodrome Facilities (Form 47) together with the completion inspection record of the installer, completion design documents (limited to cases wherein alterations are made in the submitted design docu
ments when applying for permission to install aerodrome facilities), and completion photos. <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994>
(2) Any person passing the completion inspection as per the provisions of paragraph (1) shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Report of Commencement of Use of Aerodrome (Form 48).
Article 228 (Publication of Commencement of Aerodrome Use)

(1) The administrator of the relevant Regional Aviation Administration shall publish the following matters on the Aerodrome that passed the completion inspection as per the provisions of Article 77 (2) of the Act: <Amended as of D
ec. 17, 1999>
1. Name, location, and kind of Aerodrome
2. Name and address of installer of aerodrome
3. Date of permission for the installation of aerodrome
4. Estimated date of commencement of aerodrome use
5. Visual flight or instrument flight take-off/landing procedures
6. Matters of special consideration related to the use of aerodrome
(2) The administrator of the relevant Regional Aviation Administration shall publish any and all modifications made in the matters published as per the provisions of paragraph (1).
Article 229 (Application for Completion Inspection of aeronautical ground lights Construction Work)
(1) Any person intending to undergo the inspection of completion of aeronautical lights construction work as per the provisions of Article 77 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration App
lication for Completion Inspection of aeronautical lights Construction Work (Form 47) together with the completion inspection record of the installer, completion design documents (limited to cases wherein alterations are made in th
e submitted design documents when applying for permission to install aeronautical lights), and completion photos. <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994>
(2) Any person passing the completion inspection as per the provisions of paragraph (1) shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Report of Commencement of Use of aeronautical lights (Form 48)
Article 230 (Publication of Commencement of the Use of aeronautical lights)

(1) The Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall publish the following matters on aeronautical lights that passed the completion inspection as per the provisions of Article 77 (2) of the Act:
1. Name, type, location, and estimated starting date of use of the aeronautical lights
2. Name and address of the aeronautical lights installer
3. Important matters regarding the performance of the aeronautical lights, e.g., specifications of lights, intensity, layout, etc.
4. Operation hours
5. Matters for special consideration in relation to the use of aeronautical lights
(2) Any and all modifications of matters published as per the provisions of paragraph (1) shall be published by the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration.
Article 231 (Application for Construction Inspection of navigation aids)

(1) Any person intending to undergo Construction Inspection of navigation aids as per the provisions of Article 77 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration or the Director General of Air
Traffic Centre Application for Construction Inspection of navigation aids or Construction Work for Aeronautical communications (Form 47) together with the record of Construction Inspection of the installer, completion design docu
ments (limited to cases wherein revisions are made in the submitted design documents when applying for permission to install Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities), and completion ph
otos. <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Dec. 17, 1999, and Jul. 3, 2004; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.6, 2008>
(2) Any person passing Construction Inspection as per the provisions of paragraph (1) shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration or the Director General of Air Traffic Centre Report of Commencemen
t of Use of Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities (Form 48). <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 3, 2004; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.6, 2008>
Article 232 (Publication of Commencement of the Use of Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities) <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 3, 2004>)
(1) The Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration or the Director General of Air Traffic Centre shall publish the following matters related to Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications faciliti
es passing Construction Inspection as per the provisions of Article 77 (2) of the Act: <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 3, 2004>
1. Name, kind, location, and estimated starting date of use of Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities
2. Name and address of the installer of Radio navigation & Surveillance or aeronautical communications facilities
3. Transmission frequency
4. Antenna power
5. Direction of course
6. Identification mark
7. Rated range
8. Operation hours
9. Matters for special consideration in relation to the use of Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities
(2) Any and all modifications of matters published as per the provisions of paragraph (1) shall be published by the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration.
Article 233 (Alteration of Aerodrome Facilities)

The alteration of Aerodrome facilities whose notification is necessary as per the provisions of Article 78 (1) of the Act shall be subject to the following classification: <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>
1. Land Aerodrome or land heliport (including elevated heliport)
(a) Location change of reference points
(b) New installation of runway, runway strip, taxiway, or apron
(c) Change of length, width, strength, maximum longitudinal gradient, or maximum cross gradient of runway or runway strip
(d) Change of width, strength, maximum longitudinal gradient, or maximum cross gradient of taxiway
(e) Expansion of apron or change of strength
2. Water aerodrome or water heliport
(a) Location change of reference points
(b) New installation of runway strip, water taxiway, or turning zone
(c) Change of length, width, or depth of runway strip
(d) Change of width and depth of water taxiway or diameter or depth of water turning zone
Article 234 (Notification of Alteration and Publication of Aerodrome Facilities <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>)
(1) Any person intending to alter Aerodrome facilities as per the provisions of Article 78 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Notice of Alteration of Aerodrome Facilities (Form 49) to
gether with the following documents (the same shall apply when trying to change the following): <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>
1. Documents describing the details of facilities alteration
2. Drawings related to the facilities to be altered
3. Drawings showing the approach surface, inner horizontal surface, conical surface, or transition surface of the Aerodrome zone following the alteration
(2) Upon receiving the notice of alteration as per the provisions of paragraph (1), the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall publish the following matters and post the corresponding signage in an easily noticea
ble location within the vicinity of the area to be altered: <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>
1. Name and address of the applicant
2. Name and location of aerodrome
3. Matters to be altered
4. Approach surface, inner horizontal surface, conical surface, or transition surface of aerodrome zone following the alteration
(3) Any and all modifications of matters published or posted as per the provisions of paragraph (2) shall be published or posted by the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration.
(4) Deleted. <Dec. 17, 1999>
Article 235 (Alteration of aeronautical lights)

Matters whose alteration should be notified among aeronautical lights as per the provisions of Article 78 (1) of the Act are as follows: <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>
1. Revision of the specification or intensity of lighting
2. In the case of aerodrome lighting, alteration of layout or combination of lighting
3. Change of operation hours
Article 236 (Notice of Alteration of aeronautical lights <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>)
(1) Any person intending to alter aeronautical lights as per the provisions of Article 78 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Notice of Alteration of aeronautical lights (Form 49) togeth
er with the following documents: <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Dec. 17, 1999>
(2) The provisions of Article 229 (1) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the case of completion inspection applied by the installer of aeronautical lights as an applicant for alteration permission in accordance with the provisions of parag
raph (1).
Article 237 (Alteration of Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities) <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 3, 2004>)
Matters whose alteration should be notified among Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities as per the provisions of Article 78 (1) of the Act are as follows: <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999,
Jul. 3, 2004>
1. Change of rated range
2. Alteration of course
3. Change of operation hours
4. Change of antenna method
5. Alteration of structure of transceiver and circuits (limited to the alteration of frequency, antenna power, and identification marks and other cases wherein the electric characteristics of Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities o
r aeronautical communications facilities are affected)
6. Alteration of transceiver and power supply equipment
Article 238 (Notice of Alteration of Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities) <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 3, 2004>)
(1) Any person intending to alter Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities as per the provisions of Article 78 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administ
ration or the Director General of Air Traffic Centre Application for Permission to Alter Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities and aeronautical communications facilities (Form 49) together with the following documents: <Amende
d as of Nov. 30, 1994, Dec. 17, 1999, and Jul. 3, 2004; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008 >
(2) Deleted. <Dec. 17, 1999>
Article 239 (Notification of Suspension or Closure of Aerodrome and Navigation Aids)

Any person intending to suspend or discontinue the use of Aerodrome or navigation aids, or resume the use of the suspended or discontinued A or Navigation aid as per the provisions of Article 79 (1) of the Act shall submit to the
Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration or the Director General of Air Traffic Centre(limited to Navigation Aids only) 혻Notice of Suspension, Discontinuation, or Resumption of the Use of Aerodrome or Navigation aid (
Form 50). < Amended by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
Article 241 (Publication of Suspension of aerodrome)

In case aerodrome suspends, discontinues, or resumes the use of aerodrome as per the provisions of Article 239, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall publish the following matters: <Amended as of Dec.
17, 1999>
1. Name and address of the installer
2. Name and location of aerodrome
3. In the case of suspension, the starting date of suspension and its duration
4. In the case of discontinuation or resumption, the estimated date of discontinuation or resumption
Article 242 (Publication of Suspension, etc., of Navigation Aids as of Dec. 17, 1999>)
In case the installer of Navigation Aids suspends, discontinues, or resumes their use as per the provisions of Article 239, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration or the Director General of Air Traffic Centre shall p
ublish the following matters: <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
1. Name and address of the installer
2. Kind and name of Navigation Aids
3. Location of Navigation Aids
4. In the case of suspension, the starting date of suspension and its duration
5. In the case of discontinuation or resumption, the estimated date of discontinuation or resumption
Article 243 (Management Standards for Aerodrome Facilities)

(1) The following are the management standards for Aerodrome Facilities as per the provisions of Article 80 (1): <Amended as of Jan. 19, 1999, Dec. 17, 1999, Sept. 18, 2000, Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004, and Jul. 1, 2005>
1. Aerodrome shall be maintained in compliance with the installation standards of Article 222.
2. Inspections and cleaning shall be performed to maintain the functions of aerodrome Facilities
3. In case repair or other construction works are performed, appropriate measures shall be taken such as installing the necessary markings to avoid impeding the operation of the aircraft.
4. Prohibited acts as per the provisions of Articles 61 (1) and (3) and Article 85 of the Act and PR notification of search as per the provisions of Article 61 (5) of the Act shall be posted in a location that is easily noticeable to the g
eneral public.
5. Markings shall be installed to show clearly the boundaries of the prohibited area as per the provisions of Article 85 (3) of the Act and ensure that people and vehicles do not enter the area arbitrarily.
6. In preparation for fire in the aircraft or other accidents, firefighting and search and rescue equipment shall be installed in the Aerodrome, and necessary measures, taken immediately in case of an accident. In Aerodromes us
ed for scheduled air carrier operation, however, an emergency plan for aerodrome shall be established as prescribed by Annex 14 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation to prepare for emergency situations as shown in t
he following items, and the necessary organization, personnel, facilities, and equipment shall be provided to enable the necessary measures to be taken immediately in case of an accident:
(a) Aircraft accident in the Aerodrome and within its vicinity
(b) Accidents involving aircraft in flight and on the ground
(c) Bomb and hijacking threats
(d) Natural disaster in aerodrome
(e) Accident requiring emergency treatment
7. In case the takeoff or landing of the aircraft is deemed impeded due to natural calamity or other causes, the necessary measures to prevent dangers shall be taken such as suspending the use of aerodrome immediately.
8. Facilities shall be installed to enable contact with the authorities concerned and other organizations with whom an agreement was signed to lend support when necessary.
9. A business log of aerodrome containing the following information shall be furnished and kept for one year:
(a) State of aerodrome facilities
(b) Description of construction work performed (limited to cases wherein construction work was performed)
(c) In case of an accident, the timing, reasons, circumstances, and measures taken
(d) Information on contacts with the authorities concerned
(e) Data related to the use of the Aerodrome by aircraft
(f) Other matters necessary for the management of aerodrome
10. In case aircraft are operated in aerodrome used for scheduled air carrier operation or within the vicinity of the Aerodrome, a plan for preventing collision with birds (including avoiding constructing facilities or environment that
attracts birds, e.g., waste processing plant) as prescribed in Annex 14 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation, shall be established, and the necessary organization, personnel, facilities, and equipment shall be provided fo
r such purpose. In this case, separate standards related to the prevention of collision with birds as prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall be observed.
11. Any Aerodrome or facilities providing air traffic services shall be furnished with copies of the following procedures:
(a) Management and operation procedure for facilities as per the provisions of subparagraph 13, Article 222
(b) Flight procedure of aircraft within Aerodrome's airspace
(c) Takeoff and landing procedure based on instrument flight rules (IFR) of aircraft complying with the Navigation aid
(d) Procedures for air traffic control, ground movement control, airspace control, control of noise reduction during flight, and economical operation for aircraft, vehicles, and people within Aerodrome's airspace
(e) Procedure for collecting and processing related aviation safety information of Aerodrome's airspace for provision to related aircraft, vehicles, facilities, and other aeronautical information and communications facilities
(f) Procedure for securing the appropriate number of air traffic service personnel considering the volume of air traffic service, education and training, and limitations
(g) Management procedure for facilities as prescribed and published separately by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority as deemed necessary for the operation of other air traffic businesses
(2) Aerodrome installer shall establish management regulations that include the following matters as per the provisions of Article 80 (1) of the Act for management purposes: <Amended as of Sept. 18, 1998, Dec. 17, 1999, and Se
pt. 30, 2002>
1. Operation hours of Aerodrome
2. Regulated usage of runway or taxiway by Aerodrome if applicable
3. When wishing to specify the locations for aircraft platform, loading place of cargoes, supply depot of fuel and materials, place of aircraft maintenance or inspection, and aircraft stop and place and method if applicable
4. Matters concerning the receipt and refund of service charges as approved in accordance with the provisions of Article 86 (3) of the Act
5. When wishing to restrict access to Aerodrome, the methods of restriction
6. When wishing to restrict actions within Aerodrome, the actions to be restricted
7. Matters concerning compliance with the takeoff and landing procedures for visual flight or instrument flight and those prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority for the safe takeoff and landing
of aircraft, e.g., installation of communication equipment and provision of meteorological information
8. Other important matters concerning aerodrome management
Article 244 (Management Standards for aeronautical lights)

The following are the management standards as per the provisions of Article 80 (1) of the Act: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 18, 1998, Sept. 30, 2002, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Aeronautical lights shall be maintained in compliance with the installation and technical standards as per the provisions of Article 225.
2. Repairs and cleaning shall be performed to maintain the functions of aeronautical lights.
3. In case the functions of the aeronautical lights are deemed impeded by buildings, plants, or other objects, the necessary measures shall be taken immediately including the removal, etc., of such objects.
4. Deleted. <Jan. 19, 1999>
5. In case the operation of aeronautical light is impeded due to a natural calamity or other accident, take the necessary measures immediately for the safe operation of the aircraft, e.g., making an effort toward its restoration and
continuous operation.
6. The manager of the aeronautical lights shall furnish a business log on aeronautical lights containing the following information and keep it for one year or longer:
(a) Date and time of inspection and result
(b) In case of suspension of operation or other accident related to the lighting, the date and time, reason, and measures taken for the accident
(c) Matters related to notifying the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration and date and time of such
(d) Deleted. <Sept. 18, 1998>
7. The aeronautical beacon and Aerodrome beacon shall maintain the lighting during the set hours of operation.
8. During nighttime (refers to the time when the sun is at a lower position than 6째below the horizon), and when the aircraft takes off or lands under instrument meteorological conditions or when deemed necessary to facilitate t
he operation of an aircraft passing the upper air, the Aerodrome lighting (excluding Aerodrome beacon) shall be lighted according to the following methods:
(a) When an aircraft is landing, prepare to light one hour before the estimated time of arrival and light at least 10 minutes before the estimated landing time.
(b) When an aircraft is taking off, maintain the lighting for at least 5 minutes after takeoff.
9. Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 245 (Management Standards for Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 3, 2004>)
The following are the management standards for Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities as per the provisions of Article 80 (1) of the Act: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999, Ju
l. 3, 2004, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Maintain the Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities in compliance with the installation and technical standards as per the provisions of Article 225.
2. During the set hours of operation, maintain the functions of the facilities accurately.
3. Repairs and cleaning shall be performed to maintain the functions of Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities.
4. In case the functions of Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities are deemed impeded by buildings, plants, or other objects, the necessary measures shall be taken immediately inclu
ding the removal, etc., of such objects.
5. In case the operation of Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities was suspended, the rated range and course were altered, the transmission of identification marks deteriorated, or th
e functions of Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities were impeded for unavoidable reasons, or if the operation of Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communicatio
ns facilities was resumed or their functions were restored, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration or Director of the Air Traffic Center shall be notified accordingly.
6. In case the operation of Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities was impeded due to a natural calamity or other accident, take the necessary measures immediately for the safe oper
ation of the aircraft, e.g., making an effort toward its restoration and continuous operation.
7. In case repair or other construction work is performed on Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities, take the necessary measures to avoid impeding the operation of the aircraft.
8. The manager of Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities shall furnish a business log on Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities containing
the following information and keep it for one year or longer:
(a). Date and time of surveillance using surveillance equipment, etc., and its result (the frequency of recordings shall be more than once a day)
(b) In case the operation of the facilities was suspended or other accident occurred, the date and time, reason, and measures taken for the accident
(c) Matters related to notifying the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration and date and time of such
(d) Deleted. <Sept. 18, 1998>
9. Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 245-2 (Application for Conformance Certificate of navigation aids)

Any manufacturer of or aeronautical communications facilities intending to obtain a performance compatibility certificate as per the provisions of Article 80-2 of the Act shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority A
pplication for Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities or aeronautical communications facilities (Form 51) together with the following documents:
1. Design document
2. Design drawings list and drawings
3. Parts list
4. Documents describing the methods and procedures for securing the performance of the manufactured facilities
5. Ground/Flight performance testing method and performance test result
6. Copy of reference documents
Article 245-3 (Inspection for Conformance Certificate)

(1) When conducting an inspection for Conformance Certificate as per the provisions of Article 80 (2) of the Act, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall check whether the manufactured Radio navigation & Surveillance
facilities or aeronautical communications facilities meet the technical standards for aviation safety facilities as he/she prescribed and published.
(2) The Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority may designate the Authorized Inspection Agency among non-profit corporations engaging in aviation-related business and commission it to provide the inspection service as per t
he provisions of paragraph (1).
(3) Detailed matters concerning the procedure for designating the inspection institution, business scope, technology personnel, and facilities and equipment of the inspection institution and guidance and supervision of the inspectio
n institution as per the provisions of paragraph (2) shall be prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
Article 245-4 (Issuance of Conformance Certificate)

When the facilities are deemed to have been manufactured in compliance with the technical standards for Navigation aid as per the provisions of Article 80 (2) of the Act as a result of the inspection for Conformance Certificate, the
Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall issue Conformance Certificate (Form 51-2).
Article 245-5 (Kinds of Aeronautical Telecommunications Service)

(1) The following are the kinds of aeronautical telecommunications service and content implemented by the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs as per Article 80 (2) of the Act:
1. Aeronautical fixed communications service: Service of providing or exchanging aeronautical information between specified points using the Aeronautical Fixed Telecommunications Network (AFTN) or Aeronautical Message
Handling System (AMHS)
2. Aeronautical mobile communications service: Service of providing or exchanging aeronautical information between the Aeronautical Station and Aeronautical Earth Station (AES) using shortwave mobile telecommunications f
acilities (HF radio)
3. Aeronautical radio navigation service: Service of providing information on air navigation using Radio navigation & Surveillance
4. Aeronautical broadcasting service: Service of providing information on air navigation using Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency communications facilities (VHF/UHF radio), etc.
(2) Necessary matters in the detailed content and operation procedures of the aeronautical telecommunications service as per the provisions of paragraph (1) shall be prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Saf
ety Authority.
Article 246 (Special Examples of Object Limitation)

(1) The following obstacles may be installed or retained as per the stipulations of Article 82 (1) of the Act and with approval from the aerodrome installer: <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004, Mar. 11, 2005, Jul. 1, 2005, and Aug. 18, 2006
>
1. Temporary buildings and lightning protection facilities as per the provisions of the Building Act
1-2. Antenna less than 7 meters high installed on the rooftop of a building (including similar structures)
2. Airport facilities required for the operation of aerodrome as per the provisions of subparagraph 6, Article 2 of the Act
3. Mountain or hill that is difficult to remove artificially due to the topographical characteristics
4. One of the following objects (detailed application standards are prescribed in Appendix 28-3):
(a) In case a building or a structure is installed in front of or beside the airport, a structure or a building that is lower than the boundary plane extended to the height of the inner horizontal surface or conical surface of the inclined pl
ane whose look-down gradient is one-tenth toward the center line of the nearest runway from the top of a natural obstacle or an existing building or structure (i.e., a building under construction or whose construction has already be
en completed when the installation of the Aerodrome was announced)
(b) In case a building or a structure is installed facing the opposite direction of the airport (hereinafter referred to as rear), a structure or a building whose height is lower than the top of a natural obstacle or an existing building or st
ructure (i.e., a building under construction or whose construction has already been completed when the installation of the Aerodrome was announced) facing the rear of the center line of the nearest runway
5. Laser beam that does not impede the safe operation of the aircraft
6. Object deemed not to impede the flight safety of the aircraft because of the topography or its relation with existing objects as a result of the aeronautical study of the safety of visual flight and instrument flight procedures (the d
etailed application standards are prescribed in Appendix 28-9)
(2) When intending to approve the installation or retention of an obstacle as per paragraph (1), aerodrome installer shall verify whether such obstacle does not impede the flight safety of the aircraft in accordance with the standard
s below. In this case, approval shall not be given for the retention of all objects deemed capable of affecting the flight safety of any aircraft operating within the movement area and that flying in the upper air of the inner horizontal s
urface and conical surface based on the result of an aeronautical study. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. In the case of an aerodrome whose runway is used for non-instrument approach
(a) Take care not to install a new object that encroaches on the approach surface or transition surface or allow an existing object to expand.
(b) Take care not to install a new object that encroaches on the inner horizontal surface or conical surface or allow an existing object to expand. In case the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration acknowledges that
the encroaching obstacle is shielded by a fixed object that is difficult to remove, or the obstacle is not expected to compromise the safe operation of the aircraft based on the result of an aeronautical study, however, this provision d
oes not apply.
(c) Any existing object encroaching on the conical surface, inner horizontal surface, approach surface, and transition surface shall be removed. In case the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration acknowledges that
the encroaching obstacle is shielded by a fixed object that is difficult to remove, or the obstacle is not expected to compromise the safe operation of the aircraft based on the result of an aeronautical study, however, this provision d
oes not apply.
2. In the case of an aerodrome whose runway is used for non-precision approach
(a) Take care not to install a new object that encroaches on the approach surface or transition surface within 3,000 meters of the innerbase of the approach surface or allow an existing object to expand.
(b) Take care not to install a new object that encroaches on the approach surface, conical surface, or inner horizontal surface beyond 3,000 meters from the inner base of the approach surface or allow an existing object to expan
d. In case the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration acknowledges that the obstacle encroaching on the conical surface or inner horizontal surface is shielded by an existing fixed object that cannot be removed, or t
he obstacle is not expected to compromise the safe operation of the aircraft based on the result of an aeronautical study, however, this provision does not apply.
(c) An existing object that encroaches on the conical surface, inner horizontal surface, approach surface, and transition surface shall be removed. In case the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration acknowledges th
at the encroaching obstacle is shielded by a fixed object that is difficult to remove, or the obstacle is not expected to compromise the safe operation of the aircraft based on the result of an aeronautical study, however, this provision
does not apply.
3. In the case of an aerodrome whose runway is used for precision approach
(a) Make sure no fixed object (i.e., a structure that should be placed in the Runway strip for functional reasons excluding a fragile structure) encroaches on the inner approach surface, inner transition surface, and balked landing s
urface.
(b) When using a runway for an aircraft that is about to land, take care not to allow a movable object to encroach on the inner approach surface, inner transition surface, and balked landing surface.
(c) Take care not to install a new object that encroaches on the approach surface or transition surface or allow an existing object to expand.
(d) Take care not to install a new object that encroaches on the inner horizontal surface or conical surface or allow an existing object to expand. In case the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration acknowledges that
the encroaching obstacle is shielded by a fixed object that cannot be removed, or the obstacle is not expected to compromise the safe operation of the aircraft based on the result of an aeronautical study, however, this provision d
oes not apply.
(e) An existing object that encroaches on the conical surface, inner horizontal surface, approach surface, and transition surface shall be removed. In case the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration acknowledges t
hat the encroaching obstacle is shielded by a fixed object that cannot be removed, or the obstacle is not expected to compromise the safe operation of the aircraft based on the result of an aeronautical study, however, this provisio
n does not apply.
(3) Detail matters related to the location of a laser beam firing device and firing direction as per the provisions of subparagraph 5, paragraph (1) shall be prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <
Newly Inserted as of Jul. 3, 2004>
(4) The aerodrome installer shall manage obstacles in compliance with the following standards pursuant to Article 82 (7) of the Act: <Newly Inserted as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. The Aerodrome installer shall manage obstacles within the zone where the obstacle limitation surface of the airport under his/her jurisdiction is vertically projected into the land surface or water surface (hereinafter referred to
as obstacle limitation zone) and report the status of the managed obstacles to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration once a year.
2. For obstacles affecting flight safety within the obstacle limitation zone, precision measurement shall be performed every five years. In this case, the result shall be reported to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Adminis
tration.
Article 246-2 (Management of Obstacles, etc.)

(1) In accordance with paragraph 1 of Article 82 of the Act, head of a competent government agency shall consult with the aerodrome installer when giving permission for an installation/modification of a building or a structure that i
s located in an area where installation of buildings or structures taller than obstacle restricted height of a publicly used aerodrome is restricted and falls under one of the following cases.
1. A building or a structure that exceeds the obstacle restricted height
2. A building or a structure that exceeds the approved height by at least one meter the obstacle restricted height
(2) The head of a competent government agency that undertakes consultations pursuant to paragraph 1 shall fill out Form 51-3, attach the business plan and design drawing, and forward them to the aerodrome installer.
(3) When an aerodrome installer has received a request for cooperation in paragraph 2, he/she shall determine whether the obstacle restricted height is exceeded and shall take one of the following actions.
1. In cases of buildings or structures that are deemed not to exceed the obstacle restricted height, the authority shall be notified that the installation/modification may be permitted.
2. In cases of buildings or structures that are deemed to exceed the obstacle restricted height and are also clearly deemed not to be exceptions to under conditions in paragraph 1 of Article 82 of the Act, the authority shall be no
tified not to give permission for the installation/modification.
3. In cases of buildings or structures that are deemed to exceed the obstacle restricted height but are recognized as exceptions falling under paragraph 1 of Article 82 of the Act, consult with the administrator of a regional aviati
on administration in accordance with paragraph 2 of Article 246 to determine whether the building or structure affects safe operations of aircraft.
4. If it is confirmed through consultation under paragraph 3 that the building or structure in question is screened by an already existing fixed object or that the result of an aeronautical study finds that the building or structure in q
uestion would have no effect on the safe operations of aircraft, then the head of a competent government agency shall be notified that the installation/modification may be permitted.혻 In such a case, the aeronautical study shall co
nform with the guidance on aeronautical study and risk assessment prescribed and notified by the Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
(4) When a head of a competent government agency has given permission for an installation/modification pursuant to notification in subparagraph 4 of paragraph 3, he/she shall write out the status of installation/modification of the
building or structure in question by filling out Form 51-4 and forward it to the aerodrome installer in each of the following cases.
A. Within five (5) days of the start of installation/modification
B. Within seven (7) days of the installation/modification maximum height
C. Within five (5) days of the completion of installation/modification being approved for use.
Article 247 (Structures Subject to Installation of a Marking and/or Lighting of Obstacles)

(1) Structures requiring the installation of a Marking and/or Lighting of Obstacles for day-use as per the provisions of Articles 83 (1) and (4) of the Act are prescribed in Appendix 28-4.
(2) The following structures do not require the installation of Obstacle lights as per the proviso of Article 83 (4) of the Act: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. A structure located within a radius of 600 meters from a structure equipped with Obstacle lights whose height is lower than the inclined plane whose look-down gradient is one tenth for the horizontal plane from the top of the
structure where the aviation obstacle light is installed (hereinafter referred to as obstacle shield surface)
2. A structure located within a radius of 45 meters from the structure equipped with Obstacle lights whose height is either equal to or less than that of the structure where Obstacle lights is installed
3. A structure installed in an area other than the obstacle limitation zone and whose height is less than 150 meters, except the following structures, provided they do not fall under subparagraphs 1 and 2:
(a) Chimney, steel tower, pillar, and other structures whose width is smaller than their height
(b) Structures consisting only of frames
(c) Towers supporting overhead lines
(d) Mooring structures (limited to cases wherein visibility is less than 5,000 meters during daytime and for mooring during nighttime)
(3) The following structures may not require obstacle markings for day-use as per the proviso of Article 83 (4) of the Act: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. A structure installed within a radius of 600 meters from the structure equipped with obstacle markings for day-use whose height is less than the obstacle shield surface
2. A structure installed within a radius of 45 meters from the structure equipped with obstacle markings for day-use whose height is equal to or less than that of the structure where obstacle markings are installed
3. A structure installed in areas other than the obstacle limitation zone and whose height is less than 150 meters, except the following structures, provided they do not fall under subparagraphs 1 and 2:
(a) Chimney, steel tower, pillar, and other structures of similar forms and attached lines
(b) Structures consisting only of frames
(c) Overhead lines and supporting towers
(d) Mooring structures and attached lines
4. Structures operated during daytime and with high-intensity aviation obstacle lights
Article 248 (Kinds and Performance of Aviation Obstacle lights)

The kinds and performance of Aviation Obstacle lights as per the provisions of Article 83 of the Act are prescribed in Appendix 28-5. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 249 (Installation Standards and Installation Location of Aviation Obstacle lights)
(1) The installation location of Aviation Obstacle lights as per the provisions of Article 83 of the Act is prescribed in Appendix 28-6.
(2) The installation standards for Aviation Obstacle lights as per the provisions of Article 83 of the Act are prescribed in Appendix 28-7.
Article 250 (Installation Standards for Aviation Obstacle Markings for day use)
The installation standards for Aviation Obstacle Markings for day use as per the provisions of Article 83 of the Act are prescribed in Appendix 28-8.
Article 250-2 Deleted. <Jul. 3, 2004>
Article 251 (Installation Report of a Marking and/or Lighting of Obstacles)

Any person installing a Marking and/or Lighting of Obstacles as per the provisions of Article 83 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration or Mayor or Governor the Report of Aviation Ob
stacle Light or Obstacle Markings for day-use (Form 51-5) together with documents containing the following:
1. Drawings specifying the kind and quantity of a Marking and/or Lighting of Obstacles and installation location
2. Installation drawings of Aviation Obstacle Markings for day use
3. Installation photos of a Marking and/or Lighting of Obstacles (showing the overall location)
Article 252 (Management of aviation obstacle lights)

Any person installing aviation obstacle lights shall manage them as follows pursuant to the provisions of Article 83 (5) of the Act:
1. The repair and cleaning of aviation obstacle lights shall be performed to keep them in perfect condition at all times.
2. In case the functions of aviation obstacle lights are impaired due to a building, a plant, or an object, the necessary measures shall be taken immediately, e.g., removing the object in question.
3. In case the operation of aviation obstacle lights is suspended, their functions are impaired for unavoidable reasons, or the operation of aviation obstacle lights is resumed or their functions are restored, the Administrator of the
Regional Aviation Administration or Mayor or Governor shall immediately be notified accordingly.
4. In case the aviation obstacle lights fail due to a natural calamity or for other reasons, the aviation obstacle lights shall be restored immediately.
5. Extra bulbs and fuses shall be furnished as spares for aviation obstacle lights.
6. When visibility is less than 5,000 meters during daytime and during nighttime, the aviation obstacle lights shall be lighted at all times. Note, however, that the intensity aviation obstacle lights shall be lighted only during daytim
e.
7. A video monitor or an audio monitor shall be installed to monitor the operation of the aviation obstacle lights.
[Wholly amended as of Jul. 3, 2004]
Article 253 (Management of aviation obstacle markings for day-use)

Any person installing aviation obstacle markings for day-use shall manage them as follows pursuant to the provisions of Article 83 (5) of the Act:
1. Aviation obstacle markings for day-use shall be maintained according to the standards pursuant to the provisions of Article 250.
2. In case the functions of aviation obstacle markings for day-use (excluding daytime obstacle markers) are impaired (limited to cases wherein the recovery of such functions takes more than seven days), or the functions are re
stored, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration or Mayor or Governor shall immediately be notified accordingly.
Article 257 (Forbidden Behavior)

(1) Important facilities of an aerodrome as per the provisions of Article 85 (1) of the Act include the Runway strip, apron, hangar, Aerodrome identification facilities, and fueling facilities.
(2) In areas where the maintenance of functions and operation of the navigation aids facilities as published, installed, and operated in accordance with the provisions of Article 76 (1) of the Act are deemed to be hindered, no struct
ure or obstacle shall be installed. In case the matter was previously discussed with the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration, however, this stipulation does not apply. <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>
(3) Acts feared to compromise aviation safety as per the provisions of Article 85 (2) of the Act are as follows: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Jul. 3, 2004, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Acts generating residues such as metal pieces, textile, and other objects on the Runway strip, taxiway, or apron
2. Smoking in the Runway strip, taxiway, apron, hangar, and places where smoking is prohibited by the marking posted by the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs or aerodrome installer as per Form 52
3. Operation of aircraft or vehicles deemed to serve as obstacles to an aircraft in operation
4. Emission of laser beams
(4) To protect the safety of aircraft from the emission of laser beams as per subparagraph 4, paragraph (3), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall establish the following airspaces in the vicinity of aerodrome <Newly I
nserted as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Laser-beam Free Flight Zone (LFFZ)
2. Laser-beam Critical Flight Zone (LCFZ)
3. Laser-beam Sensitive Flight Zone (LSFZ)
(5) The standards for establishing the protected airspace as per paragraph (4) and permissible output limit of laser beams are prescribed in Appendix 28-10. <Newly Inserted as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(6) Any person intending to emit laser beams to the protected airspace as per paragraph (4) shall obtain approval from the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Newly Inserted as of Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 258 (Service charge)

(1) Any person intending to set or change the rental fee for aerodrome or navigation aids facilities used for public purposes as per the provisions of Article 86 (2) of the Act shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritim
e Affairs Report of Aerodrome/Navigation Aids Facilities Rent or Report of Change (Form 53). <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Sept. 30, 2002>
(2) The following documents shall be attached to the Application as per paragraph (1):
1. Statement of Estimated Business Revenue and Expenditure
2. Reason for change and Statement of Business Revenue and Expenditure before the change (limited to cases wherein the rental fee is adjusted)
Article 259 (Notification of Succession of Status of Aerodrome Installer) <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>
(1) Any person intending to succeed the status of an Aerodrome installer or an installer of navigation aids facilities as per the provisions of Article 87 of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administratio
n Notification of Succession of Status of Installer of Aerodrome/Navigation Aids Facilities (Form 54) (including notification in electronic document). <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Nov. 29, 2004>
(2) The following documents (including electronic documents) shall be attached to the notification as per paragraph (1) (in this case, the public official in charge shall verify the Copies of Family Register (limited to cases wherein th
e notifier is an individual) and Copies of Corporate Register (limited to cases wherein the notifier is a juridical person) through the joint use of administrative information pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the Act on the Promotion of the Di
gitalization of Administrative Affairs, etc., for the Creation of Electronic Government and have the documents attached in case the notifier does not agree with the verification): <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Sept. 18, 2000, Nov. 2
9, 2004, Jul. 1, 2005, and Aug. 7, 2006>
1. Documents verifying the succession
2. List of assets (for individuals)
3. Deleted. <Aug. 7, 2006>
4. If the notifier is an organization with no corporate status, e.g., in-house association, etc., a copy of the Agreement of Association, a list of association members, and a list of assets
5. If the notifier is a corporation or a corporate organization, a document verifying the decision making on the succession of status
6. Deleted. <Sept. 18, 1998>
Article 260 (Management of Aerodrome Facilities)

Aerodrome facilities shall be managed, operated, and used as follows in accordance with paragraph 2 of Article 88 of the Act.
1. Person who manages aerodrome facilities shall compile and manage aerodrome�셲 essential data including markings, altitude of runway(s), pavement strengths, etc.혻 When there is an change in data, the aeronautical info
rmation agency shall be notified so as to prevent any impediments to operation of aircraft.
2.혻 Person who manages aerodrome facilities shall secure the manpower, spare parts, and instrumental equipment necessary for repair and maintenance and shall draw up and implement a repair and maintenance plan to en
sure stability, punctuality, etc. needed in aircraft operations by inspecting and repairing the facilities at all times.
3. Person who manages aerodrome facilities shall establish and operate a safety management system that takes into account the size and conditions of the aerodrome in question and includes snow removal plan, rescue and fi
refighting plan, emergency plan, etc.
4. Person who manages aerodrome facilities shall secure and station appropriate number of staff with full qualifications for the aerodrome facilities to be appropriately maintained and managed, and shall also operate training pr
ograms for the staff.
5. Detailed standards for management, operation and use of aerodrome facilities shall be prescribed and notified by the Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority
Article 260-2 (Management of Navigation aid)

Navigation Aids facilities shall be managed, operated, and used as follows pursuant to the provisions of Article 88 (2) of the Act: <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Any person managing navigation aids facilities shall devise a plan for utilizing the personnel, spares, and measurement equipment required for maintenance and maintain the facilities to minimize the occurrence of troubles in
accordance with the detailed standards prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
2. Any person managing navigation aids facilities shall conduct education and training for those managing and operating navigation aids facilities under the conditions prescribed by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
.
3. In case a Mode S Transponder is installed for the operation of Secondary Surveillance Radar, 24-bit address shall be used. In this case, matters concerning the allocation of Mode S 24-bit address, etc., shall comply with the
detailed standards prescribed by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
4. The operation of frequencies used for Radio navigation & Surveillance facilities and aeronautical communications facilities shall comply with the aeronautical frequency operation plan as prescribed and published by the Head
of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
5. For names of places as employed in the operation of Navigation aid, 4-character signs shall be used under the conditions prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
6. When selective calls are employed in the aeronautical mobile communications service, selective call signs shall be used. In this case, matters concerning selective call signs shall comply with the detailed standards as prescri
bed by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
7. Matters pertaining to calling title and assignment of three (3)-character signs of aircraft owner for air traffic or aeronautical communications shall be in conformance with the detailed standards prescribed and notified by the H
ead of Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No. 12,혻 May.8, 2008>
Article 260-3 (Establishment and Implementation of Safety Management Plan for Navigation Aids Facilities)
(1) To promote aviation safety, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall establish and publish a safety management plan for navigation Aids facilities (excluding aeronautical ground lighting; the same shall apply hereinaf
ter) pursuant to Article 88 (2) of the Act and notify the installer or manager of navigation aids facilities accordingly.
(2) Upon receiving a notice as per paragraph (1), the installer or manager of navigation aids facilities shall devise and implement a safety management plan for the navigation aids facilities.
SECTION 2 Airport
Article 261 (Content of Basic Plan)

For the purpose of subparagraph 6, Article 89 (2) of the Act, the term "Other matters required for airport development" refers to the following: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Jul. 3, 2004>
1. Transportation plan related to airport use
2. Overall facilities plan for running waterworks, drainage, gas, power, and communication within the airport
3. Other matters required for airport construction
Article 262 Deleted. <Jun. 7, 2006>
Article 265 (Application for Operation Permission for Airport Development Projects)
The Application for Operation Permission for Airport Development Projects as per the provisions of Article 94 (2) of the Act and Article 27 (1) of the Decree is prescribed in Form 58.
Article 265-2 (Minor Airport Development Projects)

As per the proviso of Article 94 (2) of the Act, the term "minor projects as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to the following: <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004, Jul. 1, 2005, Aug. 18, 2006, and Jun. 29,
2007>
1. Projects subject to building report as per the provisions of Article 9 of the Building Act
2. Replacement and maintenance projects covering cooling and heating, transportation, elevator, fire fighting equipment, etc.
3. Replacement, maintenance projects covering navigation aids facilities, communications facilities, and power facilities from among the items in subparagraph 1, Article 10 of the Decree
4. Maintenance projects involving civil engineering facilities; in cases wherein pavement improvement works of runway, taxiway, and apron are included, however, this provision does not apply
Article 266 (Application for the Approval of Airport Development Project Implementation Plan)
(1) The Application for Approval of Implementation Plan for Airport Development Project as per the provisions of Article 95 (3) of the Act and Article 28 of the Decree is prescribed in Form 59, and the Application for Implementation
Plan Revision, in Form 60. <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>
(2) As per Article 95 (2) of the Act, the term "matters as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act "refers to the following: <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, and Sept. 30, 2002>
1. Location map and ground plan showing the authorized zone
2. Construction description
3. Project ground plan and design drawings
4. Construction schedule
5. Financing plan (including capital investment plan and financial resource procurement plan by year)
6. Environmental impact assessment (limited to target projects for environmental impact assessment as per the provisions of Article 7 of the Enforcement Decree, Basic Environmental Policy Act (BEPA), and Appendix 2
7. Documents describing matters related to other construction works
(3) For the Application for Approval of Implementation Plan Revision as described in paragraph (1), documents describing the reasons for the revision and content of revision as well as drawings shall be attached.
(4) For the purpose of Article 95 (4) of the Act, the term "alteration of minor matters as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to any of the following: <Newly Inserted as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 1, 2005>
1. Buildings: Alteration corresponding to the provisions of Article 12 (3) of the Presidential Decree of the Building Act
2. Other facilities: Alteration amounting to less than ten hundredth of the total project cost, excluding alterations accompanying facilities layout plan and structural change in the case of civil engineering facilities
Article 267 (Imposing Charges on Offenders Causing Damage and Destruction)

(1) When trying to impose charges on an offender causing damage and destruction as per the provisions of Article 103 (1) of the Act, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall notify the offender accordingly in
writing and send documents such as design document and calculation sheet of cost as attachments.
(2) The standards for the calculation of the charge amount as per the provisions of Article 103 (2) of the Act shall apply mutatis mutandis to the provisions of subparagraphs 1~3 and 5, Article 38 (1) of the Decree.
Article 268 (Application for Inspection of Completion)

(1) Any person intending to undergo an inspection of completion as per the provisions of Article 104 (1) of the Act and Article 35 (3) of the Decree shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Application
for Inspection of Completion (Form 61) together with the following documents:
1. Record of inspection of completion (including design drawings and documents and photos of completion)
2. Assessment evaluation sheet for land and objects
3. Other documents describing the necessary matters for completion verification
(2) Any person intending to use airport facilities prior to their completion as per the provisions of Article 104 (5) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Application for Permission to Use Pr
ior to Completion (Form 62) together with the design drawings and photos of the airport facilities <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>
Article 269 (Permission to Invest in Airport Development Project)

Any person wishing to invest in the airport development project implemented by the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs as per the provisions of Article 105 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regio
nal Aviation Administration Application for Permission to Invest (Form 63) together with the following documents: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995>
1. Business plan
2. Design drawings and documents (including design drawings, specifications for construction, calculation sheet of construction cost, and calculation sheet of structure)
3. Construction schedule
4. Other references
Article 270 (Airport Facilities Management Ledger)

(1) As per the provisions of Article 106 of the Act, an airport facilities management ledger including the drawings of airport facilities shall be prepared by airport.
(2) The airport facilities management ledger shall contain the following information:
1. Airports covered by laws and ordinances and changes in airport facilities
2. Changes in airport facilities such as new constructions, additions, and improvements
3. Other matters required for the management and operation of an airport
(3) Among the drawings specified in paragraph (1), a ground plan showing the topography of the vicinity, directions, and altitudes and containing the following information shall be prepared in 1:5,000 scale:
1. Airport zone and its boundary
2. Names of administrative zones and their boundaries
3. Location of airport facilities and layout status
4. Adjacent transportation facilities such as roads, railroads, and harbors
5. Status of obstacle distribution in the vicinity
6. Other references required for the management of airport facilities
Article 270-2 (Notification of Violations in Airport Facilities)

When notifying the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration of the details of violations pursuant to Article 39-2 of the Decree, the manager of airport facilities shall submit a Notification of Perpetrators of Prohibited Acts
in Airport Facilities (Form 62-2) together with the following:
1. Evidence of violations falling under any of those prescribed in Article 106-2 (1) of the Act
2. Statement or opinion of those sustaining damage as a result of the violations described in paragraph (1) (limited to cases wherein such facts exist)
Article 271 (Designation of Area Affected by Airport Noise)

As per the provisions of Article 107 (2) of the Act and Article 41 (1) of the Decree, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall designate and announce the area affected by airport noise or area likely to be affecte
d by airport noise by zone as prescribed in the following table based on the degree of noise produced by the airport in service:
Degree of Noise
Division Zone
(unit: WECPNL)
Class 1 Zone 95 or above

Area Affected by Noise
Class 2 Zone 90 ~ 95 less than
District A 85 ~ 90 less than
Area Likely to be Affected by Nois

Class 3 Zone District B 80 ~ 85 less than
e
District C 75 ~ 80 less than

Article 272 (Scope of Noise Abatement )
(1) The establishment and implementation standards for measures for the prevention of damage due to aircraft noise (hereinafter referred to as noise measures) as per the provisions of Article 107 of the Act are as follows: <Amen
ded as of Jul. 14, 1995, Oct. 28, 1995, and Sept. 18, 1998>
1. Noise abatement shall be established and implemented by airport based on the degree of noise impact from the zone or district where the degree of noise impact is serious for compliance by the zone or district where the de
gree of noise impact is less serious after the completion of noise abatement in the relevant zone or district. When deemed necessary, however, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration may establish and impleme
nt the noise abatement concurrently in Class 1 and Class 2 zones or districts. For the schools, the noise abatement may be implemented concurrently in Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 zones or districts for school
2. In case of persons wishing to migrate in a Class 1 zone, a migration policy shall be established and implemented for them.
3. In case of persons who do not wish to migrate to a Class 1 zone, soundproof facilities shall be installed in each of the Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 zones.
4. For areas where soundproof facilities are established and implemented, measures for television reception trouble and support measures for joint use facilities for the promotion of benefits of residents affected by noise may b
e established and implemented. For schools that have completed the installation of soundproof facilities, the installation of cooling facilities may be supported.
5. Any person accepting the facilities as provided for in subparagraphs 3 and 4 shall take the necessary measures to manage and maintain such facilities.
(2) When providing support in installation of soundproof facilities and joint facilities under subparagraphs 3 and 4 of paragraph 1 above, the support shall be provided in accordance with the soundproof facility installation standards
and eligible joint-use facilities as determined and notified by the Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.6, 2008>
(3) Facilities managed in accordance with subparagraph 5, paragraph (1), an airport developer or airport facilities manager may support repair/reinstallation of soundproof facilities under subparagraph 3 and cooling facilities under
subparagraph 4(only applies to cooling facilities installed at school) that has declined due to aging, installed 10 years before or previous.
<Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No. 12,혻 May.8, 2008>
Article 273 (Calculation Method for the Degree of Noise Impact)

(1) The degree of noise impact as per the provisions of Article 271 shall be calculated based on the following formula:
Degree of noise impact (WECPNL) = dB(A) + 10logN-27
(2) In the calculation formula specified in paragraph (1), the values for dB(A) and N are as follows: <Amended as of Jul. 4, 1994>
1. dB(A) refers to the maximum mean degree of noise calculated by day for every aircraft that takes off or lands. It is the value obtained from the following calculation formula (n denotes the number of noise measurements take
n per day, and Li, the maximum noise of the aircraft that passed on i):
n
dB(A) = 10log[1/n( ��10Li/10)]dB(A)
i=1
2. 혻N is the value gotten from the following formula where N1 is the number of aircraft take-offs/landings per day from 0 am to 7 a.m., N2 from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m., N3 from 7 p.m. to 10 p.m., and N4 the number of take-offs/landing
s per day from 10 p.m. to 12 p.m.
N = N 2 + 3N3 + 10 (N1 + N4)
< Amended by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
(3) Serving as the bases for determining the value described in paragraph (2), the type, number of flights, flight path, etc., of aircraft taking off from and landing on the airport shall be determined based on the standard conditions p
er year. Detailed matters concerning the measurement point, measurement location, and other measurements of the degree of noise shall be based on the noise and vibration process test method as prescribed in Article 7 of the
Noise and Vibration Control Act. <Amended as of Jul. 1, 2005>
Article 274 (Restriction on the Installation of Facilities Based on the Degree of Noise Impact)
The restriction on the installation of facilities within areas affected by airport noise or likely to be affected by airport noise as per the provisions of Article 107 (3) of the Act and Article 42 of the Decree shall be based on Form 29, an
d the restriction on use, based on Form 30.
Article 275 (Publication of Noise Classes by Type of Aircraft)

(1) The noise class by type of aircraft as per the provisions of Article 43 (2) of the Decree shall be divided as follows based on the classification of chapters in the Convention of International Civil Aviation (Annex 16, volume 1): <A
mended as of Jul. 1, 2005; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.6, 2008>
1. Class 1: Aircraft failing to comply with the noise standards as prescribed in Chapter 2, 혻Chapter 3 and Chapter 4 aircraft that did not submit data on certification of compliance with the noise standards
2. Class 2: Aircraft complying with the noise standards stipulated in Articles 2.4.1 and 2.5, Chapter 2
3. Class 3: Aircraft complying with the noise standards stipulated in Article 2.4.1 or Articles 2.4.2 and 2.5, Chapter 2
4. Class 4: Aircraft complying with the noise standards stipulated in Article 2.4.2, Chapter 2 or Articles 3.4.1 and 3.5, Chapter 3
5. Class 5: Aircraft complying with the noise standards stipulated in Article 3.4.1, Chapter 3
6. Class 6: Aircraft complying with the noise standards stipulated in Article 4.4.1, Chapter 4
혻
(2) The classification of aircraft belonging to the noise classes provided for in paragraph (1) shall be prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Jul. 3, 2004>
(3) When the degree of noise is reduced for an aircraft given classification of the noise classes as per the provisions of paragraph (2) due to an improvement of the aircraft or its engine, and data verifying such fact are submitted, t
he Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall reclassify the noise classes for the aircraft based on the registration symbol. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Jul. 3, 2004>
Article 276 (Submission of Data for the Classification of Noise Classes)

The owner, etc., of the aircraft that is planning to take off from or land on the airport where noise measures are established and implemented shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority data on certification of com
pliance with the noise standards for classification as per the provisions of Article 275 for the aircraft. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Jul. 3, 2004>
Article 277 (Imposition and Collection Method of Noise Charges)

(1) The due dates of the noise charges imposed as per the provisions of Article 109 (1) of the Act and Article 44 of the Decree are as follows: <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994>
1. The due date of the noise charge incurred during the operation of the aircraft used in a scheduled or a Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service shall be the end of the month following that when the aircraft landed.
2. The due date of the noise charge incurred during the operation of the aircraft other than that stipulated in paragraph (1) is the date of landing of aircraft in the airport.
(2) For the KRW-USD exchange rate, the market average rate (i.e., the exchange rate obtained when the inter-bank rate for the US dollar is weight-averaged by the trade volume) shall be applied when paying the noise charge. N
ote, however, that the basic date of application of the exchange rate shall be the date of landing of the aircraft.
SECTION 3 Airport Operation Certificate <Newly Inserted as of Nov. 22, 2003>
Article 277-2 (Revocation and Others of Implementation of Airport Development Projects and Others)
Revocation of implementation of airport development projects or permission/approval/designation of management of airport facilities or suspension of effectiveness/suspension of construction works, remodeling/alteration/moving/r
emoval of ground or underground structures or objects or disposal of penalties for restoration to the original state are as shown in Appendix 30-2.
The Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs may adjust the disposed penalty by taking into consideration the motive behind the act of violation and extent/frequency of violation.혻 However, even when adjusting a dispose
d penalty, the suspension of effectiveness or suspension of construction works may not be adjusted to revocation of permission or approval.
Article 277-3 (Application Procedure for Airport Operating Certificate)

(1) Any airport operator wishing to obtain a Certificate of Airport Operating as per the provisions of Article 111-2 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority Application for Certificate of Airport Operati
on after obtaining approval for the Airport Operation Manual(Form 63-2) as per the provisions of Article 277-3 (2) of the Act.
(2) Upon receiving an Application for Certificate of Airport Operation as per the provisions of paragraph (1), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall examine whether the operation system of the airport complies with �
쏛irport Operation Standard��(hereinafter referred to as the airport operation standard) as per the provisions of Article 111-2 (2) of the Act and Airport Operation Manual as approved in accordance with the provisions of Article 2
77-3 (2) and issue a Airport Operating Certificate(Form 63- 3) to the airport operator if the Application is deemed compliant.
(3) The Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority may have a public official under his/her control or a person commissioned from among those qualified as per the provisions of the subparagraphs of Article 325 inspect and ask an
y question such examination as per the provisions of paragraph (2) or respond to inquiries.
Article 277-4 (Application for Approval of Airport Operation manuals)

(1) Any airport operator wishing to obtain a Certificate of Airport Operation as per the provisions of Article 111-3 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority Application for Approval of airport operatio
n manual (Form 63-4) together with the following documents (in this case, the public official in charge shall verify the Copy of Corporate Register through the joint use of administrative information pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the A
ct on the Promotion of the Digitalization of Administrative Affairs, etc., for the Creation of Electronic Government and have the applicant attach document in case the applicant does not agree with the verification): <Amended as of
Aug. 7, 2006>
1. 2 copies of Airport Operation manual (including Detailed Regulations for Operation as per the provisions of Article 111-3 (1) of the Act)
2. Deleted. <Aug. 7, 2006>
3. Compliance Statement as prescribed in airport operation standard
4. Documents on the ownership or lease status of airport facilities
5. Documents on management and operation status (including status of commission operation) of the facilities for the take-off and landing of the aircraft, e.g., runway, taxiway, and apron
6. Required airport information form as prescribed in airport operation standard
7. Documents describing alternate facilities or alternate operation procedures that can supplement any matter failing to meet airport operation standard
(2) Upon receiving an Application for Approval of Airport Operation manual as per the provisions of paragraph (1), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall examine whether Airport Operation manual comply with airport
operation standard and approve the Application if it is deemed compliant.
(3) For the airport operator who submitted the documents specified in subparagraph 7, paragraph (1), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall approve Airport Operation manual as per the provisions of paragraph (2) w
hen securing the safety of airport operation is deemed possible through such alternate facilities or alternate operation procedures based on aeronautical study. In this case, the aeronautical study shall be in conformance with the g
uidance on aeronautical study and risk assessment prescribed and notified by the Head of Civil Aviation Authority.
(4) When deemed necessary to implement Airport Operation manual as approved in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (2), the airport operator may request for cooperation in viewing or submitting related documents fro
m those involved in airport operation such as Air Transportation Servicemen and Ground Handling Servicemen.
(5) The provisions of Article 277-2 (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the approval of Airport Operation manual.
Article 277-5 (Application Procedure for the Approval of Amendments to Airport Operation manual)
(1) When intending to amend Airport Operation manual as approved in accordance with the provisions of Article 277-3, the airport operator shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority Application for Approval to A
mend Airport Operation manuals(Form 63-5) together with documents containing the following information:
1. Content of the amendment
2. Comparison table between the old and new contents
3. Alternate facilities or alternate operation procedures that can supplement any matter failing to meet the Airport Operation Standard
(2) Upon receiving an Application for Airport Operation manual as per the provisions of paragraph (1), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall examine whether airport operation standard complies with Airport Operatio
n manual and approve the application if such manuals are deemed compliant.
(3) The provisions of Articles 277-2 (3) and 277-3 (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the approval of amendments to the Regulations for Airport Operation.
(4) In case Airport Operation manual needs to be amended as per the provisions of Article 111-3 (2), the airport operator shall apply for the approval of amendments of airport operation manual as prescribed in paragraph (1) within
30 days of the date of amendment of airport operation standard or issuance of order to amend airport operation manual by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
Article 277-6 (Amendment Report Procedure for Airport Operation manual)

(1) As per the proviso of Article 111-3 (1) of the Act, the term "minor matters as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act "refers to the following:
1. Detailed Regulations for Operation
2. General matters, e.g., purpose and scope of the Regulations for Airport Operation
3. Airport site information, e.g., drawings of airport boundary and drawings of major airport facilities
4. Information on airport facilities
5. Self- inspection program
6. Education and training program
7. Matters concerning airport administration, e.g., organizational chart
(2) When intending to report amendments to Airport Operation manual as per the provisions of Article 111-3 (1) of the Act, the airport operator shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority Report of Amendments to
Airport Operation manual (Form 63-6) together with the following documents:
1. Content of the amendment
2. Comparison table between the old and new contents
(3) The provisions of Articles 277-3 (4) and 277-4 (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the report of amendments to the Regulations for Airport Operation.
Article 277-7 (Inspection of Airport Operation)

(1) The Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall perform regular inspection once a year as per the provisions of Article 111-4 (1) but may carry out additional inspections as necessary.
(2) When ordering the airport operator to take corrective measures as per the provisions of Article 111-4 (2), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall allow an appropriate period of time as necessary for the correction, e.
g., period of installation of facilities, etc.
(3) In case the order to take corrective measures as per the provisions of paragraph (2) is carried out, the airport operator receiving the order shall immediately notify the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority accordingly.
Article 277-8 (Revocation of Certificate of Airport Operation)

(1) �쏧mportant matters specified by the Ministerial Regulation of the Aviation Act�� in item 1-2 (d) of paragraph 1 of Article 111-5 of the Act means the items listed in paragraph 3 of Article 143-4.
(2) The criteria for the revocation of certificate of airport operation or suspension of airport operation as per the provisions of Article 111-5 are prescribed in Appendix 30-3.
(3) The Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority may lighten or increase the penalty within the range of 1/2 of the suspension period of airport operation as prescribed in Appendix 30-3 considering the degree and number of viol

CHAPTER VI Air Transportation Service
Article 278 (License for Scheduled Air Transportation Service)

(1) Any person wishing to obtain a license for a Scheduled Air Transportation Service as per the provisions of Article 112 of the Act shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority Application for License of Scheduled
Air Transportation Service (Form 64) together with the following documents (in this case, the public official in charge shall verify the Copy of Corporate Register (limited to cases wherein the applicant is a juridical person) through th
e joint use of administrative information pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the Electronic Government Act and have the applicant attach in case the applicant does not agree with the verification): <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 18,
2000, Aug. 7, 2006, and Jun. 29, 2007>
1. A document describing the intent to manage the for Scheduled air transportation service
2. A document verifying or explaining the appropriateness of the application in terms of satisfying the license standards as per the provisions of Article 113 of the Act
3. A document verifying that the applicant does not fall under any of the reasons for disqualification as prescribed in the subparagraphs of Article 114 of the Act
4. A business plan specifying the following:
(a) Departure point, ports of call, destination, and distance between points of the route
(b) Number of aircraft to be used and type of each aircraft
(c) Number of flights, date and time of departure and arrival
(d) Source of funds required to run the Scheduled Air Transportation Service and financing method
(e) Summary of maintenance facilities and operation and management facilities
(f) Number of airmen based on qualification
(g) Estimated quantity of passenger cargos to be handled, grounds for such estimation, and expected revenue and expenditure of the business
(h) Number of business places or offices (hereinafter referred to as business office)
(i) Summary of another business engaged in by the applicant, if any
5. A support plan for aircraft accident as per Article 49-2 (1) of the Act
(2) The Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs shall examine whether an application for license received as per the provisions of paragraph (1) complies with the license standards as per the provisions of Article 113 and
whether there is any reason for disqualification as per the provisions of Article 114, record it in the License Ledger of the attached Form 65 if the content of the application is deemed compliant, and issue Form 66 or license. <Ame
nded as of Jul. 14, 1995>
(3) Any person obtaining a license for a for scheduled air transportation service as per the provisions of paragraph (2) and wishing to introduce a new air route as per the provisions of Article 112 shall submit to The Minister of Lan
d, Transport and Maritime Affairs application for Introduction of a New Air Route (Form 67) together with the following documents: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995>
1. A document explaining the intent to introduce the air route
2. A document verifying or explaining that the application complies with the license standards as per the provisions of Article 113 of the Act
3. A business plan specifying the following:
(b) Details of changes, if any, in the number of aircraft and their type after the introduction of a new air route from the number and type of aircraft being used at the time of application
(c) Number of flights, date and time of departure and arrival for the air route
(d) Source of funds required to introduce the air route and financing method
(e) Details of changes, if any, in the maintenance facilities or operation and management facilities due to the introduction of the air route
(f) Details of changes, if any, in the number of airmen based on qualification due to the introduction of the air route
(g) Estimated quantity of passenger cargos to be handled in the air route and grounds for such estimation
(h) Expected revenue and expenditure of the business including the new air route
4. Report of Business Record for the past 3 years
(4) The Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs shall examine whether the application for license received as per the provisions of paragraph (3) complies with the license standards as per the provisions of Article 113, rec
ord it in the License Ledger of Form 65 if the content of the application is deemed compliant, and issue Form 67-2 or license. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995>
(5) Any person obtaining a license for scheduled air transportation service as per the provisions of paragraph (2) and wishing to introduce a new air route using foreign aircraft as per the provisions of Article 12-4 of the Decree shal
l satisfy the following requirements: <Newly Inserted Article as of Dec. 17, 1999>
1. The responsibility for the operation of the aircraft including maintenance shall be indicated in the lease contract.
2. The responsibility for compensation for any accident occurring during the operation of the aircraft shall be clearly stated in the contract.
3. The operation code and flight number of the lessee shall be clearly stated.
4. The Certificate of Aircraft Registration, Certificate of Airworthiness, Noise Certificate, and Aircrew Certificate shall be obtained from the country of aircraft registration in accordance with the ICAO (International Civil Aviation Or
ganization) standards.
5. Other requirements prescribed in an aviation agreement concluded with the target country for the operation of the aircraft shall be satisfied.
Article 278-2 (Content of the Provided Information on the Safety of the Air Operator)
The content of the information provided in relation to the safety of the Air Operator (including foreign air transportation servicemen as per Article 144) by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority as per the provisions of Article
112-2 shall include the following:
1. Details of death-related accidents occurring for the past 5 years
2. Safety-related data published in foreign countries
3. Result of safety evaluation of the country where the Air Operator belongs (limited to data made available by ICAO)
4. Other matters deemed necessary by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority to promote the safety of aircraft use by the country
[Existing Article 278-2 moved to Article 278-3 <Jun. 29, 2007>]
Article 278-3 (License Standards for the Scheduled Air Transportation Service)
The license standards to be satisfied by an Air Operator as per the provisions of Article 113-3 are prescribed in Appendix 30-4. <Amended as of Nov. 22, 2003>
[Moved from Article 278-2 <Jun. 29, 2007>]
Article 279 (Application for the Postponement of Operation Start)

(1) Any air operator wishing to postpone the estimated operation start date as per the provisions of Article 115 (1) of the Act shall submit to The Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs Application for Approval to Postpone
the Estimated Operation Start Date (Form 68), which indicates the new estimated operation start date and reasons for the revision. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995>
혻
(2) Any air operator intending to start operation before the estimated operation date as recorded in the Application for License of Scheduled Air Transportation Service shall submit to The Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime A
ffairs Report of Operation Start before the Estimated Start Date (Form 69), which indicates the new estimated operation start date and reasons for the revision. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995>
Article 280 (Application for Air Operator Certificate)

(1) Any person wishing to obtain an Air Operator Certificate as per the provisions of Article 115-2 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration
Application for Air Operator Certificate (Form 70) at least 90 days before the estimated operation start date together with the document in Appendix 30-5. <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Nov. 22, 2003, and Jul. 3, 2004; Ministerial
Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
(2) Upon receiving an Application for Air Operator Certificate as per the provisions of paragraph (1), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall establish a plan for th
e examination for operation certification within 10 days and notify the applicant of the result. <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004>
Article 280-2 (Examination Standards for the Air Operator Certificate)

The examination for the operation certification of a scheduled air carrier as per the provisions of Article 115-2 (1) shall be divided into document examination and on-site examination for execution. The examination standards are pr
escribed in Appendix 30-6. <Amended as of Nov. 22, 2003; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
Article 280-3 (Issuance of Air Operator Certificate)

(1) In case the result of the operation certification examination is deemed compliant with the examination standards as per the provisions of Article 280-2, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regio
nal Aviation Administration shall issue an Air Operator Certificate (Form 70-2) and Operations Specifications (Form 70-3). <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004>
(2) For the purpose of Article 115-2 (2), the term "operating conditions and restricted matters as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to the following:
1. Name and address of the contact person regarding the location and operations specifications of the main business office for Scheduled Air Transportation Service
2. Regular airports, type of aircraft, and registration symbol to be used for Scheduled Air Transportation Service
3. Kinds of approved operation
4. Airways to be operated, approval and restricted matters of the area
5. Restricted matters of the airport
6. Restricted time or standards for restricted time concerning the examination, inspection, and comprehensive overhaul examination of the airframe, engines, propellers, rotors, instruments, and emergency equipment
7. Requirements for the exchange of aircraft parts among the scheduled air carriers
8. Methods of aircraft weight distribution
9. Matters concerning the lease of aircraft, etc.
10. Other matters prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority for Safe operation of aircraft. <Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
Article 280-4 (Amendment of Air Operator Certificate)

(1) When AOC holder as per the provisions of article 280-3 intending to amend the Air Operator Certificate related to important matters published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority such as the name of Air Operator
etc., AOC holder shall submit the AOC amendment Application with evidence prescribed in appendix 70-4 before 30 days period proceeding the date of cause occurrence
혻혻
(2) Upon receipt of an Application for Amendment of Air Operator Certificate as per the provisions of paragraph (1), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall issue
an Air Operator Certificate as per the provisions of 280-3 when it is acceptable
Article 280-5 (Revision of Operation Specifications)

(1) When intending to revise the operation specification as per the provisions of Article 115-2 (3) of the Act to secure the safe operation of the aircraft, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional
Aviation Administration shall issue the revised operations specifications including its content and reasons for revision to the holder of the Air Operator Certificate. <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004>
(2) Unless it is a matter of urgency, or if the holder of the Air Operator Certificate does not raise an objection, the revised operation specifications as per the provisions of paragraph (1) shall apply 30 days after the issuance date.
(3) Any holder of an Air Operator Certificate wishing to apply for a revision of operation specifications as per the provisions of Article 115-2 (3) shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority Application for Revision of
Operation Specifications (Form 70-3) specifying the content to be revised and reasons for revision at least 15 days before the date of application of the revision to the operations specifications. <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Aug
. 18, 2006; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
(4) Upon receiving an Application for Revision of Operation Specifications as per the provisions of paragraph (3), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall examine
whether there would be any problem in securing the safe operation of the aircraft and issue the revised operation specifications to the applicant when no problems are expected. <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004>
Article 281 (Examination of Modifications of the Safe Operation System)

(1) When modifications are made to the safe operation system due to the introduction of a new air route, etc., as per the provisions of Article 115-2 (5), a person obtaining an Air Operator Certificate shall submit to the Head of the
Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Application for Examination of Modification of the Safe Operation System (Form 70-5) at least 20 days before the estimated modification date.
<Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
(2) Upon receiving an application as per the provisions of paragraph (1), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall inspect the following matters before starting the
operation of a new air route, etc., according to the modified safe operation system: <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004>
1. Aircraft to be used
2. Maintenance facilities for the aircraft and its parts
3. Fueling and fuel storage facilities for the aircraft
4. Spare parts and their storage facilities
5. Operation management facilities and management method
6. Ground handling facilities and equipment
7. Status of securing the necessary airmen for operation and their capability
8. Specifications and characteristics of the target aerodrome be serviced
9. Facilities related to passenger and cargo transportation services
10. Status of fulfillment of administrative orders related to license conditions or starting of business
11. Other matters deemed necessary by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration for safe operation and air route operation
(3) When inspecting the modified safe operation system shall announce the result. <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004>
(4) In case the result of the examination as per the provisions of paragraph (2) reveals the compliance of the system accompanied by the revision of the operation specifications issued as per the provisions of Article 280-4 (2), the
Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall issue the revised operation specifications as well. <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004>
(5) Notwithstanding paragraph (2), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration may exempt from all or part of the examinations a person obtaining an Air Operator Certific
ate and wishing to operate an aircraft of a different type due to a change in the business plan following the modification of the safe operation system under the conditions prescribed by the operational technology criteria published
pursuant to Article 74-2 of the Act if no problem is expected in securing the safe operation of the aircraft. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 281-2 (Aircraft Operation and Suspension of Airmen's Services)

When intending to have the operation of aircraft and services of airmen suspended as per the provisions of Article 115-2 (7) of the Act, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Admini
stration shall take the following measures:
1. Notify the reasons for the suspension of operation of the aircraft and services of airmen and measures that should be taken the person with an Air Operator Certificate and airmen orally without delay, in writing later
2. In case the person receiving such notification as per the provisions of paragraph (1) takes the required measure, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall im
mediately be notified of the details of such measure.
3. Upon receiving such notice as per the provisions of paragraph (2), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall check its content and make the corresponding no
tification immediately if the measure is not deemed to impede the safe operation of the aircraft to enable the continuation of operation of the aircraft and services of airmen.
Article 281-3 (Revocation of Air Operator Certificate, etc.)

(1) The criteria for the revocation of Air operator certificate and suspension of aircraft operation as per the provisions of Article 115-3 are prescribed in Appendix 30-7.
(2) The Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority may lighten or increase the penalty within the range of 1/2 of the suspension period of aircraft operation as prescribed in Appendix 30-7 considering the degree and number of viol
(3) The Operator involved in several violations shall be managed in accordance with the following classification:
1. In case the disposition standards for the most serious violation entail a revocation of certificate, the Certificate shall be revocated.
2. In case the disposition standards for each violation entail the discontinuation of the business, the periods of discontinuation shall be added.
Article 281-4 (Specific Types of Violations)

The specific types of violations as per the provisions of Remarks subparagraph 1 in Appendix 1-3 of the Decree are prescribed in Appendix 32-8.
Article 282 (Report of Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual<Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001>)
Anyone intending to set forth or amend Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual as per the provisions of Article 116 (1) shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional Aviat
ion Administration Report of Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual (amendment) (Form 71) together with Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual (in the case of amendment, Operation Manual and Maint
enance control manual as well as a comparison table between the old and new contents). <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 24, 2001, Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004, and Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 283 (Matters to be Included in Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual)
The following matters should be included in Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual as per the provisions of Article 116 (1): <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Matters that should be included in operation manual as prescribed in Appendix 31
2. Matters that should be included in maintenance control manual such as the following:
(a) Weight and balance measurement procedure
(b) Maintenance and inspection program to maintain the airworthiness of the aircraft
(c) Quality control method and procedure for the maintenance of aircraft and parts
(d) Reliability management procedure for aircraft, etc., and parts, etc.
(e) Training method for maintenance personnel
(f) Scope of maintenance
(g) Maintenance method and procedure for aircraft, etc., and parts, etc.
(h) Other matters prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
Article 283-2 (Approval of Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual)

(1) In case Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual are amended as per the provisions of Article 116 (1), matters requiring approval from the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Administrator of the Regional A
viation Administration are as follows: <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Jul. 3, 2004, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. In the case of Operation Manual matters prescribed in items (a) (vi ),(vii), (xxxviii), (b) (ix), (c) (iii), (iv), and (d), subparagraph 1, Appendix 31 and items (a) (v),(vi), (b) (vii), (c) (iii), (iv), and (d), subparagraph 2. < Amended by
Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008> 혻
2. In the case maintenance control manual, matters specified in subparagraph 2, Article 283. < Amended by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
(2) Any person wishing to obtain a copy of the approved Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (1) shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or Admi
nistrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Application for Approval (amendment) of Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual (Form 71-2) together with Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual (in the c
ase of amendment, Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual to be amended as well as a comparison table between the old and new contents). <Amended as of Sept. 30, 2002, Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 283-3 (Distribution of Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual)
Any scheduled air carrier shall ensure that up-to-date information are included in Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual as reported or approved in accordance with the provisions of Articles 282 and Article 283-2, and
that the most recent Operation Manual and Maintenance control manual are distributed to personnel involved in the operation and maintenance of the aircraft.
Article 284 (Application for Permission for Fares and Rates)

Any person intending to set or adjust the fares and rates of international air routes as per the provisions of Article 117 (1) shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs Application for Approval or Adjustment/A
pproval of Fares and Rates (Form 72 or) or Report or Adjustment/Report of Fares and Rates (Form 73) together with the following documents: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999>
1. Documents describing the kinds and amount of fares and rates and documents serving as the basis for such calculation (limited to cases of application for approval)
2. 혻Deleted < by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
3. Reasons for the adjustment of fares and rates (limited to cases of application for adjustment/approval or adjustment/report)
Article 288 (Keeping of Fare and Rate List, Transport Agreement)

The scheduled air carrier shall keep the following items at easily noticeable places in his/her business office as per the provisions of Article 119 of the Act: <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>
1. Lists of fares and rates for domestic and international lines by air route
2. Lists of fares for domestic and international lines by air route and information on fare discounts
3. Transport Agreement
Article 289 (Application for the Revision/Approval of the Business Plan)

(1) Any person wishing to revise his/her business plan as per the provisions of Article 120 (2) shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs Application for Revision/Approval of Business Plan (Form 76) togeth
er with the following documents: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995>
1. Details of matters to be revised
2. Deleted < by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
(2) Any scheduled air operator intending to include non-scheduled air routes for more than once a week, less than 4 weeks to meet temporarily increased demand due to seasonal reasons, etc.(hereinafter referred to as "temporar
y increase") in the business plan, shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Application for Approval of Temporary Increase in the Number of Flights of an Air Route(Form76-2)together with the details
of the temporary increase in the number of flights.
(3) In case the temporary increase is for non-business purposes falling under any of the following categories and when a flight plan was submitted to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration as per the provisions o
f Article 187, Approval for the Revision of Business Plan is deemed to have already been obtained: <Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No. 12,혻 May.8, 2008>
1. Ferry flight for the maintenance of aircraft
2. Test flight for checking the aircraft's performance following maintenance
3. Flight of an aircraft returning to an alternate airport to the destination airport
4. Flight to transport persons and cargoes such as rescue workers or emergency relief materials for free
Article 290 (Report of Revision of Business Plan)

(1) Any person intending to revise any of the following matters as per the provisions of Article 120 (2) shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs Report of Revision of the Business Plan (Form 77) together
with documents that can verify the revision: <Amended as of Jul. 27, 1993, Jul. 14, 1995>
1. Change of capital
2. Deleted. <Sept. 18, 1998>
3. Change of representative's title, restriction on the right of representation, and change in the restriction
4. Change of company name (to be limited to the business office in Korea in the case of a foreign Air operator)
5. Deleted. <Nov. 30, 1994>
(2) Any person intending to revise any of the following matters as per the provisions of Article 120 (2) shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Report of Revision of the Business Plan (Form 77) toge
ther with documents that can verify the revision: <Newly Inserted as of Dec. 17, 1999, Sept. 18, 2000, and Jul. 1, 2005>
1. Type of aircraft (for international lines, the type shall be limited to the relevant scope of transportation capacity in case such scope of transportation capacity is set considering the number of seats and size of cargo tonnage th
at can be loaded as prescribed in the aviation agreement)
2. Reduction in the number of operations (flights) or suspension of operation for the air route (limited to cases lasting for two months or less)
3. Aerodrome used for landing for the purpose of fueling and maintenance of the aircraft
4. Flight time of the aircraft (if the destination airport is a military one, limited to the case wherein the base commander agrees to the flight time)
5. Flight number of the aircraft
6. In case operation is possible without restriction in terms of airports of call and transportation capacity pursuant to the aviation agreement concluded with foreign countries, the airports of call and number of operations (flights)
7. Temporary change of the international air route (limited to the case of seven days or less)
(3) Any person intending to alter the type of aircraft temporarily for unavoidable reasons as per the provisions of Article 120 (2) of the Act shall notify the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration accordingly in documen
t form or via telegram at least 10 minutes prior to departure. <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>
(4) When alterations are made as per subparagraphs 1~4, paragraph (1), the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs shall be notified accordingly within 30 days of completing such alterations. In this case, the public offici
al in charge shall verify the Copy of Corporate Register through the joint use of administrative information pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the Act on the Promotion of the Digitalization of Administrative Affairs, etc., for the Creation of El
ectronic Government and have the documents attached in case the reporter does not agree with the verification. <Amended as of Aug. 7, 2006>
Article 291 (Transportation Agreement <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>)

(1) Any Air operator concluding or amending a transportation agreement or an agreement on business cooperation (hereinafter referred to as agreement, etc.) with another Air operator as per the provisions of Article 121 of the Act
shall submit Application for Conclusion/ Amendment/ Approval of Transportation Agreement or Agreement on Business Cooperation (Form 78) together with the following documents: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999,
and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Documents presenting a summary of the business being managed by the party to the agreement
2. Documents describing the content of the agreement, etc., to be concluded or amended (in case the agreement, etc., is prepared in a foreign language, the original and its translated version)
3. Documents explaining why the conclusion or amendment of the agreement, etc., is necessary
(2) For the purpose of the proviso of Article 121 (1) of the Act, the term "minor matters as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act "refers to the following: <Newly Inserted as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 1, 2005, and
Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Matters concerning the change in the valid period of the transportation agreement approved as per the provisions of Article 121 of the Act
2. Matters concerning the change of the accounting rate as stipulated in the agreement, etc., approved as per the provisions of Article 121 of the Act
3. Matters concerning the change of flight number of the aircraft as stipulated in the agreement, etc., approved as per the provisions of Article 121 of the Act
4. Matters concerning the change in the number of operations (flights) or change of airports of call (limited to the change in the number of operations (flights) or change of airports of call within the scope of the business plan bas
ed on the license for the air route) as stipulated in the agreement, etc., approved in accordance with the provisions of Article 121 of the Act
(3) Any Air operator intending to amend any matter prescribed in the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) as per the provisions of Article 121 (1) shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs Report of Amendme
nt of the Agreement on Business Cooperation Pertaining to Transportation (Form 78-2) together with documents that can verify the amendment. <Newly Inserted as of Dec. 17, 1999, Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 292 (Application for Authorization to Hand over or Take over a Service)
(1) Any transferor or transferee wishing to hand/take over a scheduled air transportation service, as per the provisions of Article 124 (1) shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs Application for Approval of
Handover or Takeover (Form 79) signed jointly within 30 days of the contract date together with the following documents (in this case, the public official in charge shall verify the Copy of Corporate Register of the transferee (limited
to the case wherein the transferee is a juridical person) through the joint use of administrative information pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the Act on the Promotion of the Digitalization of Administrative Affairs, etc., for the Creation of El
ectronic Government and have the documents attached in case the applicant does not agree with the verification: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Aug. 7, 2006>
1. Business plan for the air route after the handover or takeover
2. Documents verifying that the transferee complies with the standards as prescribed in subparagraphs 3 and 4, Article 113 of the Act and documents verifying that the transferee does not fall under any of the reasons for disqu
alification as prescribed in Article 114 of the Act
3. Copy of Handover or Takeover Contract
4. Deleted. <Aug. 7, 2006>
5. Documents verifying the decision making related to the handover or takeover (limited to the case wherein the transferor or transferee is a juridical person)
(2) Upon receiving an application as per paragraph (1), the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs shall announce the following matters as per the provisions of Article 124 (3) of the Act: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995>
1. Names of the transferor and transferee (in the case of a corporation, the names of the corporation and the representative) and address
2. Air route and scope of business subject to the handover or takeover
3. Reasons for the handover and takeover
4. Application date of approval for the handover and takeover and estimated date of handover or takeover
Article 293 (Application for the Approval of Merger of Businesses)

Any a scheduled air transportation service wishing to merge with a scheduled air transportation service as per the provisions of Article 125 (1) shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs for Approval of Mer
ger (Form 80) signed jointly within 30 days of the contract date together with the following documents (in this case, the public official in charge shall verify the Copy of Corporate Register of the target businessman for merger throu
gh the joint use of administrative information pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the Act on the Promotion of the Digitalization of Administrative Affairs, etc., for the Creation of Electronic Government and have the documents attached in c
ase the applicant does not agree with the verification): <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Aug. 7, 2006>
1. Documents concerning the merger method and conditions
2. Documents presenting a summary of the businesses run by the parties to the merger at the time of the merger
3. Documents verifying or explaining that the remaining corporation after the merger or the newly established corporation complies with the standards prescribed in subparagraphs 3 and 4, paragraph (3), Article 113 (3) of the A
ct and documents verifying that such corporation does not fall under any of the reasons for disqualification as prescribed in Article 114 of the Act
4. Copy of the merger contract
5. Deleted. <Aug. 7, 2006>
6. Documents verifying the decision making related to the merger
Article 294 (Report of Business Succession by Heir)

An heir succeeding the status of a scheduled air operator as per the provisions of Article 126 (2) shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs Report of Business Succession by Heir (Form 81) (including the
report in the form of an electronic document) together with the following documents (including electronic documents; in this case, the public official in charge shall verify the Copy of Family Register through the joint use of administr
ative information pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the Act on the Promotion of the Digitalization of Administrative Affairs, etc., for the Creation of Electronic Government and have the documents attached in case the reporter does not ag
ree with the verification): <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995; Nov. 29, 2004, Jul. 1, 2005, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Documents verifying that the reporter complies with the standards as prescribed in subparagraph 3, Article 114 of the Act and documents verifying that the reporter does not fall under any of the reasons for disqualification as
prescribed in Article 114 of the Act
2. Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>
3. Agreement of other heirs to succession of a scheduled air transportation service by the reporter (limited to cases with two heirs or more)
Article 295 (Application for Permission of Service Suspension, etc. <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>)
Any person intending to suspend his/her scheduled air transportation service as per the provisions of Article 127 (1) shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs From 82 or Application for Approval of Servic
e Suspension (in case the person wishes to suspend a scheduled air transportation service operating a domestic air route, the Application for Service Suspension). <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 296 (Discontinuation of Service)

Any person intending to discontinue a scheduled air transportation service as per the provisions of Article 128 of the Act shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs Application for Approval of Service Disco
ntinuation (Form 82) (in case the person wishes to discontinue a scheduled air transportation service operating a domestic air route, the Application for Service Discontinuation). <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Aug. 18, 2006>
Article 296-2 (Revocation of Certificate)

(1) The revocation of Certificate, registration, and permission, closure of business office, and disposition of service suspension as per the provisions of Article 129 (2) of the Act (including cases wherein the provisions are applied
mutatis mutandis to Articles 132, 134, 142, and 150 of the Act) shall be based on the standards prescribed in Appendix 31-2.
(2) When the application of disposition standards as per Appendix 31-2 is deemed conspicuously unreasonable, the disposition standards may be made stricter or more lenient as prescribed in the following classification consideri
ng the degree of encroachment on public welfare, degree of damage due to an accident, degree of mistake of the airmen, and details and number of violations:
1. In case the service is suspended in part or in full, the disposition standards shall be made stricter or more lenient provided they do not exceed the range of 1/2 of the basic number of days. Even in cases where the standards
are made stricter, the period shall not exceed 6 months.
2. In case of the revocation of registration or license of an air operator with only one aircraft, the entire service shall be suspended for 90 days or more.
(3) Any similar businessman involved in several violations shall be managed in accordance with the following classification:
1. In case the disposition standards for the most serious violation entail a revocation of license, registration, and permission or closure of business offices, the revocation of license, registration, and permission or closure of busi
ness office shall be implemented.
2. In case the disposition standards for each violation entail the discontinuation of the business, the periods of discontinuation shall be added.
Article 297 혻Deleted <by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
Article 298 (Application for the Registration of Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service and Aerial work)
(1) Any person intending to operate a Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service as per Article 132 of the Act and an aircraft-using business as per Article 134 of the Act shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime
Affairs or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Application for Registration of Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service or Aerial work(Form 83) together with the documents listed below (limited to cases wherein th
e authority is delegated as per subparagraphs 28-4 and 28-5, paragraph 3, Article 63 of the Decree; the same shall apply hereinafter in this Article and Article 300). In this case, the public official in charge shall verify the Copy of C
orporate Register (limited to cases wherein the applicant is a juridical person) through the joint use of administrative information pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the E-Government Act and have the documents attached in case the app
licant does not agree with the verification. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999, Sept. 18, 2000, Jul. 1, 2005, Aug. 7, 2006, and Jun. 29, 2007>
1. Documents explaining the aim of operating the business
2. Documents verifying that the application complies with the registration standards as prescribed in Articles 132 (3) and 134 (2) of the Act
3. Business plan specifying the following:
(a) Type of business (limited to the Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service)
(b) Main area where business activities are carried out; in the case of a Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service, however, the following documents or matters shall be included in the business plan:
(i) In case the business is operated in foreign countries, documents verifying the operation of the business, e.g., signing a contract, provided the Convention of International Civil Aviation and laws and regulations of the countries
concerned are observed
(ii) In the case of a transportation business between points of the route, departure point, ports of call, destination, air route, and distance between points of the route
(iii) In the case of a tourist flight business, matters related to the departing airport and flight path
(c) Number of aircraft to be used and type of each aircraft (in the case of a transportation business between points of the route and a tourist flight business, the number of aircraft to be used and type of each aircraft by air route or
tourist flight zone)
(d) Source of funds required to operate the business and financing method
(e) Quantity of passenger, cargoes to be handled and basis for such calculation, estimated revenue and expenditure of the business
(f) Scope of contract work and basis for such calculation, estimated revenue and expenditure of the business
(g) Summary of other business in case the applicant is operating another business
4. Deleted. <Aug. 7, 2007>
5. Documents verifying the availability of the airport or Aerodrome facilities during the operation hours (limited to the Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service using fixed-wing aircraft excluding a chartered transportation busin
ess)
6. Support plan for aircraft accidents as per Article 49-2 (1) of the Act (limited to a Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service)
(2) In case the content of the Application for Registration as per paragraph (1) is not clear, or the attached documents are insufficient, the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs or Administrator of the Regional Aviation A
dministration shall request for supplementation within 7 days. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999, and Jun. 29, 2007>
(3) The Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall examine whether an Application for Registration received as per paragraph (1) complies with the registration st
andards for a Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service as per the provisions of Article 132 (3) of the Act or registration standards for an Aerial work as per the provisions of Article 134 (2) of the Act and register it in Registration Le
dger (Form 84) and issue a Certificate of Registration of Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service or Aerial work (Form 85) if the content of the application is deemed compliant. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Jun. 29, 2007>
(4) When examining the content of the application for registration as per paragraph (3), the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration may seek the opinions of the aut
horities or organizations concerned, i.e., whether the airmen who signed contracts with the applicant for the registration of the Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service or Aerial work, owner of the aircraft hangar, owner of the airp
ort or Aerodrome facilities and equipment, owner of the heliport or related facilities, and owner, etc., of the aircraft can fulfill the conditions of the contract. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 18, 2000, and Jun. 29, 2007>
Article 299 (Registration Standards for the Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service)
The registration standards for the Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service as per the provisions of Article 132 (3) of the Act are prescribed in Appendix 33.
Article 299-2 (Registration Standards for Aerial work )

The registration standards for an Aerial work as per the provisions of Article 134 (2) of the Act are prescribed in Appendix 33-2. < Amended by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
[Newly Inserted as of Nov. 30, 1994;]
Article 300 (Revision of Registration Information)

Any non-scheduled air carrier or Aerial worker registered as per Article 298 but wishing to revise the following information shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs or Administrator of the Regional Aviation
Administration Report of Revision of Registration Information (Form 86) within 30 days of the date of occurrence of the reasons for revision together with documents that can verify the revision: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Jun.
29, 2007>
1. Change of capital
2. Establishment or change of business office
3. Change of representative's name, restriction of the right of representation, and change in the restriction
4. Change of company name (in the case of a foreign Air operator, limited to the business office in Korea)
5. Revision or establishment of airport or aircraft registration
Article 302 (Application of Provisions for the Scheduled Air Transportation Service)
(1) The provisions prescribed in Articles 279~283, Articles 283-2~283-3, Articles 288~296, and Article 296-2 may apply mutatis mutandis to a Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service, and those prescribed in Articles 279~283, A
rticles 283-2~283-3, Articles 289~290, Articles 292~296, and Article 296-2, to an Aerial work. In this case, a "temporary increase in the number of air routes" in accordance with the provisions of Article 289 (2) as applied to a Non-s
cheduled Air Transportation Service shall be regarded as "international non-scheduled flights," and "the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration," as "the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs." <Amended a
s of Jul. 27, 1993, Nov. 30, 1994, Dec. 17, 1999, Sept. 18, 2000, Jul. 3, 2004, and Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) Any person registering for a Non-scheduled Air Transportation Service or whose Aerial work is designated as emergency aircraft as per the provisions of Article 173 shall be considered to have obtained Approval for the Revisi
on of Business Plan.


CHAPTER VII Ground Handling Service
Article 304 (Application for Registration of Ground Handling Service and Aircraft Maintenance Service 혻<Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>)
(1) Any person intending to operate an Ground Handling Service as per Article 137 of the Act or Aircraft Maintenance Service as per Article 137-2 shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Applicatio
n for Registration of Ground Handling Service and Aircraft Maintenance Service (Form 87) (including an application in electronic document) together with the following documents (including electronic documents; in this case, the p
ublic official in charge shall verify the Copy of Corporate Register (limited to cases wherein the applicant is a corporation) and Copy of Real Estate Register (excluding cases wherein another person's real estate is used) through th
e joint use of administrative information pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the E-Government Act and have the documents attached in case the applicant does not agree with the verification): <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995
, Dec. 17, 1999, Sept. 18, 2000, Nov. 29, 2004, Jul. 1, 2005, Aug. 7, 2006, and Jun. 29, 2007; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
1. Document verifying or explaining that the application complies with the registration standards as per the provisions of Article 137 (2) or Article 137-2(2) of the Act.
2. Deleted. <Dec. 17, 1999>
(a) Capital
(b) Name of company representative and name and location of business office
(c) Documents verifying the contract with the Air operator or Aerial worker
(d) Estimated quantity of business to be handled, grounds for such estimation, and statement of expected revenue and expenditure of the business
(e) Necessary funds and financing method
(f) Facilities and equipment to be used and summary of equipment
(g) Number of employees
(h) Estimated business start date
4. Deleted. <Nov. 30, 1994>
5. Deleted. <Aug. 7, 2006>
6. Documents verifying the availability of the real estate (limited to cases wherein another person's real estate is used)
7. Deleted. <Jul. 3, 2004>
(2) In case the content of Application for Registration as per paragraph (1) is not clear, or the attached documents are insufficient, the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall request for supplementation within 7
days. <Newly Inserted as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jun. 29, 2007>
(3) The Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall examine whether an Application for Registration received as per paragraph (1) complies with the registration standards for Ground Handling Service as per the Art
icle 137 (2) of the Act or for Aircraft Maintenance Service as per the Article 137-2(2) of the Act and register it in Registration Ledger (Form 84) and issue a Registration Certificate of Ground Handling Service and Aircraft Maintenan
ce Service (Form 85) if the content of the application is deemed compliant. <Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jun. 29, 2007; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
(4) When examining the content of the application for registration as per paragraph (3), the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration may seek the opinions of the authorities or organizations concerned, i.e., whether th
e airmen, Air operator, owner of the airport or Aerodrome facilities, etc. who signed contracts with the applicant for the registration of the Ground Handling Service or Aircraft Maintenance Service, can fulfill the conditions of the con
tract. <Newly Inserted as of Dec. 17, 1999, Jun. 29, 2007; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
Article 304-2 (Revision of Registration Information)

Any Ground Handling Serviceman or Aircraft Maintenance Serviceman registered as per Article 304 but wishing to revise the following information shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Report of
Revision of Registration Information (Form 86) within 30 days of the date of occurrence of the reasons for revision together with documents that can verify the revision: <Amended as of Jun. 29, 2007; Ministerial Regulations No. 1
2, May.8, 2008>
1. Modification of capital
2. Establishment or change of business office
3. Change of the representative's name, restriction of the right of representation, and change in the restriction
4. Change of scope of business
5. Change of company name
Article 305 (Registration Standards for the Ground Handling Service)

The registration standards for the Ground Handling Service as per the provisions of Article 137 (2) are prescribed in Appendix 34.
Article 305 (Registration Standards for the Ground Handling Service and Aircraft Maintenance Service)
(1) The registration standards for the Ground Handling Service as per the provisions of Article 137 (2) are prescribed in Appendix 34.
(2) The registration standards for the Aircraft Maintenance Service as per the provisions of Article 137-2(2) are prescribed in Appendix 34-2. < Amended by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
Article 305-2 (Application for the Maintenance Organization Certification )

(1) Any person wishing to undergo the Maintenance Organization Certification as per the provisions of Article 138 of the Act shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority Application for Maintenance Organization
Certification (Form 88) together with the Maintenance Organization Procedure Manual.
(2) The Maintenance Organization Procedure Manual as per paragraph (1) shall contain the following information:
1. Scope of maintenance to be implemented
2. Maintenance method and procedure for aircraft, equipment, and parts
3. Quality control method and procedure for aircraft, equipment, and parts
4. Other facilities and equipment as separately prescribed and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
Article 305-3 (Issuance of Certificate of Maintenance Organization)

In case the result of an inspection is deemed compliant with the certification standards for maintenance organization as per the provisions of Article 138 (1) of the Act, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall issue a Cer
tificate of Maintenance Organization (Form 88-2) to the applicant together with the detailed standards for operation as per the provisions of Article 138 (3) of the Act.
Article 305-4 (Standards for the Revocation of Maintenance Organization Certificate)

(1) 혻Important matters specified by the Ministerial Regulation of the Aviation Act as per Article 138-2(1) 1-2 of the Act refer to the each provision of the Article 143- 4 (3). < Amended by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008
>
(2) 혻Standards for administrative disposition, e.g., revocation of maintenance organization, as per the provisions of Article 138-2 (2) are prescribed in Appendix 35.
Article 305-5 (Scope of Maintenance)

For the purpose of Articles 138 (1) and (2) of the Act, the term "maintenance, etc. as prescribed by the Ministerial Regulations of the Aviation Act" refers to maintenance other than the following:
1. Brief and simple inspections performed before and after a flight
2. Replacement work involving standard equipment and parts that do not affect the safety of the aircraft
3. Replenishment of lubricants
Article 306 (Report of Air Courier Service)

(1) Any person wishing to operate a Air Courier Service pursuant to Article 139 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Report of Air Courier Service (Form 89) together with the followi
ng documents (in this case, the public official in charge shall verify the Copy of Corporate Register (limited to cases wherein the reporter is a juridical person) through the joint use of administrative information pursuant to Article 21
(1) of the E-Government Act and have the documents attached in case the reporter does not agree with the verification): <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 18, 2000, Aug. 18, 2006, and Jun. 29, 2007>
1. Business plan
2. Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>
3. Statement of estimated revenue and expenditure
4. Documents verifying the signing of contracts with a foreign Air Courier Service with network of more than 50 agents or establishment of overseas branches in more than 6 countries and 3 continents
(2) Any person wishing to change the location, company name, or representative or amend the contract concluded with a foreign firm pursuant to Article 139 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation A
dministration Report of Revision of Items to be Reported in Air Courier Service (Form 89) together with documents that can verify the revision. <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Jun. 29, 2007>
(3) Upon receiving the report as per paragraphs (1) and (2), the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall record it in Report Ledger (Form 90) and issue Certificate of Report (Form 91). <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1
995, Jun. 29, 2007>
[Wholly Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994]
Article 309 (Report of Air Transportation General Agent Service)

(1) Any person wishing to operate an Air Transportation General Agent Service pursuant to Article 139 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Report of Air Transportation General Ag
ent Service (Form 89) together with the following documents (in this case, the public official in charge shall verify the Copy of Corporate Register (limited to cases wherein the reporter is a juridical person) through the joint use of a
dministrative information pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the E-Government Act and have the documents attached in case the reporter does not agree with the verification): <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 18, 200
0, Aug. 18, 2006, and Jun. 29, 2007>
1. Business plan
2. Copy of the contract concluded with the Air operator
4. Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) Upon receiving the report as per paragraphs (1) and (2), the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall record it in Report Ledger (Form 90) and issue a Certificate of Report (Form 91). <Amended as of Jul. 14,
1995, Jun. 29, 2007>
(3) Any person wishing to change the location or company name and representative pursuant to Article 139 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Report of Revision of Items to be r
eported in Air Transportation General Agent Service (Form 89). In this case, the public official in charge shall verify the Copy of Corporate Register (limited to cases wherein the reporter is a juridical person) through the joint use of
administrative information pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the E-Government Act and have the documents attached in case the reporter does not agree with the verification. <Amended as of Jul. 27, 1993, Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995,
Aug. 18, 2006, and Jun. 29, 2007>
(4) The stipulation in paragraph (2) shall apply mutatis mutandis to a Report of Revision as per the stipulation of paragraph (3).
Article 310 (Report of City Air Terminal Service)

(1) Any person wishing to operate a city air terminal service pursuant to the first section of Article 139 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Report of City Air Terminal Business (For
m 89) together with the following documents (in this case, the public official in charge shall verify the Copy of Corporate Register (limited to cases wherein the reporter is a juridical person) through the joint use of administrative info
rmation pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the E-Government Act and have the documents attached in case the reporter does not agree with the verification. <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 18, 2000, Nov. 22, 2003,
Aug. 18, 2006, and Jun. 29, 2007>
1. Business plan
2. Detailed statement of city air terminal facilities
3. Copy of contract concluded with the scheduled air carrier
5. Documents on securing the transportation means between the airport and city air terminal
6. Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>
(2) Upon receiving the report as per paragraphs (1) and (2), the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration shall record it in Report Ledger (Form 90) and issue a Certificate of Report (Form 91). <Amended as of Jul. 14,
1995, Jun. 29, 2007>
(3) Any person wishing to change the location or company name and representative pursuant to Article 139 (1) of the Act shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Report of Revision of Items to be R
eported in City Air Terminal Service (Form 89). In this case, the public official in charge shall verify the Copy of Corporate Register (limited to cases wherein the reporter is a juridical person) through the joint use of administrative inf
ormation pursuant to Article 21 (1) of the E-Government Act and have the documents attached in case the reporter does not agree with the verification. <Amended as of Jul. 27, 1993, Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, Aug. 18, 2006, a
nd Jun. 29, 2007>
(4) The stipulation in paragraph (2) shall apply mutatis mutandis to a Report of Revision as per the stipulation of paragraph (3).
Article 314 (Application of Provisions of Scheduled Air Transportation Service)

(1) The provisions of Article 288, Articles from 292 to 296 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Ground Handling Service and Aircraft Maintenance Service. In this case, both "approval", "permission" or �쏿dmission�� shall be reg
arded as "report" In the application of Article 292, Article 295 and Article 296. < Amended by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
(2) The provisions of Articles 292~296 and Article 296-2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Air Courier Service, Air Transportation General Agent Service, and city air terminal service. In this case, "authorization," "permission," or "
approval" shall be regarded as "report" in the application of Articles 292, 293, 295, and 296 <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Aug. 18, 2006>

CHAPTER VIII Foreign Aircraft
Article 315 (Application for Permission for Flight operation of Foreign Aircraft)
Any person intending to make an aviation as per the provisions of Articles 144 (1) shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration an Application for Permission for Aviation, and any person intending to ma
ke an transit flight shall submit to the Director of Air Traffic Control Center an Application for Transit Flight Permission as per the Appendix Form 92, containing the following information at least two (2) days before the expected avia
tion: <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Dec. 17, 1999; Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
1. Name, address, and nationality
2. Registration mark, type, and identification mark of the aircraft
3. Path of aviation (airports of call shall be specified) and date and time
4. Purpose of aviation
5. Name of the pilot in command and names and qualifications of the aircrew
6. Names and nationalities of the passengers and purpose of travel
7. Details of loads
Article 316 (Application for Permission for Takeoff and Landing in Unauthorized Aerodromes)
Any person obtaining permission as stipulated in Article 315 and intending to take off from or land on an Aerodrome other than authorized ones shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration an Applicatio
n for Permission containing the following information at least two days prior to the expected date of takeoff or landing: <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994>
1. Name, address, and nationality
2. Registration mark, type, and identification mark of the aircraft
3. Name and location of the Aerodrome for takeoff or landing and expected date and time
4. Reasons for taking off from or landing on the Aerodrome
5. Path of aviation
7. Names and nationalities of the passengers and purpose of travel
8. Details of loads
Article 317 (Application for Permission for the Domestic operation of Foreign Aircraft)
Any person intending to use a foreign aircraft for aviation as per the provisions of Article 145 shall submit to the Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration an Application for Permission for Domestic operation of Foreign
Aircraft containing the following information at least two days prior to the start of aviation: <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994>
1. Name, address, and nationality of the user of the aircraft
2. Nationality, registration mark, type, and identification mark of the aircraft
3. Flight sector and name of Aerodrome to be used
4. Purpose of aviation
Article 318 (Prohibition on Munitions Transport)

Munitions whose transport via foreign aircraft is prohibited as per Article 146 shall include weapons and ammunitions.
Article 319 (Application for Permission for Munitions Transport)

Any person intending to transport munitions as per the provisions of Article 146 shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs an Application for Permission for Munitions Transport containing the following infor
mation at least 10 days prior to the estimated transport date: <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995>
1. Name, nationality, and address
3. Details of item name and quantity of munitions to be transported
4. Reasons for the transport
5. Flight sector of munitions transport and date and time of aviation
Article 320 (Application for Permission for Foreign International Air Transportation Service)
Any person intending to operate a foreign international Air Transportation Service as per the provisions of Article 147 shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs Application for Permission for Foreign Intern
ational Air Transportation Service (Form 94) at least 60 days before the predetermined starting date of aviation together with the following documents: <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 17, 1999, Jul. 1, 2005, an
d Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Documents describing the aim of operating the international Air Transportation Service
2. Detailed statement of rate of capital and investment amount of investors by nationality, state, public organization, corporation, and individual
3. Documents presenting a summary of the Air Transportation Service operated by the applicant at the time of application (limited to cases wherein the applicant is operating an Air Transportation Service)
(b) Number of aircraft to be used, registration mark, type, identification mark of each aircraft, and certificates of registration, airworthiness, noise, and insurance of aircraft to be used
(c) Frequency of operation and date and time of arrival and departure
(d) Summary of maintenance and operation management facilities
5. Copy of Air Transportation Service license obtained by the applicant for the air route in his/her country or its equivalent
6. Articles of Incorporation of a corporation and its translated version (limited to cases wherein the applicant is a juridical person)
7. Current statement of income and balance sheet
8. Transportation clause and its translated version
9. Operations Manual and Maintenance Control Manual authorized by the relevant government as per the provisions of Annex 6 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation (operation of aircraft)
10. Copies of the Air Operator Certificate and Operations Specifications as authorized by the relevant government in accordance with the provisions of Annex 6 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation
Article 320-2 (Documents carried in aircraft of foreign international operator)

Foreign operator engaged in international navigation as per the Article 147-2(1) of the Act shall carry following documents onboard aircraft.
1. certificate of registration;
2. certificate of airworthiness;
3. journey log books
4. Operation Limitation Specification and Flight Manual
5. Operation Regulations(when issued by the State of Registry)
6. Copy of Air Operation Certificate and coy of Operation Specifications issued by the contracting states
7. Certificate of noise standards compliance
8. The appropriate licenses for each member of the crew;(including pilot flight menifest)
9. the aircraft radio station license;
10. passenger manifest containing a list of their names and places of embarkation and destination;
11. cargo manifest and detailed declarations of the cargo.
12. a copy of air agreement on inspection and supervising duties of aircraft between Contracting States in compliance with Article 2-2 of the Aviation Act(limited to leasing or leased aircraft under the provisions of Article 2 (2) of t
he Act)
Article 320-3(Suspension of Operation of Foreign Aircraft and Service of Airmen)

Head of Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall take following measures to suspend operation of foreign aircraft or service of foreign airmen as per the Article 147-2 (4).
1. He/she shall immediately verbally notify foreign operator or foreign airmen the reasons of suspension of the aircraft operation and his/her service along with actions to be taken, and the verbal notification shall be followed by
a written document.
2. He/she shall immediately be notified the actions taken by the notified persons as per the Article 320-3(1)
3. When he/she decided that the actions taken as per the Article 320-3(2) do not affect safe operation of aircraft, it shall be immediately notified to the foreign operator and foreign airmen so that aircraft operation and service are
maintained.
Article 321 (Application for Permission for Commercial Transportation Using Foreign Aircraft)
Any person intending to carry out commercial transport using a foreign aircraft as per the provisions of Article 148 shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs Application for Permission for Commercial Tran
sportation Using Foreign Aircraft (Form 94-2) together with documents containing the following information: <Amended as of Nov. 30, 1994, Jul. 14, 1995, and Sept. 17, 1999>
1. Deleted. <Dec. 17, 1999>
3. Aviation path including airports of call, date and time, and sections of commercial transport
4. Aim of the commercial transport
5. Names and qualifications of the pilot in command and aircrew
6. Names and nationalities of passengers, item names, and quantity of cargoes
7. Kinds and amount of fares and rates
8. Matters prescribed in the Article 320-9 and 320-10 (only when the flight is planned more than once a week, for more than 4 weeks)
9. Other matters prescribed by the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs
Article 321-2 (Cancellation of Certificate of Foreign International Operator)

(1) Punishments for cancellation of the certificate and suspension of the service as per the Article 150 (3) are as in the Appendix Form 35-2.
(2) When recognized that the punishments criteria of the Article 321-2(1) are considerably unreasonable, the punishments can be reduced or added in accordance with the following matters with consideration of infringement of pu
blic welfare, damages due to accidents, faults and violations of the airmen with the frequency and contents, and etc.
1. For full or partial suspension of the service, the dates should be added or reduced within the one half of the punishments criteria. When dates are added, whole period shall not be exceeded 6 months.
2. When reducing punishments for certificate, registry or approval of the operator with one aircraft, full suspension of the service with more than 90 days shall be taken.
(3) When one operator is involved with several violations, following measures shall be taken.
1. When the punishment for the most serious violation is cancellation of certificate, registry or approval of the service or closedown of the office, certificate, registry or approval of the service shall be cancelled or the office closed
own.
2. When the punishment for the violations is the suspension of the service, the periods of the suspension shall be combined.
Article 322 (Recognition of Certificate)

The following certification, license, and other acts implemented by a foreign government as a member of the Convention on International Civil Aviation adopting the standard methods and procedures annexed to the Convention on
International Civil Aviation as per the provisions of Article 151 shall be considered to have been issued or implemented by the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs: <Amended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Dec. 17, 1999, Jul. 1,
2005, and Aug. 18, 2006>
1. Registration Certificate of Aircraft as per the provisions of Article 9 of the Act
2. Certificate of Airworthiness as per the provisions of Article 15 (1) of the Act
3. Personnel licensing of airmen as per the provisions of Article 25 (1) of the Act
3-2. Certification of Airmen Physical Examination as per the provisions of Article 31 (1) of the Act
4. Certification of Instrument Flight as per the provisions of Article 34 (1) of the Act
5. Certification of Language Proficiency as per the provisions of Article 34-2 (1) of the Act
6. Certificate for Operations and Operational Criteria as per the provisions of Article 115 (2) of the Act
Article 323 (Application for Approval of Fares and Rates of Foreign International Air operator)
Any person setting or adjusting fares and rates as per the provisions f Article 117 (1) of the Act, which applies mutatis mutandis to the provisions of Article 152 of the Act, shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Maritime
Affairs Application for Approval or Adjustment of Fares and Rates (Form 95) or Report of Adjustment of Fares and Rates (Form 95-2). In the case of approval or approval of adjustment, documents describing the grounds for the c
alculation of fares and rates shall be attached.
Article 324 (Application for Approval of Business Plan Revision of Foreign International Air operator)
Any person wishing to revise his/her business plan as per the provisions of Article 120 (2) of the Act, which applies mutatis mutandis to the provisions of Article 152 of the Act, shall submit to the Minister of Land, Transport and Mar
itime Affairs or Administrator of the Regional Aviation Administration Application for Approval of Business Plan Revision (Form 96) or Report of Business Plan Revision (Form 96-2). <Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006>

CHAPTER IX Supplementary Provisions
Article 325 (Aviation Safety Specialist)

The following are the qualifications for any person who can be commissioned as aviation safety specialist as per the provisions of Article 153 (3):
1. Any person with personnel license for airmen and at least 10 years' practical experience in the field
2. Any person who has handled the relevant education and training in an approved training organization for 5 years or longer
3. Any person who served as a 5th grade public official or above and with more than 5 years' experience in the aviation field (in the case of a 6th grade official, 10 years' experience)
4. Any person who has taught in a college or a junior college in the field of aviation as a full-time instructor or higher for 5 years or longer
Article 326 (Regular Safety Inspection)

(1) As per the provisions of Article 153 (4), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall perform regular safety inspections for airports where the scheduled air carrier provides services in relation to the following matters: <A
mended as of Jul. 14, 1995, Sept. 30, 2002>
1. Services, organization, and education and training related to aircraft operation, maintenance, and support
2. Safekeeping of aircraft parts and spares and fueling facilities
3. Emergency plan and matters related to aviation security
4. Aircraft operation permit and emergency support procedures
5. Ground work and handling and disposal of dangerous goods
6. Airport facilities
7. Other matters deemed necessary by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority for the safe operation of aircraft
(2) The certificate of public official as per the provisions of Article 153 (6) shall be based on Civil Aviation Safety Inspector Certificate (Form 41-2) <Amended as of Sept. 24, 2001, Jul. 3, 2004>
Article 327 (Designation as Language Proficiency Evaluation Institution)

(1) Any person wishing to be designated as a specialized evaluation institution or organization (hereinafter referred to as evaluation institution) for the evaluation for language proficiency certification as per the provisions of Article 6
3 (11) of the Decree shall submit to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority Application for Designation as Specialized Institution for Language Proficiency Evaluation (Form 97) together with the following documents:
1. Table of organization for the evaluation institution
2. Documents describing the full strength, qualifications, and careers of specialized evaluation personnel
3. Education and training program for specialized evaluation personnel
4. Implementation plan for the language proficiency evaluation
5. Plan for securing the objectivity and fairness of evaluation and measures for the prevention of irregularities
(2) Upon receiving an application as per paragraph (1), the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall examine it and issue a Certificate of Designation as Specialized Evaluation Institution of Language Proficiency (Form 98)
and make the corresponding announcement when the result is deemed compliant with the standards stipulated in Article 327 (2).
(3) In case revisions are made to the information provided in the subparagraphs of paragraph (1), the evaluation institution designated as per paragraph (2) shall report the details of revision to the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety
Authority immediately.
Article 327-2 (Organization and Personnel Standards for Evaluation Institution.)

(1) The organization, personnel standards, etc., as required of those wishing to be designated as evaluation institutions as per Article 63 (11) of the Decree are prescribed in Appendix 36.
(2) Every year, the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority shall examine whether the evaluation institution complies with the standards stipulated in paragraph (1).
Article 328 (Fees)

(1) The person who shall pay fees pursuant to Article 155 and the amount are prescribed in Appendix 37. Note, however, that the following fees shall be determined and published by the Head of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority:
<Amended as of Aug. 18, 2006, Jun. 29, 2007; >
1. New, change, transfer and cancellation of registration as per the provisions of Article 3, Article 10 through Article 12 of the Act. <Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
1-2. Issuance of the transcript or abstract of the original aircraft register as per the provisions of Article 13 of the Act
2. Application for the certificate of airworthiness as per the provisions of Article 15 (1) of the Act
2-2. Export certificate of Airworthiness as per the provisions of Article 15-2 of the Act. <Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
3. Noise Certificate as per the provisions of Article 16 (1) of the Act
4. Type Certificate and Supplemental Type Certificate as per the provisions of Articles 17 (1) and 17 (4) of the Act
5. Approval of Type Certificate and Production Certificate as per the provisions of Articles 17-2 (1) and 17-3 (1) of the Act
6. Approval of repair or modification as per the provisions of Article 19 (1) of the Act
7. Technical Standard Order Authorizations as per the provisions of Article 20 (1) of the Act
8. Parts Manufacturer Approval as per the provisions of Article 20-2 (1) of the Act
9. Certification of flight qualification for ultralight vehicles as per the provisions of Article 23 (3) of the Act
10. Certification of safety for ultralight vehicles as per the provisions of Article 23 (4) of the Act
11. Deleted. <Aug. 18, 2006>
12. Issuance and replacement of a valid license of airman as per the provisions of Article 25 of the Act
13. Test and examination as per the provisions of Articles 29 (1) and 29 (2) of the Act
13-2. Inspection for designating flight simulator as per the provisions of paragraph (3), Article 29-2 of the Act. <Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No. 12, May.8, 2008>
14. Instrument Rating and Flight Instructor Rating as per the provisions of Article 34 of the Act
14-2. Certification of spoken aviation English proficiency as per the provisions of Article 34 (2) of the Act
15. Permission for pilot training as per the provisions of Article 35 (2) of the Act
15-2. Examination for the approval of operational qualification for Pilots as per the provisions of Article 51 (2) of the Act
15-3. Approval for aircraft with two engine as per the provisions of Article 69-2 (1)
15-4. Approval for Aircraft Operation within Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum Airspace as per the provisions of Article 69-3 (1) of the Act
16. Installation of Aerodrome and Navigation Aids as per the provisions of Article 75 (2) of the Act
17. Permission for Construction aerodrome or permission for installing navigation aids as per the provisions of Article 77 of the Act
18. Inspection of management of Aerodrome or Navigation aid as per the provisions of Article 80 (2) of the Act
18-2. Inspection of flight as per the provisions of Article 80 (3) of the Act
18-3. Inspection for Air Operator Certificate as per the provisions of Article 115-2 (1) of the Act
18-4. Inspection for the system for safe operation as per the provisions of Article 11-2 (5) of the Act
19. Maintenance Organization Certification as per the provisions of Article 138 of the Act
혻
(2) The fees stipulated in paragraph (1) are waived for the state and local self-governing bodies. <Newly Inserted as of Aug. 18, 2006>
(3) The fees stipulated in paragraph (1) may be paid by electronic money, etc. which is using digital network. <Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No. 12,혻 May.8, 2008>
(4) The standard of government traveling expenses is applying to inspection travel expenses specified in paragraph (2), Article 155 of the Act. However, in case of Authorized Inspection Agency specified in paragraph (2), Article 1
54 of the Act, The standard of their traveling expenses is applying to inspection travel expenses. <Newly Inserted by Ministerial Regulations No. 12,혻 May.8, 2008>

Ministerial Regulation of The Aviation Act (KOR)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ministerial Regulation of The Aviation Act (KOR)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aviation Act Quick Menu

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS CHAPTER 2 AIRCRAFT CHAPTER 3 AIRMEN

CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS

Article 3 (Scope of Powered Ultra Light Vehicles)

Article 4 (Length and Width of the Runway strip)

Article 5 (Application Criteria for Death, Serious Injury)

Article 6 (Scope of Death or Serious Injury)

Article 8 (Scope of Serious Incident)

Article 9 (Standards for Establishing Obstacle Limitation Surfaces)

Article 10 (Navigation aid<Amended as of Dec. 17, 1999>)

Article 11 (Aeronautical ground light)

Article 13 (Visual Flight Meteorological Condition)

Article 14 (Scope of Ultra Light Vehicles)

Article 14-2 Deleted

Article 15 (Classification of Nonscheduled Air Transportation Service)

Article 15-2 (Service Scope of Aerial Work)

Article 16 (Classification of Ground Handling Service)

Article 16-2 (Scope of Emergency Mobilization)

Article 16-3 (Scope of Emergency Fight)

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS CHAPTER 2 AIRCRAFT CHAPTER 3 AIRMEN

Article 17 (Marking of Registration Number)

Article 18 (Certificate of Airworthiness)

Article 19 (Aircraft that is exceptionally eligible for Certificate of Airworthiness)

Article 20 (Permission of Test Flight for Aircraft without a Certification of Airworthiness)

Article 21 (Extension of Validity of Airworthiness Certificate)

Article 22 (Airworthiness Standards)

Article 23 (Inspection Range for Airworthiness Certification)

Article 24 (Issuance of Certificate of Airworthiness)

Article 25 (Partial Exemption of inspections for a Certificate of Airworthiness)

Article 26 (Return of Certificate of Airworthiness)

(3) Deleted. <Dec. 17, 1999>

Article 26-2 (Mandatory Notification to Maintain Aircraft, Equipment, or Part)

Article 26-3 (Application for Export Certificate of Airworthiness)

Article 26-4 (Inspection Scope for Export Certificate of Airworthiness)

Article 26-5 (issuance for Export Certificate of Airworthiness)

Article 27 (Aircraft subject to Noise Certificate)

Article 28 (Application for Noise Certificate)

Article 29 (Standards for Noise Certificate)

Article 30 (Issuance of Noise Certificate)

Article 30-2 (Special flight permit without a Noise Certificate)

Article 30-3 (Return of Noise Certificate)

Article 31 (Application for Type Certificate <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004>)

Article 32 (Changes to type design)

Article 33 (Inspections Scope for Type Certificate)

Article 33-2 (Application for Supplemental Type Certificate)

Article 34 (Issuance of Type Certificate)

Article 35 (Partial Exemption of inspections for Type Certificate)

Article 35-2 (Type Certificate Validation approval)

Article 35-3 (Inspections Scope for Type Certificate Validation approval)

Article 35-4 ((Issuance of Type Certificate Validation approval)

Article 35-5 (Application for Production Certificate <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004>)

Article 35-7 (Issuance of Production Certificate)

Article 35-8 (Certification agencies)

Article 36 (Scope of Repair or modification for aircraft)

Article 37 (Application for approval of repair or modification <Amended as of Jul. 3, 2004>)

Article 37-2 Deleted <Jul. 3, 2004>

Article 38 (Approval Scope of repair or modification for aircraft, etc.)

Article 38-2 (Technical Standard Order Authorizations)

Article 39 (Application for Technical Standard Order Authorizations)

Article 40 (Inspections Scope for Technical Standard Order Authorizations)

Article 41 (Issuance of Technical Standard Order Authorizations)

Article 42 (Application for Parts Manufacturer Approval)

Article 43 (Inspections Scope for Parts Manufacturer Approval)